FCC ID: A3LSMB690V Cellular/PCS CDMA/GSM/EDGE Phone with Bluetooth

 

M O B I L E P H O N E Product Safety &

Warranty Information Please read this manual before operating your device and keep it for future reference. DRAFT Internal Use OnlyThis document is watermarked because certain important information in the document has not yet been verified. This document has been sent to you as a draft and for informational purposes only. The document should only be used for internal purposes and may not be distributed outside of Samsung, except to Samsung's carrier customer for testing purposes. Distributing the document outside of Samsung, except to Samsung's carrier customer for testing purposes could result in legal exposure to the company if the preliminary, unverified information in the draft turns out to be inaccurate. Note: READ THIS INFORMATION BEFORE USING YOUR MOBILE DEVICE. Samsung Limited Warranty - This product is covered under the applicable Samsung Limited Warranty including its dispute resolution procedure. WARNING! This product contains chemicals known to the State of California to cause cancer, birth defects, or other reproductive harm. For more information, please call 1-800-SAMSUNG (726-7864). Intellectual Property All Intellectual Property, as defined below, owned by or which is otherwise the property of Samsung or its respective suppliers relating to the SAMSUNG Phone, including but not limited to, accessories, parts, or software relating thereto (the Phone System), is proprietary to Samsung and protected under federal laws, state laws, and international treaty provisions. VZW_B690V_EN_HS_PS_011516_R1 DRAFT Internal Use Only Intellectual Property includes, but is not limited to, inventions (patentable or unpatentable), patents, trade secrets, copyrights, software, computer programs, and related documentation and other works of authorship. You may not infringe or otherwise violate the rights secured by the Intellectual Property. Moreover, you agree that you will not (and will not attempt to) modify, prepare derivative works of, reverse engineer, decompile, disassemble, or otherwise attempt to create source code from the software. No title to or ownership in the Intellectual Property is transferred to you. All applicable rights of the Intellectual Property shall remain with SAMSUNG and its suppliers. Open Source Software Some software components of this product, including but not limited to

'PowerTOP' and 'e2fsprogs', incorporate source code covered under GNU General Public License (GPL), GNU Lesser General Public License (LGPL), OpenSSL License, BSD License and other open source licenses. To obtain the source code covered under the open source licenses, please visit:

DRAFT Internal Use Only http://opensource.samsung.com Disclaimer of Warranties;

Exclusion of Liability EXCEPT AS SET FORTH IN THE EXPRESS WARRANTY CONTAINED ON THE WARRANTY PAGE ENCLOSED WITH THE PRODUCT, THE PURCHASER TAKES THE PRODUCT "AS IS", AND SAMSUNG MAKES NO EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTY OF ANY KIND WHATSOEVER WITH RESPECT TO THE PRODUCT, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE MERCHANTABILITY OF THE PRODUCT OR ITS FITNESS FOR ANY PARTICULAR PURPOSE OR USE; THE DESIGN, CONDITION OR QUALITY OF THE PRODUCT; THE PERFORMANCE OF THE PRODUCT; THE WORKMANSHIP OF THE PRODUCT OR THE COMPONENTS CONTAINED THEREIN; OR COMPLIANCE OF THE PRODUCT WITH THE REQUIREMENTS OF ANY LAW, RULE, SPECIFICATION OR CONTRACT PERTAINING THERETO. NOTHING CONTAINED IN THE INSTRUCTION MANUAL SHALL BE CONSTRUED TO CREATE AN EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTY OF ANY KIND WHATSOEVER WITH RESPECT TO THE PRODUCT. IN DRAFT Internal Use Only ADDITION, SAMSUNG SHALL NOT BE LIABLE FOR ANY DAMAGES OF ANY KIND RESULTING FROM THE PURCHASE OR USE OF THE PRODUCT OR ARISING FROM THE BREACH OF THE EXPRESS WARRANTY, INCLUDING INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES, OR LOSS OF ANTICIPATED PROFITS OR BENEFITS. Modification of Software SAMSUNG IS NOT LIABLE FOR PERFORMANCE ISSUES OR INCOMPATIBILITIES CAUSED BY YOUR EDITING OF REGISTRY SETTINGS, OR YOUR MODIFICATION OF OPERATING SYSTEM SOFTWARE. USING CUSTOM OPERATING SYSTEM SOFTWARE MAY CAUSE YOUR DEVICE AND APPLICATIONS TO WORK IMPROPERLY. YOUR CARRIER MAY NOT PERMIT USERS TO DOWNLOAD CERTAIN SOFTWARE, SUCH AS CUSTOM OS. IF YOUR CARRIER PROHIBITS THIS, IF YOU ATTEMPT TO DOWNLOAD SOFTWARE ONTO THE DEVICE WITHOUT AUTHORIZATION, YOU WILL BE NOTIFIED ON THE SCREEN THAT THE DEVICE WILL NO LONGER OPERATE AND BE INSTRUCTED TO POWER DOWN THE DRAFT Internal Use Only DEVICE. YOU MUST THEN CONTACT YOUR CARRIER TO RESTORE THE DEVICE TO THE CARRIER AUTHORIZED SETTINGS. Samsung Electronics America (SEA), Inc Address:

85 Challenger Road Ridgefield Park, New Jersey 07660 Phone:

1-800-SAMSUNG (726-7864) Internet Address:

www.samsung.com 2015 Samsung Electronics America, Inc. Samsung is a registered trademark of Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. Do you have questions about your Samsung Mobile Device?

For 24 hour information and assistance, we offer a new FAQ/ARS System

(Automated Response System) at:

www.samsung.com/us/support DRAFT Internal Use Only Table of Contents Section 1: Health and Safety Information ............................3 Exposure to Radio Frequency (RF) Signals . 3 Specific Absorption Rate (SAR) Certification Information . 14 FCC Part 15 Information to User . 18 Commercial Mobile Alerting System (CMAS) . 19 Samsung Mobile Products and Recycling . 20 Smart Practices While Driving . 22 Battery Use and Safety . 25 UL Certified Travel Charger . 30 Display / Touch-Screen . 31 GPS & AGPS . 32 Emergency Calls . 34 Care and Maintenance . 36 Responsible Listening . 38 Operating Environment . 42 FCC Hearing Aid Compatibility

(HAC) Regulations for Wireless Devices . 47 Restricting Children's Access to Your Mobile Device . 51 1 DRAFT Internal Use Only FCC Notice and Cautions . 51 Other Important Safety Information . 52 Section 2: Warranty Information ..........................56 Standard Limited Warranty . 57 End User License Agreement for Samsung Software

(EULA) . 68 Index .....................................98 2 DRAFT Internal Use Only Section 1: Health and Safety Information This section outlines the safety precautions associated with using your phone. The terms mobile device or cell phone are used in this section to refer to your phone. Read this information before using your mobile device. Exposure to Radio Frequency (RF) Signals The U.S. Food and Drug Administration

(FDA) has published information for consumers relating to Radio Frequency

(RF) exposure from wireless phones. The FDA publication includes the following information:

Do cell phones pose a health hazard?

Many people are concerned that cell phone radiation will cause cancer or other serious health hazards. The weight of scientific evidence has not linked cell phones with any health problems. Cell phones emit low levels of Radio Frequency (RF) energy. Over the past 15 years, scientists have conducted Health and Safety Information 3 DRAFT Internal Use Only hundreds of studies looking at the biological effects of the radio frequency energy emitted by cell phones. While some researchers have reported biological changes associated with RF energy, these studies have failed to be replicated. The majority of studies published have failed to show an association between exposure to radio frequency from a cell phone and health problems. The low levels of RF cell phones emit while in use are in the microwave frequency range. They also emit RF at substantially reduced time intervals when in the stand-by mode. Whereas high levels of RF can produce health effects (by heating tissue), exposure to low level RF that does not produce heating effects causes no known adverse health effects. The biological effects of radio frequency energy should not be confused with the effects from other types of electromagnetic energy. Very high levels of electromagnetic energy, such as is found in X-rays and gamma rays, can ionize biological tissues. Ionization is a process where 4 DRAFT Internal Use Only electrons are stripped away from their normal locations in atoms and molecules. It can permanently damage biological tissues including DNA, the genetic material. The energy levels associated with radio frequency energy, including both radio waves and microwaves, are not great enough to cause ionization of atoms and molecules. Therefore, RF energy is a type of non-ionizing radiation. Other types of non-ionizing radiation include visible light, infrared radiation (heat), and other forms of electromagnetic radiation with relatively low frequencies. While RF energy does not ionize particles, large amounts can increase body temperatures and cause tissue damage. Two areas of the body, the eyes and the testes, are particularly vulnerable to RF heating because there is relatively little blood flow in them to carry away excess heat. Health and Safety Information 5 DRAFT Internal Use Only Research Results to Date: Is there a connection between RF and certain health problems?

The results of most studies conducted to date say no. In addition, attempts to replicate and confirm the few studies that have shown a connection have failed. The scientific community at large therefore believes that the weight of scientific evidence does not show an association between exposure to Radio Frequency (RF) from cell phones and adverse health outcomes. Still the scientific community has supported additional research to address gaps in knowledge. Some of these studies are described below. Interphone Study Interphone is a large international study designed to determine whether cell phones increase the risk of head and neck cancer. A report published in the International Journal of Epidemiology

(June, 2010) compared cell phone usage for more than 5,000 people with brain tumors (glioma and meningioma) and a similar number of healthy controls. 6 DRAFT Internal Use Only Results of this study did NOT show that cell phones caused brain cancer. In this study, most people had no increased risk of brain cancer from using cell phones. For people with the heaviest use of cell phones (an average of more than hour per day, every day, for over 10 years) the study suggested a slight increase in brain cancer. However, the authors determined that biases and errors prevented any conclusions being drawn from this data. Additional information about Interphone can be found at www.iarc.fr/en/media-centre/pr/2010/pdfs/

pr200_E.pdf. Interphone is the largest cell phone study to date, but it did not answer all questions about cell phone safety. Additional research is being conducted around the world, and the FDA continues to monitor developments in this field. International Cohort Study on Mobile Phone Users (COSMOS) The COSMOS study aims to conduct long-term health monitoring of a large group of people to determine if there are any health issues linked to long-term exposure to radio frequency energy from cell phone use. The COSMOS study will Health and Safety Information 7 DRAFT Internal Use Only follow approximately 300,000 adult cell phone users in Europe for 20 to 30 years. Additional information about the COSMOS study can be found at www.ukcosmos.org/index.html. Risk of Brain Cancer from Exposure to Radio Frequency Fields in Childhood and Adolescence (MOBI-

KIDS) MOBI-KIDS is an international study investigating the relationship between exposure to radio frequency energy from communication technologies including cell phones and brain cancer in young people. This is an international multi-center study involving 14 European and non-European countries. Additional information about MOBI-KIDS can be found at www.creal.cat/programes-recerca/

en_projectes-creal/view.php?ID=39. Surveillance, Epidemiology, and End Results (SEER) Program of the National Cancer Institute The National Cancer Institute (NCI) actively follows cancer statistics in the United States to detect any change in rates of new cases for brain cancer. If cell phones play a role in risk for brain 8 DRAFT Internal Use Only cancer, rates should go up, because heavy cell phone use has been common for quite some time in the U.S. Between 1987 and 2005, the overall age-adjusted incidence of brain cancer did not increase. Additional information about SEER can be found at http://seer.cancer.gov/. Cell Phone Industry Actions Although the existing scientific data do not justify FDA regulatory actions, the FDA has urged the cell phone industry to take a number of steps, including the following:

Support-needed research on possible biological effects of RF for the type of signal emitted by cell phones;

Design cell phones in a way that minimizes any RF exposure to the user; and

Cooperate in providing users of cell phones with the current information on cell phone use and human health concerns. The FDA also is working with voluntary standard-setting bodies such as the Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers (IEEE), the International Commission on Non-Ionizing Radiation Health and Safety Information 9 DRAFT Internal Use Only Protection (ICNIRP), and others to assure that safety standards continue to adequately protect the public. Reducing Exposure: Hands-Free Kits and Other Accessories Steps to Reduce Exposure to Radio Frequency Energy If there is a risk from being exposed to radio frequency energy (RF) from cell phones - and at this point we do not know that there is - it is probably very small. But, if you are concerned about avoiding even potential risks, you can take a few simple steps to minimize your RF exposure.

Reduce the amount of time spent using your cell phone;

Use speaker mode or a headset to place more distance between your head and the cell phone. Hands-Free Kits Hands-free kits may include audio or Bluetooth headsets and various types of body-worn accessories such as belt-clips and holsters. Combinations of these can be used to reduce RF energy absorption from cell phones. 10 DRAFT Internal Use Only Headsets can substantially reduce exposure because the phone is held away from the head in the user's hand or in approved body-worn accessories. Cell phones marketed in the U.S. are required to meet RF exposure compliance requirements when used against the head and against the body. Because there are no known risks from exposure to RF emissions from cell phones, there is no reason to believe that hands-free kits reduce risks. Hands-free kits can be used for convenience and comfort. They are also required by law in many states if you want to use your phone while driving. Cell Phone Accessories that Claim to Shield the Head from RF Radiation Because there are no known risks from exposure to RF emissions from cell phones, there is no reason to believe that accessories which claim to shield the head from those emissions reduce risks. Some products that claim to shield the user from RF absorption use special phone cases, while others involve nothing more than a metallic accessory attached to the phone. Health and Safety Information 11 DRAFT Internal Use Only Studies have shown that these products generally do not work as advertised. Unlike hands-free kits, these so-called shields may interfere with proper operation of the phone. The phone may be forced to boost its power to compensate, leading to an increase in RF absorption. Children and Cell Phones The scientific evidence does not show a danger to any users of cell phones from RF exposure, including children and teenagers. The steps adults can take to reduce RF exposure apply to children and teenagers as well.

Reduce the amount of time spent on the cell phone;

Use speaker mode or a headset to place more distance between the head and the cell phone. Some groups sponsored by other national governments have advised that children be discouraged from using cell phones at all. For example, The Stewart Report from the United Kingdom made such a recommendation in December 2000. In this report, a group of independent experts noted that no 12 DRAFT Internal Use Only evidence exists that using a cell phone causes brain tumors or other ill effects. Their recommendation to limit cell phone use by children was strictly precautionary; it was not based on scientific evidence that any health hazard exists. Additional information on the safety of RF exposures from various sources can be obtained from the following organizations (updated 12/31/2014):

FCC RF Safety Program:

www.fcc.gov/encyclopedia/radio-

frequency-safety

Environmental Protection Agency (EPA):

www.epa.gov/radtown/wireless-tech.html

Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA):

www.osha.gov/SLTC/

radiofrequencyradiation/

(Note: This web address is case sensitive.)

National Institute for Occupational Safety and Health (NIOSH):

www.cdc.gov/niosh/

World Health Organization (WHO):

www.who.int/peh-emf/en/

Health and Safety Information 13 DRAFT Internal Use Only International Commission on Non-Ionizing Radiation Protection:

www.icnirp.de

Health Protection Agency:

www.hpa.org.uk/Topics/Radiation/

US Food and Drug Administration:

www.fda.gov/Radiation-EmittingProducts/

RadiationEmittingProductsandProcedures/

HomeBusinessandEntertainment/

CellPhones/default.htm Specific Absorption Rate

(SAR) Certification Information Your wireless device is a radio transmitter and receiver. It is designed and manufactured not to exceed the exposure limits for Radio Frequency (RF) energy set by the Federal Communications Commission (FCC) of the U.S. Government. These FCC RF exposure limits are derived from the recommendations of two expert organizations: the National Council on Radiation Protection and Measurement (NCRP) and the Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers

(IEEE). In both cases, the 14 DRAFT Internal Use Only recommendations were developed by scientific and engineering experts drawn from industry, government, and academia after extensive reviews of the scientific literature related to the biological effects of RF energy. The RF exposure limit set by the FCC for wireless mobile phones employs a unit of measurement known as the Specific Absorption Rate (SAR). The SAR is a measure of the rate of absorption of RF energy by the human body expressed in units of watts per kilogram (W/kg). The FCC requires wireless phones to comply with a safety limit of 1.6 watts per kilogram (1.6 W/kg). The FCC SAR limit incorporates a substantial margin of safety to give additional protection to the public and to account for any variations in measurements. SAR tests are conducted using standard operating positions accepted by the FCC with the phone transmitting at its highest certified power level in all tested frequency bands. Although the SAR is determined at the highest certified power level, the actual SAR level of the phone while operating can be well below Health and Safety Information 15 DRAFT Internal Use Only the maximum reported value. This is because the phone is designed to operate at multiple power levels so as to use only the power required to reach the network. In general, the closer you are to a wireless base station antenna, the lower the power output of the device. Before a new model device is available for sale to the public, it must be tested and certified to the FCC that it does not exceed the SAR limit established by the FCC. Tests for each model phone are performed in positions and locations

(e.g. at the ear and worn on the body) as required by the FCC. For body-worn operation, this phone has been tested and meets FCC RF exposure guidelines when used with an accessory that contains no metal and that positions the mobile device a minimum of 1.5 cm from the body. Use of other accessories may not ensure compliance with FCC RF exposure guidelines. The FCC has granted an Equipment Authorization for this mobile device with all reported SAR levels evaluated as in compliance with the FCC RF exposure guidelines. 16 DRAFT Internal Use Only This device has a FCC ID number:

A3LSMB690V [Model Number:

SM-B690V] and the specific SAR levels for this device can be found at the following FCC website:

www.fcc.gov/oet/ea/. The SAR information for this device can also be found on Samsungs website:

http://www.samsung.com/sar. The SAR information for this device can also be found on Samsungs website:

www.samsung.com/sar SAR information on this and other model devices can be accessed online on the FCC's website through http://transition.fcc.gov/oet/rfsafety/sar.html. To find information that pertains to a particular model, this site uses the device FCC ID number which is usually printed somewhere on the case of the device. Sometimes it may be necessary to remove the battery pack to find the number. Once you have the FCC ID number for a particular device, follow the instructions on the website and it should provide values for typical or maximum SAR for a particular phone. Additional Health and Safety Information 17 DRAFT Internal Use Only SAR information can also be obtained at www.fcc.gov/encyclopedia/specific-

absorption-rate-sar-cellular-telephones FCC Part 15 Information to User Pursuant to part 15.21 of the FCC Rules, you are cautioned that changes or modifications not expressly approved by Samsung could void your authority to operate the device. This device complies with part 15 of the FCC Rules. Operation is subject to the following two conditions: (1) This device may not cause harmful interference, and

(2) this device must accept any interference received, including interference that may cause undesired operation. Note: This equipment has been tested and found to comply with the limits for a Class B digital device, pursuant to part 15 of the FCC Rules. These limits are designed to provide reasonable protection against harmful interference in a residential installation. This equipment generates, uses and can radiate radio frequency energy and, if not 18 DRAFT Internal Use Only installed and used in accordance with the instructions, may cause harmful interference to radio communications. However, there is no guarantee that interference will not occur in a particular installation. If this equipment does cause harmful interference to radio or television reception, which can be determined by turning the equipment off and on, the user is encouraged to try to correct the interference by one or more of the following measures:

Reorient or relocate the receiving antenna.

Increase the separation between the equipment and receiver.

Connect the equipment into an outlet on a circuit different from that to which the receiver is connected.

Consult the dealer or an experienced radio/

TV technician for help. Commercial Mobile Alerting System (CMAS) This device is designed to receive Wireless Emergency Alerts from CMAS. If your wireless provider has chosen to participate in CMAS, alerts are available while in the provider's coverage area. If Health and Safety Information 19 DRAFT Internal Use Only you travel outside your provider's coverage area, wireless emergency alerts may not be available. For more information, please contact your wireless provider. Samsung Mobile Products and Recycling Samsung cares for the environment and encourages its customers to recycle Samsung mobile devices and genuine Samsung accessories. Proper disposal of your mobile device and its battery is not only important for safety, it benefits the environment. Batteries must be recycled or disposed of properly. Note: Dispose of unwanted electronics through an approved recycler. We've made it easy for you to recycle your old Samsung mobile device by working with respected take-back companies in every state in the country. 20 DRAFT Internal Use Only Note: Most carriers will provide a take-

back option for products to be properly disposed when purchasing new products. For battery recycling, go to call2recycle.org or call 1-800-822-8837. Drop It Off You can drop off your Samsung-branded mobile device and batteries for recycling at one of our numerous Samsung Recycling Direct

(SM) locations. Note: Samsung-branded devices and batteries will be accepted at these locations for no fee. To find the nearest recycling location, go to any of the following:

www.samsung.com/recyclingdirect or call 1-877-278-0799.

PLUG-IN to eCYCLING with EPA:

www.call2recycle.org/

Health and Safety Information 21 DRAFT Internal Use Only Mail It In The Samsung Mobile Take-Back Program will provide Samsung customers with a free recycling mailing label. For more information, go to:

https://pages.samsung.com/recycling/

index.jsp and follow the on-screen instructions or call 1-800-822-8837. Follow local regulations regarding disposal of mobile devices and batteries Dispose of your mobile device and batteries in accordance with local regulations. In some areas, the disposal of these items in household or business trash may be prohibited. Help us protect the environment - recycle!

Warning! Never dispose of batteries in a fire because they may explode. Smart Practices While Driving On the Road - Off the Phone The primary responsibility of every driver is the safe operation of his or her vehicle. 22 DRAFT Internal Use Only Responsible drivers understand that no secondary task should be performed while driving whether it be eating, drinking, talking to passengers, or talking on a mobile phone - unless the driver has assessed the driving conditions and is confident that the secondary task will not interfere with their primary responsibility. Do not engage in any activity while driving a moving vehicle which may cause you to take your eyes off the road or become so absorbed in the activity that your ability to concentrate on the act of driving becomes impaired. Samsung is committed to promoting responsible driving and giving drivers the tools they need to understand and address distractions. Check the laws and regulations on the use of mobile devices and their accessories in the areas where you drive. Always obey them. The use of these devices may be prohibited or restricted in certain areas. For example, only hands-free use may be permitted in certain areas. Health and Safety Information 23 DRAFT Internal Use Only Before answering calls, consider your circumstances. Let the call go to voicemail when driving conditions require. Remember, driving comes first, not the call!

If you consider a call necessary and appropriate, follow these tips:

Use a hands-free device;

Secure your phone within easy reach;

Place calls when you are not moving;

Plan calls when your car will be stationary;

Do not engage in stressful or emotional conversations;

Let the person with whom you are speaking know that you are driving and will suspend the call if necessary;

Do not take notes or look up phone numbers while driving;

Notice regarding legal restrictions on mounting this device in an automobile:

Laws in some states may prohibit mounting this device on or near the windshield of an automobile. In other states, the law may permit mounting this device only in specific locations in the automobile. Be sure to consult the state and local laws or ordinances where you 24 DRAFT Internal Use Only drive before mounting this device in an automobile. Failure to comply with these restrictions could result in fines, penalties, or other damages. Never mount this device in a manner that will obstruct the driver's clear view of the street and traffic. Never use wireless data services such as text messaging, Web browsing, or e-mail while operating a vehicle. Never watch videos, such as a movie or clip, or play video games while operating a vehicle. For more information, go to www.ctia.org. Battery Use and Safety Important! Handle and store batteries properly to avoid injury or damage. Most battery issues arise from improper handling of batteries and, particularly, from the continued use of damaged batteries. Health and Safety Information 25 DRAFT Internal Use Only Do not disassemble, crush, puncture, shred, or otherwise attempt to change the form of your battery. Do not put a high degree of pressure on the battery. This can cause leakage or an internal short-circuit, resulting in overheating.

Do not let the phone or battery come in contact with liquids. Liquids can get into the phone's circuits, leading to corrosion. Even when the phone appears to be dry and appears to operate normally, the circuitry could slowly corrode and pose a safety hazard. If the phone and/or battery get wet, have them checked by your service provider or contact Samsung, even if they appear to be working properly.

Do not place your battery in or near a heat source. Excessive heating can damage the phone or the battery and could cause the phone or the battery to explode. Do not dry a wet or damp battery with an appliance or heat source such as a microwave oven, hair dryer, iron, or radiator. Avoid leaving your phone in your car in high temperatures. 26 DRAFT Internal Use Only Caution: Some applications or prolonged usage may increase device temperature. Prolonged skin contact with a device that is hot to the touch may produce skin discomfort or redness, or low-temperature burns. If the device feels hot to the touch, discontinue use and close all applications or turn off the device until it cools. Always ensure that the device has adequate ventilation and air flow. Covering the device with bedding, your body, thick clothing or any other materials that significantly affect air flow may affect the performance of the device and poses a possible risk of fire or explosion, which could lead to serious bodily injuries or damage to property.

Do not dispose of the phone or the battery in a fire. The phone or the battery may explode when overheated.

Do not handle a damaged or leaking battery. Do not let leaking battery fluid come in contact with your eyes, skin or clothing. For safe disposal options, contact your nearest Samsung-authorized service center. Health and Safety Information 27 DRAFT Internal Use Only Avoid dropping the cell phone. Dropping the phone or the battery, especially on a hard surface, can potentially cause damage to the phone and battery. If you suspect damage to the phone or battery, take it to a service center for inspection.

Never use any charger or battery that is damaged in any way.

Do not allow the battery to touch metal objects. Accidental short-circuiting can occur when a metallic object (coin, key, jewelry, clip, or pen) causes a direct connection between the + and - terminals of the battery (metal strips on the battery), for example when you carry a spare battery in a pocket or bag. Short-circuiting the terminals may damage the battery or the object causing the short-circuiting. Important! Use only Samsung-approved batteries, and recharge your battery only with Samsung-approved chargers which are specifically designed for your phone. 28 DRAFT Internal Use Only WARNING!

Use of a non-Samsung-approved battery or charger may present a risk of fire, explosion, leakage, or other hazard. Samsung's warranty does not cover damage to the phone caused by nonSamsung-approved batteries and/or chargers.

Do not use incompatible cell phone batteries and chargers. Some websites and second-hand dealers not associated with reputable manufacturers and carriers, might be selling incompatible or even counterfeit batteries and chargers. Consumers should purchase manufacturer or carrier-recommended products and accessories. If unsure about whether a replacement battery or charger is compatible, contact the manufacturer of the battery or charger.

Misuse or use of incompatible phones, batteries, and charging devices could result in damage to the equipment and a possible risk of fire, explosion, or leakage, leading to serious injuries, damages to your phone, or other serious hazard. Health and Safety Information 29 DRAFT Internal Use Only UL Certified Travel Charger The Travel Charger for this phone has met applicable UL safety requirements. Please adhere to the following safety instructions per UL guidelines:

FAILURE TO FOLLOW THE INSTRUCTIONS OUTLINED MAY LEAD TO SERIOUS PERSONAL INJURY AND POSSIBLE PROPERTY DAMAGE. IMPORTANT SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS

- SAVE THESE INSTRUCTIONS. DANGER - TO REDUCE THE RISK OF FIRE OR ELECTRIC SHOCK, CAREFULLY FOLLOW THESE INSTRUCTIONS. FOR CONNECTION TO A SUPPLY NOT IN NORTH AMERICA, USE AN ATTACHMENT PLUG ADAPTOR OF THE PROPER CONFIGURATION FOR THE POWER OUTLET. THIS POWER UNIT IS INTENDED TO BE CORRECTLY ORIENTED IN A VERTICAL OR 30 DRAFT Internal Use Only HORIZONTAL OR FLOOR MOUNT POSITION. Display / Touch-Screen Please note the following information when using your mobile device:

WARNING REGARDING DISPLAY The display on your mobile device is made of glass or acrylic and could break if your mobile device is dropped or if it receives significant impact. Do not use if screen is broken or cracked as this could cause injury to you. WARRANTY DISCLAIMER: PROPER USE OF A TOUCH-SCREEN MOBILE DEVICE If your mobile device has a touch-screen display, please note that a touch-screen responds best to a light touch from the pad of your finger or a non-metallic stylus. Using excessive force or a metallic object when pressing on Health and Safety Information 31 DRAFT Internal Use Only the touch-screen may damage the tempered glass surface and void the warranty. For more information, please refer to the Standard Limited Warranty. GPS & AGPS Certain Samsung mobile devices can use a Global Positioning System (GPS) signal for location-based applications. A GPS uses satellites controlled by the U.S. Government that are subject to changes implemented in accordance with the Department of Defense policy and the 2008 Federal Radio navigation Plan

(FRP). Changes may affect the performance of location-based technology on your mobile device. Certain Samsung mobile devices can also use an Assisted Global Positioning System (AGPS), which obtains information from the cellular network to improve GPS performance. AGPS uses your wireless service provider's network and therefore airtime, data charges, and/

or additional charges may apply in accordance with your service plan. Contact your wireless service provider for details. 32 DRAFT Internal Use Only Your Location Location-based information includes information that can be used to determine the approximate location of a mobile device. Mobile devices which are connected to a wireless network transmit location-based information. Additionally, if you use applications that require location-based information (e.g. driving directions), such applications transmit location-based information. The location-based information may be shared with third-parties, including your wireless service provider, applications providers, Samsung, and other third-parties providing services. Use of AGPS in Emergency Calls When you make an emergency call, the cellular network may activate AGPS technology in your mobile device to tell the emergency responders your approximate location. AGPS has limitations and might not work in your area. Therefore:

Always tell the emergency responder your location to the best of your ability; and

Remain on the mobile device for as long as the emergency responder instructs you. Health and Safety Information 33 DRAFT Internal Use Only Navigation Maps, directions, and other navigation-data, including data relating to your current location, may contain inaccurate or incomplete data, and circumstances can and do change over time. In some areas, complete information may not be available. Therefore, you should always visually confirm that the navigational instructions are consistent with what you see before following them. All users should pay attention to road conditions, closures, traffic, and all other factors that may impact safe driving or walking. Always obey posted road signs. Emergency Calls This mobile device, like any wireless mobile device, operates using radio signals, wireless and landline networks, as well as user-programmed functions, which cannot guarantee connection in all conditions, areas, or circumstances. Therefore, you should never rely solely on any wireless mobile device for essential communications (medical emergencies, for example). Before traveling in remote or underdeveloped areas, plan an alternate method of 34 DRAFT Internal Use Only contacting emergency services personnel. Remember, to make or receive any calls, the mobile device must be switched on and in a service area with adequate signal strength. Emergency calls may not be possible on all wireless mobile device networks or when certain network services and/or mobile device features are in use. Check with local service providers. If certain features are in use (call blocking, for example), you may first need to deactivate those features before you can make an emergency call. Consult your User Manual and your local cellular service provider. When making an emergency call, remember to give all the necessary information as accurately as possible. Remember that your mobile device may be the only means of communication at the scene of an accident; do not cut off the call until given permission to do so. To make an emergency call:

1. If the mobile device is not on, switch it on. 2. Open your phone dialer. Health and Safety Information 35 DRAFT Internal Use Only 3. Enter the emergency number for your present location (for example, 911 or other official emergency number), then tap Call/Send. Emergency numbers vary by location. Care and Maintenance Your mobile device is a product of superior design and craftsmanship and should be treated with care. The suggestions below will help you fulfill any warranty obligations and allow you to enjoy this product for many years:

Keep your Samsung Mobile Device away from:

Liquids of any kind Keep the mobile device dry. Precipitation, humidity, and liquids contain minerals that will corrode electronic circuits. If the mobile device does get wet, do not accelerate drying with the use of an oven, microwave, or dryer, because this may damage the mobile device and could cause a fire or explosion. 36 DRAFT Internal Use Only Do not use the mobile device with a wet hand. Doing so may cause an electric shock to you or damage to the mobile device. Extreme heat or cold Avoid temperatures below 0C / 32F or above 45C / 113F. Microwaves Do not try to dry your mobile device in a microwave oven. Doing so may cause a fire or explosion. Dust and dirt Do not expose your mobile device to dust, dirt, or sand. Cleaning solutions Do not use harsh chemicals, cleaning solvents, or strong detergents to clean the mobile device. Wipe it with a soft cloth slightly dampened in a mild soap-and-water solution. If the mobile device has a retractable camera lens, do not use soap and water to clean the lens. Use a blower or brush or lens cleaning paper dampened in a lens cleaning solution. Health and Safety Information 37 DRAFT Internal Use Only Shock or vibration Do not drop, knock, or shake the mobile device. Rough handling can break internal circuit boards. Paint Do not paint the mobile device. Paint can clog the devices moving parts or ventilation openings and prevent proper operation. Responsible Listening Caution! Avoid potential hearing loss. Damage to hearing occurs when a person is exposed to loud sounds over time. The risk of hearing loss increases as sound is played louder and for longer durations. Prolonged exposure to loud sounds (including music) is the most common cause of preventable hearing loss. Some scientific research suggests that using portable audio devices, such as portable music players and cell phones, at high volume settings for long durations may lead to permanent noise-induced hearing loss. This includes the use of headphones

(including headsets, earbuds, and Bluetooth or other wireless devices). 38 DRAFT Internal Use Only Exposure to very loud sound has also been associated in some studies with tinnitus (a ringing in the ear), hypersensitivity to sound, and distorted hearing. Individual susceptibility to noise-induced hearing loss and potential hearing problem varies. Additionally, the amount of sound produced by a portable audio device varies depending on the nature of the sound, the device settings, and the headphones that are used. As a result, there is no single volume setting that is appropriate for everyone or for every combination of sound, settings, and equipment. You should follow some common sense recommendations when using any portable audio device:

Always turn the volume down before plugging the earphones into an audio source.

Set the volume in a quiet environment and select the lowest volume at which you can hear adequately.

Be aware that you can adapt to higher volume settings over time, not realizing that the higher volume may be harmful to your hearing. Health and Safety Information 39 DRAFT Internal Use Only When using headphones, turn the volume down if you cannot hear the people speaking near you or if the person sitting next to you can hear what you are listening to.

Do not turn the volume up to block out noisy surroundings. If you choose to listen to your portable device in a noisy environment, use noise-cancelling headphones to block out background environmental noise. By blocking background environment noise, noise cancelling headphones should allow you to hear the music at lower volumes than when using earbuds.

Limit the amount of time you listen. As the volume increases, less time is required before you hearing could be affected.

Avoid using headphones after exposure to extremely loud noises, such as rock concerts, that might cause temporary hearing loss. Temporary hearing loss might cause unsafe volumes to sound normal. 40 DRAFT Internal Use Only Do not listen at any volume that causes you discomfort. If you experience ringing in your ears, hear muffled speech, or experience any temporary hearing difficulty after listening to your portable audio device, discontinue use and consult your doctor. You can obtain additional information on this subject from the following sources:

American Academy of Audiology 11480 Commerce Park Drive, Suite 220 Reston, VA 20190 Voice: (800) 222-2336 or 703-790-8466 Email: infoaud@audiology.org Internet:

www.audiology.org/Pages/default.aspx National Institute on Deafness and Other Communication Disorders National Institutes of Health 31 Center Drive, MSC 2320 Bethesda, MD 20892-2320 Email: nidcdinfo@nidcd.nih.gov Internet:

www.nidcd.nih.gov/

Health and Safety Information 41 DRAFT Internal Use Only National Institute for Occupational Safety and Health (NIOSH) 395 E Street, S.W., Suite 9200 Patriots Plaza Building Washington, DC 20201 1-800-CDC-INFO (1-800-232-4636) Outside the U.S. 513-533-8328 TTY: (888) 232-6348 Email: cdcinfo@cdc.gov Internet:

www.cdc.gov/niosh/topics/noise/

default.html Operating Environment Remember to follow any special regulations in force in any area, and always switch your mobile device off whenever it is forbidden to use it, or when it may cause interference or danger. When connecting the mobile device or any accessory to another device, read its user's guide for detailed safety instructions. Do not connect incompatible products. 42 DRAFT Internal Use Only Using Your Mobile Device Near Other Electronic Devices Most modern electronic equipment is shielded from Radio Frequency (RF) signals. However, certain electronic equipment may not be shielded against the RF signals from your wireless mobile device. Consult the manufacturer to discuss alternatives. Implantable Medical Devices A minimum separation of six (6) inches should be maintained between a handheld wireless mobile device and an implantable medical device, such as a pacemaker or implantable cardioverter defibrillator, to avoid potential interference with the device. Persons who have such devices:

Should ALWAYS keep the mobile device more than six (6) inches from their implantable medical device when the mobile device is turned ON;

Should not carry the mobile device in a breast pocket;

Should use the ear opposite the implantable medical device to minimize the potential for interference;

Health and Safety Information 43 DRAFT Internal Use Only Should turn the mobile device OFF immediately if there is any reason to suspect that interference is taking place;

Should read and follow the directions from the manufacturer of your implantable medical device. If you have any questions about using your wireless mobile device with an implantable medical device, consult your health care provider. For more information see:

www.fcc.gov/oet/rfsafety/rf-faqs.html#. Other Medical Devices If you use any other personal medical devices, consult the manufacturer of your device to determine if it is adequately shielded from external RF energy. Your physician may be able to assist you in obtaining this information. Switch your mobile device off in health care facilities when any regulations posted in these areas instruct you to do so. Hospitals or health care facilities may be using equipment that could be sensitive to external RF energy. Vehicles RF signals may affect improperly installed or inadequately shielded electronic systems in motor vehicles. 44 DRAFT Internal Use Only Check with the manufacturer or its representative regarding your vehicle before using your mobile device in a motor vehicle. You should also consult the manufacturer of any equipment that has been added to your vehicle. Posted Facilities Switch your mobile device off in any facility where posted notices require you to do so. Potentially Explosive Environments Switch your mobile device off when in any area with a potentially explosive atmosphere and obey all signs and instructions. Sparks in such areas could cause an explosion or fire resulting in bodily injury or even death. Users are advised to switch the mobile device off while at a refueling point (service station). Users are reminded of the need to observe restrictions on the use of radio equipment in fuel depots (fuel storage and distribution areas), chemical plants, or where blasting operations are in progress. Areas with a potentially explosive atmosphere are often, but not always, clearly marked. They include below deck on boats, chemical transfer Health and Safety Information 45 DRAFT Internal Use Only or storage facilities, vehicles using liquefied petroleum gas (such as propane or butane), areas where the air contains chemicals or particles, such as grain, dust, or metal powders, and any other area where you would normally be advised to turn off your vehicle engine. Vehicles using liquefied petroleum gas

(such as propane or butane) must comply with the National Fire Protection Standard (NFPA-58). For a copy of this standard, contact the National Fire Protection Association. When your Device is Wet Do not turn on your device if it is wet. If your device is already on, turn it off and remove the battery immediately (if the device will not turn off or you cannot remove the battery, leave it as-is). Then, dry the device with a towel and take it to a service center. 46 DRAFT Internal Use Only FCC Hearing Aid Compatibility (HAC) Regulations for Wireless Devices The U.S. Federal Communications Commission (FCC) has established requirements for digital wireless mobile devices to be compatible with hearing aids and other assistive hearing devices. When individuals employing some assistive hearing devices (hearing aids and cochlear implants) use wireless mobile devices, they may detect a buzzing, humming, or whining noise. Some hearing devices are more immune than others to this interference noise, and mobile devices also vary in the amount of interference they generate. The wireless telephone industry has developed a rating system for wireless mobile devices to assist hearing device users find mobile devices that may be compatible with their hearing devices. Not all mobile devices have been rated. Mobile devices that are rated have the rating on their box or a label located on the box. Health and Safety Information 47 DRAFT Internal Use Only The ratings are not guarantees. Results will vary depending on the user's hearing device and hearing loss. If your hearing device happens to be vulnerable to interference, you may not be able to use a rated mobile device successfully. Trying out the mobile device with your hearing device is the best way to evaluate it for your personal needs. M-Ratings: Wireless mobile devices rated M3 or M4 meet FCC requirements and are likely to generate less interference to hearing devices than mobile devices that are not labeled. M4 is the better/higher of the two ratings. M-ratings refer to enabling acoustic coupling with hearing aids that do not operate in telecoil mode. T-Ratings: Mobile devices rated T3 or T4 meet FCC requirements and are likely to generate less interference to hearing devices than mobile devices that are not labeled. T4 is the better/higher of the two ratings. T-ratings refer to enabling inductive coupling with hearing aids operating in telecoil mode. Hearing devices may also be rated. Your hearing aid manufacturer or hearing health professional may help you find 48 DRAFT Internal Use Only this rating. Higher ratings mean that the hearing device is relatively immune to interference noise. Under the current industry standard, American National Standards Institute

(ANSI) C63.19, the hearing aid and wireless mobile device rating values are added together to indicate how usable they are together. For example, if a hearing aid meets the M2 level rating and the wireless mobile device meets the M3 level rating, the sum of the two values equals M5. Under the standard, this should provide the hearing aid user with normal use while using the hearing aid with the particular wireless mobile device. A sum of 6 or more would indicate excellent performance. However, these are not guarantees that all users will be satisfied. T ratings work similarly. Health and Safety Information 49 DRAFT Internal Use Only M3 + M2 = 5 T3 + T2 = 5 The HAC rating and measurement procedure are described in the American National Standards Institute (ANSI) C63.19 standard. HAC for Newer Technologies This phone has been tested and rated for use with hearing aids for some of the wireless technologies that it uses. However, there may be some newer wireless technologies used in this phone that have not been tested yet for use with hearing aids. It is important to try the different features of this phone thoroughly and in different locations, using your hearing aid or cochlear implant, to determine if you hear any interfering noise. Consult your service provider or the manufacturer of 50 DRAFT Internal Use Only this phone for information on hearing aid compatibility. If you have questions about return or exchange policies, consult your service provider or phone retailer. Restricting Children's Access to Your Mobile Device Your mobile device is not a toy. Do not allow children to play with it because they could hurt themselves and others, damage the mobile device, or make calls that increase your mobile device bill. Keep the mobile device and all its parts and accessories out of the reach of small children. FCC Notice and Cautions FCC Notice The mobile device may cause TV or radio interference if used in close proximity to receiving equipment. The FCC can require you to stop using the mobile device if such interference cannot be eliminated. Cautions Any changes or modifications to your mobile device not expressly approved by Samsung could void your warranty for Health and Safety Information 51 DRAFT Internal Use Only this equipment and void your authority to operate this equipment. Only use approved batteries, antennas, and chargers. The use of any unauthorized accessories may be dangerous and void the mobile device warranty if said accessories cause damage or a defect to the mobile device. Although your mobile device is quite sturdy, it is a complex piece of equipment and can be broken. Avoid dropping, hitting, bending, or sitting on it. Other Important Safety Information

Only qualified personnel should service the mobile device or install the mobile device in a vehicle. Faulty installation or service may be dangerous and may invalidate any warranty applicable to the device.

Ensure that any mobile devices or related equipment installed in your vehicle are securely mounted.

Check regularly that all wireless mobile device equipment in your vehicle is mounted and operating properly. 52 DRAFT Internal Use Only When using a headset in dry environments, static electricity can build up in the headset and cause a small quick static electrical shock. To minimize the risk of electrostatic discharge from the headset avoid using the headset in extremely dry environments or touch a grounded unpainted metal object to discharge static electricity before inserting the headset.

Do not store or carry flammable liquids, gases, or explosive materials in the same compartment as the mobile device, its parts, or accessories.

For vehicles equipped with an air bag, remember that an air bag inflates with great force. Do not place objects, including installed or portable wireless equipment near or in the area over the air bag or in the air bag deployment area. If wireless equipment is improperly installed and the air bag inflates, serious injury could result. Health and Safety Information 53 DRAFT Internal Use Only Switch your mobile device off before boarding an aircraft. The use of wireless mobile devices in aircraft is illegal and may be dangerous to the aircraft's operation. Check with appropriate authorities before using any function of a mobile device while on an aircraft.

Failure to observe these instructions may lead to the suspension or denial of cell phone services to the offender, or legal action, or both.

While using your device, leave some lights on in the room and do not hold the screen too close to your eyes.

Seizures or blackouts can occur when you are exposed to flashing lights while watching videos or playing games for extended periods. If you feel any discomfort, stop using the device immediately. 54 DRAFT Internal Use Only Reduce risk of repetitive motion injuries. When you repetitively perform actions, such as pressing keys, drawing characters on a touch screen with your fingers, or playing games, you may experience occasional discomfort in your hands, neck, shoulders, or other parts of your body. When using your device for extended periods, hold the device with a relaxed grip, press the keys lightly, and take frequent breaks. If you continue to have discomfort during or after such use, stop use and see a physician.

If your device has a camera flash or light, do not use the flash or light close to the eyes of people or pets. [010115]

Health and Safety Information 55 DRAFT Internal Use Only Section 2: Warranty Information Note: Samsung Limited Warranty - This product is covered under the applicable Samsung Limited Warranty including its dispute resolution procedure. SAMSUNG ELECTRONICS AMERICA, INC.

(SAMSUNG) warrants that SAMSUNGs devices and accessories (Products) are free from defects in material and workmanship under normal use and service. Samsung Electronics America, Inc. 85 Challenger Road Ridgefield Park, New Jersey 07660 Phone: 1-800-SAMSUNG (726-7864) 56 DRAFT Internal Use Only Standard Limited Warranty What is covered and for how long?

The warranty period commences upon the date of purchase by the first consumer purchaser and continuing for the following specified period of time after that date:

Device Battery(ies)*

1 Year 1 Year Other Accessories*

1 Year

*If applicable. What is not covered?

This Limited Warranty is conditioned upon proper use of the Product. This Limited Warranty does not cover: (a) defects or damage resulting from accident, misuse, abnormal use, abnormal conditions, improper storage, exposure to liquid, moisture, dampness, sand or dirt, neglect, or unusual physical, electrical or electromechanical stress;

(b) scratches, dents and cosmetic damage, unless caused by SAMSUNG;

(c) defects or damage resulting from excessive force or use of a metallic Warranty Information 57 DRAFT Internal Use Only object when pressing on a touch screen;

(d) equipment that has the serial number or the enhancement data code removed, defaced, damaged, altered or made illegible; (e) ordinary wear and tear;

(f) defects or damage resulting from the use of Product in conjunction or connection with accessories, products, or ancillary/peripheral equipment not furnished or approved by SAMSUNG; (g) defects or damage resulting from improper testing, operation, maintenance, installation, service, or adjustment not furnished or approved by SAMSUNG, including but not limited to installation of unauthorized software and unauthorized root access, both of which shall void this limited warranty;

(h) defects or damage resulting from external causes such as collision with an object, fire, flooding, dirt, windstorm, lightning, earthquake, exposure to weather conditions, theft, blown fuse, or improper use of any electrical source;

(i) defects or damage resulting from cellular signal reception or transmission, or viruses or other software problems introduced into the Product; or (j) Product used or purchased outside the United States. This Limited Warranty covers 58 DRAFT Internal Use Only batteries only if battery capacity falls below 80% of rated capacity or the battery leaks, and this Limited Warranty does not cover any battery if (i) the battery has been charged by a battery charger not specified or approved by SAMSUNG for charging the battery;

(ii) any of the seals on the battery are broken or show evidence of tampering;

or (iii) the battery has been used in equipment other than the SAMSUNG device for which it is specified. What are SAMSUNGs obligations?

During the applicable warranty period, provided the Product is returned in accordance with the terms of this Limited Warranty, SAMSUNG will repair or replace the Product, at SAMSUNGs sole option, without charge. SAMSUNG may, at SAMSUNGs sole option, use rebuilt, reconditioned, or new parts or components when repairing any Product, or may replace the Product with a rebuilt, reconditioned or new Product. Repaired/replaced cases, pouches and holsters will be warranted for a period of ninety (90) days. All other repaired/

replaced Products will be warranted for a period equal to the remainder of the Warranty Information 59 DRAFT Internal Use Only original Limited Warranty on the original Product or for ninety (90) days, whichever is longer. All replaced Products, parts, components, boards and equipment shall become the property of SAMSUNG. Except to any extent expressly allowed by applicable law, transfer or assignment of this Limited Warranty is prohibited. What must you do to obtain warranty service?

To obtain service under this Limited Warranty, you must return the Product to an authorized phone service facility in an adequate container for shipping, accompanied by the sales receipt or comparable proof of sale showing the original date of purchase by the first consumer purchaser, the serial number of the Product and the sellers name and address. To obtain assistance on where to deliver the Product, please call SAMSUNG Customer Care at 1-800-SAMSUNG

(726-7864). If SAMSUNG determines that any Product is not covered by this Limited Warranty, you must pay all parts, shipping, and labor charges for the repair or return of such Product. 60 DRAFT Internal Use Only You should keep a separate backup copy of any contents of the Product before delivering the Product to SAMSUNG for warranty service, as some or all of the contents may be deleted or reformatted during the course of warranty service. What are the limits on SAMSUNGs liability?

THIS LIMITED WARRANTY SETS OUT THE FULL EXTENT OF SAMSUNGS RESPONSIBILITIES, AND THE EXCLUSIVE REMEDY REGARDING THE PRODUCTS. ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION, IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, ARE LIMITED TO THE DURATION OF THIS LIMITED WARRANTY. IN NO EVENT SHALL SAMSUNG BE LIABLE FOR DAMAGES IN EXCESS OF THE PURCHASE PRICE OF THE PRODUCT OR FOR, WITHOUT LIMITATION, COMMERCIAL LOSS OF ANY SORT; LOSS OF USE, TIME, DATA, REPUTATION, OPPORTUNITY, GOODWILL, PROFITS OR SAVINGS; INCONVENIENCE; INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, CONSEQUENTIAL OR PUNITIVE DAMAGES; OR DAMAGES ARISING FROM THE USE OR INABILITY TO USE THE Warranty Information 61 DRAFT Internal Use Only PRODUCT. SOME STATES AND JURISDICTIONS DO NOT ALLOW LIMITATIONS ON HOW LONG AN IMPLIED WARRANTY LASTS, OR THE DISCLAIMER OR LIMITATION OF INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES, SO THE ABOVE LIMITATIONS AND DISCLAIMERS MAY NOT APPLY TO YOU. SAMSUNG MAKES NO WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, STATUTORY OR OTHERWISE, AS TO THE QUALITY, CAPABILITIES, OPERATIONS, PERFORMANCE OR SUITABILITY OF ANY THIRD-PARTY SOFTWARE OR EQUIPMENT USED IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE PRODUCT, OR THE ABILITY TO INTEGRATE ANY SUCH SOFTWARE OR EQUIPMENT WITH THE PRODUCT, WHETHER SUCH THIRD-PARTY SOFTWARE OR EQUIPMENT IS INCLUDED WITH THE PRODUCT DISTRIBUTED BY SAMSUNG OR OTHERWISE. RESPONSIBILITY FOR THE QUALITY, CAPABILITIES, OPERATIONS, PERFORMANCE AND SUITABILITY OF ANY SUCH THIRD-PARTY SOFTWARE OR EQUIPMENT RESTS SOLELY WITH THE USER AND THE 62 DRAFT Internal Use Only DIRECT VENDOR, OWNER OR SUPPLIER OF SUCH THIRD-PARTY SOFTWARE OR EQUIPMENT. Nothing in the Product instructions or information shall be construed to create an express warranty of any kind with respect to the Products. No agent, employee, dealer, representative or reseller is authorized to modify or extend this Limited Warranty or to make binding representations or claims, whether in advertising, presentations or otherwise, on behalf of SAMSUNG regarding the Products or this Limited Warranty. This Limited Warranty gives you specific legal rights, and you may also have other rights that vary from state to state. What is the procedure for resolving disputes?

ALL DISPUTES WITH SAMSUNG ARISING IN ANY WAY FROM THIS LIMITED WARRANTY OR THE SALE, CONDITION OR PERFORMANCE OF THE PRODUCTS SHALL BE RESOLVED EXCLUSIVELY THROUGH FINAL AND BINDING ARBITRATION, AND NOT BY A COURT OR JURY. Warranty Information 63 DRAFT Internal Use Only Any such dispute shall not be combined or consolidated with a dispute involving any other persons or entitys Product or claim, and specifically, without limitation of the foregoing, shall not under any circumstances proceed as part of a class action. The arbitration shall be conducted before a single arbitrator, whose award may not exceed, in form or amount, the relief allowed by the applicable law. The arbitration shall be conducted according to the American Arbitration Association (AAA) Commercial Arbitration Rules applicable to consumer disputes. This arbitration provision is entered pursuant to the Federal Arbitration Act. The laws of the State of Texas, without reference to its choice of laws principles, shall govern the interpretation of the Limited Warranty and all disputes that are subject to this arbitration provision. The arbitrator shall decide all issues of interpretation and application of this arbitration provision and the Limited Warranty. For any arbitration in which your total damage claims, exclusive of attorney fees and expert witness fees, are

$5,000.00 or less (Small Claim), the 64 DRAFT Internal Use Only arbitrator may, if you prevail, award your reasonable attorney fees, expert witness fees and costs as part of any award, but may not grant SAMSUNG its attorney fees, expert witness fees or costs unless it is determined that the claim was brought in bad faith. In a Small Claim case, you shall be required to pay no more than half of the total administrative, facility and arbitrator fees, or $50.00 of such fees, whichever is less, and SAMSUNG shall pay the remainder of such fees. Administrative, facility and arbitrator fees for arbitrations in which your total damage claims, exclusive of attorney fees and expert witness fees, exceed $5,000.00 (Large Claim) shall be determined according to AAA rules. In a Large Claim case, the arbitrator may grant to the prevailing party, or apportion among the parties, reasonable attorney fees, expert witness fees and costs. Judgment may be entered on the arbitrators award in any court of competent jurisdiction. Warranty Information 65 DRAFT Internal Use Only This arbitration provision also applies to claims against SAMSUNGs employees, representatives and affiliates if any such claim arises from the Products sale, condition or performance. You may opt out of this dispute resolution procedure by providing notice to SAMSUNG no later than 30 calendar days from the date of the first consumer purchasers purchase of the Product. To opt out, you must send notice by e-mail to optout@sea.samsung.com, with the subject line: Arbitration Opt Out. You must include in the opt out e-mail (a) your name and address; (b) the date on which the Product was purchased; (c) the Product model name or model number;

and (d) the IMEI or MEID or Serial Number, as applicable, if you have it (the IMEI or MEID or Serial Number can be found (i) on the Product box; (ii) on the Product information screen, which can be found under Settings; (iii) on a label on the back of the Product beneath the battery, if the battery is removable; and (iv) on the outside of the Product if the battery is not removable). Alternatively, you may opt out by calling 1-800-SAMSUNG (726-7864) no later than 30 calendar days from the date 66 DRAFT Internal Use Only of the first consumer purchasers purchase of the Product and providing the same information. These are the only two forms of notice that will be effective to opt out of this dispute resolution procedure. Opting out of this dispute resolution procedure will not affect the coverage of the Limited Warranty in any way, and you will continue to enjoy the benefits of the Limited Warranty. Severability If any portion of this Limited Warranty is held to be illegal or unenforceable, such partial illegality or unenforceability shall not affect the enforceability of the remainder of the Limited Warranty. Precautions for Transfer and Disposal If data stored on this device is deleted or reformatted using the standard methods, the data only appears to be removed on a superficial level, and it may be possible for someone to retrieve and reuse the data by means of special software. To avoid unintended information leaks and other problems of this sort, it is recommended that the device be returned to Samsungs Customer Care Warranty Information 67 DRAFT Internal Use Only Center for an Extended File System (EFS) Clear which will eliminate all user memory and return all settings to default settings. Please contact the Samsung Customer Care Center for details. Important! Please provide warranty information (proof of purchase) to Samsungs Customer Care Center in order to provide this service at no charge. If the warranty has expired on the device, charges may apply. No reproduction in whole or in part allowed without prior written approval. Specifications and availability subject to change without notice. [070115]

End User License Agreement for Samsung Software (EULA) IMPORTANT. READ CAREFULLY: This End User License Agreement (EULA) is a legal agreement between you (either an individual or a single entity) and Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd.

(Samsung) for software, whether pre-

installed or downloaded, owned by Samsung and its affiliated companies 68 DRAFT Internal Use Only and its third party suppliers and licensors, that accompanies this EULA, which includes computer software and may include associated media, content and data, printed materials, or electronic documentation in connection with your use of Samsung Mobile Device, which will be defined below(Samsung Software). By using this device or any other Samsung mobile product, including mobile phone and tablet, running on Android operating system (Samsung Mobile Device), you accept terms of this EULA. If you do not accept these terms, do not use the Samsung Mobile Device or the Samsung Software. 1. GRANT OF LICENSE. Samsung grants you a limited non-exclusive license to install, use, access, display and run one copy of the Samsung Software on a single Samsung Mobile Device, local hard disk(s) or other permanent storage media of one computer and you may not make Samsung Software available over a network where it could be used by multiple Warranty Information 69 DRAFT Internal Use Only computers at the same time. You may make one copy of the Samsung Software in machine readable form for backup purposes only; provided that the backup copy must include all copyright or other proprietary notices contained on the original. Certain items of the Samsung Software may be subject to open source licenses. The open source license provisions may override some of the terms of this EULA. We make the applicable open source licenses available to you on the Legal Notices section of the Settings menu of your device. 2. RESERVATION OF RIGHTS AND OWNERSHIP. Samsung reserves all rights not expressly granted to you in this EULA. The Software is protected by copyright and other intellectual property laws and 70 DRAFT Internal Use Only 3. treaties. Samsung or its suppliers own the title, copyright and other intellectual property rights in the Software. The Software is licensed, not sold. LIMITATIONS ON END USER RIGHTS. You may not, or enable others to, copy, reverse engineer, decompile, disassemble, or otherwise attempt to discover the source code or algorithms of, the Software (except and only to the extent that such activity is expressly permitted by applicable law not withstanding this limitation), or modify, or disable any features of, the Software, or create derivative works based on the Software. You may not rent, lease, lend, sublicense or provide commercial hosting services with the Software. You may not transfer this EULA or the rights to the Samsung Software granted herein to any third party unless it is in connection with the sale of the mobile device which the Samsung Warranty Information 71 DRAFT Internal Use Only Software accompanied. In such event, the transfer must include all of the Samsung Software

(including all component parts, the media and printed materials, any upgrades, this EULA) and you may not retain any copies of the Samsung Software. The transfer may not be an indirect transfer, such as a consignment. Prior to the transfer, the end user receiving the Samsung Software must agree to all the EULA terms. 4. SAMSUNG SOFTWARE UPDATES. Samsung may make available to you updates, upgrades, supplements and add-on components (if any) of the Samsung Software, including bug fixes, service upgrades (parts or whole), and updates, enhancements and feature improvements or deletion to any Samsung Software (including entirely new versions), (collectively Update) after the date you obtain your initial copy of the Samsung 72 DRAFT Internal Use Only Software. This EULA applies to all and any component of the Update, unless we provide other terms along with such Update. To use Samsung Software provided through Update, you must first be licensed for the Samsung Software identified by Samsung as eligible for the Update. While the Update will be generally available, in some limited circumstances, the Samsung Software updates will only be offered by your network carrier, and such Samsung Software updates will be governed by your contractual relationship with your network carrier. With the Automatic Update function enabled (as in the default setting in the System Update menu in the Setting), your device downloads certain Updates automatically from time to time. If you have chosen to disable the Automatic Update function, then you can check the availability of Warranty Information 73 DRAFT Internal Use Only new Updates by clicking on the Check Update menu in the Setting. Given the importance of receiving Updates for security software in a timely manner to defend against new threats, however, security-related Updates may be automatically downloaded and installed without your consent, even if you have disabled the Automatic Update function. We recommend that you check availability of any new Updates periodically for optimal use of your device. 5. CONSENT TO USE OF DATA.

(a) Privacy Policy Collection of data using software or applications on your device will be performed in accordance with the provisions of this section and as set forth in Samsungs Privacy Policy. For your reference, Samsungs Privacy Policy can be viewed at:

http://account.samsung.com/

membership/pp. 74 DRAFT Internal Use Only(b) To provide updates to the Samsung Software, you agree that Samsung and its affiliates may collect and use technical information gathered as part of the product support services related to the Software provided to you, if any, such as IMEI (your device's unique identification number), device number, model name, customer code, access recording, your device's current SW version, MCC (Mobile Country Code), and MNC (Mobile Network Code). Samsung may use this information solely to improve their products or to provide customized services or technologies to you and will not disclose this information in a form that personally identifies you.

(c) Diagnostic and Usage Data If you opt in to diagnostic and usage collection, Samsung and its affiliates may collect maintain, process and use diagnostic, technical and usage related information (Diagnostic and Warranty Information 75 DRAFT Internal Use Only Usage Data), that is gathered to provide and improve Samsung products and services, facilitate the provision of software updates, product support and other services to you, if any, related to the Samsung Software, and to verify compliance with the terms of this License. Samsung may use this information for the purposes described above and in accordance with its privacy policy available at the hyperlink above.

(d) Location Data As described in the Samsung Privacy Policy, available for view at the hyperlink above, Samsung and its partners, licensees and third party developers may provide certain services that rely upon location information, such as your devices GPS signal or information about nearby WiFi access points and cell towers that may be transmitted to us, with your consent, when you use such location enabled services. 76 DRAFT Internal Use Only(e) Device Identifier-based Services To facilitate the use of enhanced messaging and file sharing functions with a simplified set up process, device identifier-

based services for file sharing features and messaging features

(Device Identifier-based Services) are provided within the Samsung Software. These features are available through existing interfaces of Contacts and Messages, respectively, as additional features to them. If you opt-in to Device Identifier-based Services, certain unique identifiers for your Samsung Mobile Device are needed to set up and use these features. These unique identifiers may include hardware identifiers, subscription information and telephone number for your Samsung Mobile Device. If you allow sharing of Contacts information, the telephone numbers of the people in your Contacts are collected by Samsung Warranty Information 77 DRAFT Internal Use Only to facilitate file sharing and messaging with the people in your Contacts. You may turn off this sharing feature or restrict the scope of the sharing under your profile settings. If your message cannot be sent as a message using the Device Identifier-based Services, your message may be sent as an SMS or MMS message, for which carrier messaging rates may apply.

(f) Voice-based Features As described in the Samsung Privacy Policy, available for view at the hyperlink above, in order to provide Voice-based features we may require the collection of your voice information. Some voice-

based services may not be available in all languages or in all countries. 78 DRAFT Internal Use Only(g) Samsung Keyboard If you opt in to the Predictive text feature, the words that you typed are collected and stored on your Samsung Mobile Device to provide a word suggestion that you would be typing. You can clear the collected typing data anytime under the Predictive text settings. This feature may be offered in connection with your Samsung Account to synchronize the data for use on your other Samsung Mobile Devices and you can also clear the server side data under the Predictive text settings. INTERNET ACCESS. Some features of the Samsung Software may require your device to have access to the internet and may be subject to restrictions imposed by your network or internet provider. Unless your device is connected to the internet through Wi-Fi connection, the Samsung Software will access the internet through your mobile network, which may Warranty Information 79 6. DRAFT Internal Use Only result in additional charges depending on your payment plan. In addition, your enjoyment of some features of the Samsung Software may be affected by the suitability and performance of your device hardware or data access.

(Automatic Update function downloads Updates only through Wi-Fi connection.) 7. EXPORT RESTRICTIONS. You acknowledge that the Samsung Software is subject to export restrictions of various countries. You agree to comply with all applicable international and national laws that apply to the Samsung Software, including all the applicable export restriction laws and regulations. 8. TERMINATION. This EULA is effective until terminated. Your rights under this License will terminate automatically without notice from Samsung if you fail to comply with any of the terms and conditions of this EULA. Upon 80 DRAFT Internal Use Only termination of this EULA, you must cease all use of the Samsung Software and destroy all copies, full or partial, of the Samsung Software. Section 5, 9,10,13,15, and 16 of this EULA shall survive any such termination. 9. DISCLAIMER OF WARRANTY. UNLESS SEPARATELY STATED IN A WRITTEN EXPRESS LIMITED WARRANTY ACCOMPANYING YOUR DEVICE, ALL SAMSUNG SOFTWARE PROVIDED BY SAMSUNG WITH THIS MOBILE DEVICE ( WHETHER INCLUDED WITH THE DEVICE, DOWNLOADED, OR OTHERWISE OBTAINED) IS PROVIDED AS IS AND ON AN AS AVAILABLE BASIS, WITHOUT WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND FROM SAMSUNG, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED. TO THE FULLEST EXTENT POSSIBLE PURSUANT TO APPLICABLE LAW, SAMSUNG DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES EXPRESS, IMPLIED, OR STATUTORY, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, IMPLIED Warranty Information 81 DRAFT Internal Use Only WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, SATISFACTORY QUALITY OR WORKMANLIKE EFFORT, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, RELIABILITY OR AVAILABILITY, ACCURACY, LACK OF VIRUSES, QUIET ENJOYMENT, NON INFRINGEMENT OF THIRD PARTY RIGHTS OR OTHER VIOLATION OF RIGHTS. SOME JURISDICTIONS DO NOT ALLOW EXCLUSIONS OR LIMITATIONS OF IMPLIED WARRANTIES, SO THE ABOVE EXCLUSIONS OR LIMITATIONS MAY NOT APPLY TO YOU. NO ADVICE OR INFORMATION, WHETHER ORAL OR WRITTEN, OBTAINED BY YOU FROM SAMSUNG OR ITS AFFILIATES SHALL BE DEEMED TO ALTER THIS DISCLAIMER BY SAMSUNG OF WARRANTY REGARDING SAMSUNG SOFTWARE, OR TO CREATE ANY WARRANTY OF ANY SORT FROM SAMSUNG. 82 DRAFT Internal Use Only YOU EXPRESSLY ACKNOWLEDGE AND AGREE THAT, TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, USE OF THE SAMSUNG SOFTWARE AND ANY SERVICES PERFORMED BY OR ACCESSED THROUGH THE SAMSUNG SOFTWARE IS AT YOUR SOLE RISK AND THAT THE ENTIRE RISK AS TO SATISFACTORY QUALITY, PERFORMANCE, ACCURACY AND EFFORT IS WITH YOU. 10. THIRD-PARTY APPLICATIONS. Certain third party applications or services may be included with, or downloaded to your Samsung Mobile Device. Such third party applications or services may display, include or make available content, data, information, applications or materials from third parties (Third Party Materials) or provide links to certain third party websites. By using the Samsung Software, you acknowledge and agree that Samsung is not responsible for the availability of Warranty Information 83 DRAFT Internal Use Only such applications and is not responsible or liable for any content, advertising, products, services, or other materials on or available from such applications. You expressly acknowledge and agree that use of third party applications is at your sole risk and that the entire risk of unsatisfactory quality, performance, accuracy and effort is with you. You agree not to modify, rent, lease, loan, sell, distribute, or create derivative works based on the Services, in any manner, and you shall not exploit the Services in any unauthorized way whatsoever, including but not limited to, using the Services to transmit any computer viruses, worms, Trojan horses or other malware, or by trespassing or burdening network capacity. You further agree not to use the Services in any manner to harass, abuse, stalk, threaten, defame or otherwise infringe or 84 DRAFT Internal Use Only violate the rights of any other party, and that Samsung is not in any way responsible for any such use by you, nor for any harassing, threatening, defamatory, offensive, infringing or illegal messages or transmissions that you may receive as a result of using any of the Services. References on this mobile device to any names, marks, products, or services of any third-parties are provided solely as a convenience to you, and do not constitute or imply an endorsement, sponsorship, or recommendation of, or affiliation with the third party or its products and services. You acknowledge and agree that the use of any third-party application is governed by such third party application providers terms of use, license agreement, privacy policy, or other such agreement and that any information or personal data you provide, whether knowingly or Warranty Information 85 DRAFT Internal Use Only unknowingly, to such third-party application provider, will be subject to such third party application providers privacy policy, if such a policy exists. SAMSUNG DISCLAIMS ANY RESPONSIBILITY FOR ANY DISCLOSURE OF INFORMATION OR ANY OTHER PRACTICES OF ANY THIRD PARTY APPLICATION PROVIDER. SAMSUNG EXPRESSLY DISCLAIMS ANY WARRANTY REGARDING WHETHER YOUR PERSONAL INFORMATION IS CAPTURED BY ANY THIRD PARTY APPLICATION PROVIDER OR THE USE TO WHICH SUCH PERSONAL INFORMATION MAY BE PUT BY SUCH THIRD PARTY APPLICATION PROVIDER. 11. SAMSUNG SERVICES. Certain Samsung applications and services may be included with, or downloaded to, your Samsung Mobile Device. The Samsung Software may enable access to 86 DRAFT Internal Use Only Samsung Galaxy Apps Store or other Samsung and third party services and web sites (collectively and individually, Services). Some such Services and applications may not be available in all languages or in all countries. Many of them may require Samsung Services membership registration

(Samsung Account), and your rights and obligations will be set forth in separate Samsung Account terms and conditions. There are non-Samsung Account applications and services that may require your consent to their separate terms and conditions as well. You expressly acknowledge and agree that your use of such applications and services will be subject to the applicable terms and conditions. Your use of a Samsung Account is subject to the latest Warranty Information 87 DRAFT Internal Use Only Samsung Galaxy Apps Store Terms and Conditions, which you may access and review at:

http://account.samsung.com/

membership/terms. 12. DIGITAL CERTIFICATE. You acknowlede and agree that you are solely responsible for your decision to rely on a digital certificate issued by either Samsung or a third party and your use of such certificate. Samsung makes no express or implied warranties or representations as to merchantability or fitness for any particular purpose, accuracy, security, or non-infringement of third party rights with respect to digital certificates. 13. LIMITATION OF LIABILITY. SAMSUNG WILL NOT BE LIABLE FOR ANY DAMAGES OF ANY KIND ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THE USE OR THE INABILITY TO USE THE SAMSUNG SOFTWARE OR ANY THIRD PARTY APPLICATION, ITS CONTENT OR FUNCTIONALITY, 88 DRAFT Internal Use Only INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO DAMAGES CAUSED BY OR RELATED TO ERRORS, OMISSIONS, INTERRUPTIONS, DEFECTS, DELAY IN OPERATION OR TRANSMISSION, COMPUTER VIRUS, FAILURE TO CONNECT, NETWORK CHARGES, IN-APP PURCHASES, AND ALL OTHER DIRECT, INDIRECT, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES EVEN IF SAMSUNG HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES. SOME JURISDICTIONS DO NOT ALLOW THE EXCLUSION OR LIMITATION OF INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES, SO THE ABOVE EXCLUSIONS OR LIMITATIONS MAY NOT APPLY TO YOU. NOTWITHSTANDING THE FOREGOING, SAMSUNG ELECTRONIC CO.S TOTAL LIABILITY TO YOU FOR ALL LOSSES, DAMAGES, CAUSES OF ACTION, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THOSE BASED ON Warranty Information 89 DRAFT Internal Use Only CONTRACT, TORT, OR OTHERWISE, ARISING OUT OF YOUR USE OF THE SAMSUNG SOFTWARE OR THIRD PARTY APPLICATIONS ON THIS MOBILE DEVICE, OR ANY OTHER PROVISION OF THIS EULA, SHALL NOT EXCEED THE AMOUNT PURCHASER PAID SPECIFICALLY FOR THIS MOBILE DEVICE OR ANY SUCH THIRD PARTY APPLICATION THAT WAS INCLUDED WITH THIS MOBILE DEVICE. THE FOREGOING LIMITATIONS, EXCLUSIONS, AND DISCLAIMERS (INCLUDING SECTIONS 10, 11, 12 AND 13) SHALL APPLY TO THE MAXIMUM EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, EVEN IF ANY REMEDY FAILS ITS ESSENTIAL PURPOSE. 14. U.S. GOVERNMENT END USERS RESTRICTED RIGHTS. The Samsung Software is licensed only with restricted rights and as commercial items consisting of commercial software and commercial software 90 DRAFT Internal Use Only documentation with only those rights as are granted to all other end users pursuant to the terms and conditions herein. All Products are provided only with restricted rights with only those rights as are granted to all other end users pursuant to the terms and conditions herein. All Samsung Software and Products are provided subject to Federal Acquisition Regulation

(FAR)52.227.19. 15. APPLICABLE LAW. This EULA is governed by the laws of the jurisdiction where you are a resident, without regard to its conflict of law provisions. This EULA shall not be governed by the UN Convention on Contracts for the International Sale of Goods, the application of which is expressly excluded. 16. DISPUTE RESOLUTION. Warranty Information 91 DRAFT Internal Use Only(a) Non-United States residents. If a dispute, controversy or difference arising in any way from this EULA or your use of the Samsung Software is not amicably settled, it shall be subject to the non-exclusive jurisdiction of the courts of the jurisdiction where you are a resident. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Samsung may apply for injunctive remedies (or an equivalent type of urgent legal relief) in any jurisdiction.

(b) United States residents. ALL DISPUTES WITH SAMSUNG ARISING IN ANY WAY FROM THIS EULA OR YOUR USE OF THE SOFTWARE SHALL BE RESOLVED EXCLUSIVELY THROUGH FINAL AND BINDING ARBITRATION, AND NOT BY A COURT OR JURY. Any such dispute shall not be combined or consolidated with any other persons or entitys claim or dispute, and specifically, without limitation of the foregoing, shall not under any circumstances 92 DRAFT Internal Use Only proceed as part of a class action. The arbitration shall be conducted before a single arbitrator, whose award may not exceed, in form or amount, the relief allowed by the applicable law. The arbitration shall be conducted according to the American Arbitration Association (AAA) Commercial Arbitration Rules applicable to consumer disputes. This arbitration provision is entered pursuant to the Federal Arbitration Act. The laws of the State of Texas, without reference to its choice of laws principles, shall govern the interpretation of the EULA and all disputes that are subject to this arbitration provision. The arbitrator shall decide all issues of interpretation and application of this arbitration provision and the EULA. For any arbitration in which your total damage claims, exclusive of attorney fees and expert witness fees, are $5,000.00 or less ("Small Claim"), the Warranty Information 93 DRAFT Internal Use Only arbitrator may, if you prevail, award your reasonable attorney fees, expert witness fees and costs as part of any award, but may not grant Samsung its attorney fees, expert witness fees or costs unless it is determined that the claim was brought in bad faith. In a Small Claim case, you shall be required to pay no more than half of the total administrative, facility and arbitrator fees, or $50.00 of such fees, whichever is less, and Samsung shall pay the remainder of such fees. Administrative, facility and arbitrator fees for arbitrations in which your total damage claims, exclusive of attorney fees and expert witness fees, exceed $5,000.00 ("Large Claim") shall be determined according to AAA rules. In a Large Claim case, the arbitrator may grant to the prevailing party, or apportion among the parties, reasonable attorney fees, expert witness fees and costs. Judgment 94 DRAFT Internal Use Only may be entered on the arbitrator's award in any court of competent jurisdiction. This arbitration provision also applies to claims against Samsungs employees, representatives and affiliates if any such claim arises from the licensing or use of the Software. You may opt out of this dispute resolution procedure by providing notice to Samsung no later than 30 calendar days from the date of the first consumer purchasers purchase of this device. To opt out, you must send notice by e-mail to optout@sta.samsung.com, with the subject line: "Arbitration Opt Out." You must include in the opt out e-mail (a) your name and address; (b) the date on which the device was purchased; (c) the device model name or model number; and (d) the IMEI or MEID or Serial Number, as applicable, if you have it (the IMEI or MEID or Serial Number can be found (i) on the device box; (ii) on the device Warranty Information 95 DRAFT Internal Use Only information screen, which can be found under "Settings;" (iii) on a label on the back of the device beneath the battery, if the battery is removable; and (iv) on the outside of the device if the battery is not removable). Alternatively, you may opt out by calling 1-888-

987-4357 no later than 30 calendar days from the date of the first consumer purchaser's purchase of the device and providing the same information. These are the only two forms of notice that will be effective to opt out of this dispute resolution procedure. Opting out of this dispute resolution procedure will not affect your use of the device or its preloaded Software, and you will continue to enjoy the benefits of this license. 17. ENTIRE AGREEMENT; SEVERABILITY. This EULA is the entire agreement between you and Samsung relating to the Samsung Software and supersedes all prior or 96 DRAFT Internal Use Only contemporaneous oral or written communications, proposals and representations with respect to the Samsung Software or any other subject matter covered by this EULA. If any provision of this EULA is held to be void, invalid, unenforceable or illegal, the other provisions shall continue in full force and effect. [030115_v 1.9]

Warranty Information 97 DRAFT Internal Use Only Index B C D F G H Battery Use & Safety 25 Care and Maintenance 36 Children and Cell Phones 12 Commercial Mobile Alerting System

(CMAS) 19 Display / Touch-Screen 31 Do cell phones pose a health hazard? 3 E Emergency Calls 34 Exposure to Radio Frequency (RF) Signals 3 FCC Hearing Aid Compatibility (HAC) Regulations for Wireless Devices 47 FCC Notice and Cautions 51 GPS & AGPS 32 Health and Safety Information 3 98 DRAFT Internal Use Only O Operating Environment 42 Other Important Safety Information 52 R Reducing Exposure Hands-Free Kits and Other Accessories 10 Responsible Listening 38 Restricting Children's Access to Your Mobile device 51 S Samsung Mobile Products and Recycling 20 Smart Practices While Driving 22 Specific Absorption Rate (SAR) Certification Information 14 Standard Limited Warranty 57 U W UL Certified Travel Charger 30 Warranty Information 56 99 DRAFT Internal Use Only C o n v o y M O B I L E P H O N E User Manual Please read this manual before operating your device and keep it for future reference. DRAFT FOR INTERNAL USE ONLYThis document is watermarked because certain important information in the document has not yet been verified. This document has been sent to you as a draft and for informational purposes only. The document should only be used for internal purposes and may not be distributed outside of the company. Distributing the document outside of the company could result in legal exposure to the company if the preliminary, unverified information in the draft turns out to be inaccurate. Legal Notices WARNING: This product contains chemicals known to the State of California to cause cancer, birth defects, or other reproductive harm. For more information, please call 1-800-SAMSUNG (726-7864). ownership in the Intellectual Property is transferred to you. All applicable rights of the Intellectual Property shall remain with SAMSUNG and its suppliers. Intellectual Property All Intellectual Property, as defined below, owned by or which is otherwise the property of Samsung or its respective suppliers relating to the SAMSUNG Phone, including but not limited to, accessories, parts, or software relating there to (the Phone System), is proprietary to Samsung and protected under federal laws, state laws, and international treaty provisions. Intellectual Property includes, but is not limited to, inventions (patentable or unpatentable), patents, trade secrets, copyrights, software, computer programs, and related documentation and other works of authorship. You may not infringe or otherwise violate the rights secured by the Intellectual Property. Moreover, you agree that you will not (and will not attempt to) modify, prepare derivative works of, reverse engineer, decompile, disassemble, or otherwise attempt to create source code from the software. No title to or Open Source Software Some software components of this product incorporate source code covered under GNU General Public License (GPL), GNU Lesser GeneralPublic License (LGPL), OpenSSL License, BSD License and other open source licenses. Toobtain the source code covered under the opensource licenses, please visit:

opensource.samsung.com Open Source Software Some software components of this product, including but not limited to PowerTOP and e2fsprogs, incorporate source code covered under GNU General Public License (GPL), GNU Lesser General Public License (LGPL), OpenSSL License, BSD License and other open source licenses. To obtain the source code covered under the open source licenses, please visit:

opensource.samsung.com i VZW_B690V_UM_TN_XXX_112315_R0 DRAFT FOR INTERNAL USE ONLYLegal Notices PRODUCT OR ARISING FROM THE BREACH OF THE EXPRESS WARRANTY, INCLUDING INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES, OR LOSS OF ANTICIPATED PROFITS OR BENEFITS. Modification of Software SAMSUNG IS NOT LIABLE FOR PERFORMANCE ISSUES OR INCOMPATIBILITIES CAUSED BY YOUR EDITING OF REGISTRY SETTINGS, OR YOUR MODIFICATION OF OPERATING SYSTEM SOFTWARE. USING CUSTOM OPERATING SYSTEM SOFTWARE MAY CAUSE YOUR DEVICE AND APPLICATIONS TO WORK IMPROPERLY. YOUR CARRIER MAY NOT PERMIT USERS TO DOWNLOAD CERTAIN SOFTWARE, SUCH AS CUSTOM OS. Disclaimer of Warranties;

Exclusion of Liability EXCEPT AS SET FORTH IN THE EXPRESS WARRANTY CONTAINED ON THE WARRANTY PAGE ENCLOSED WITH THE PRODUCT, THE PURCHASER TAKES THE PRODUCT AS IS, AND SAMSUNG MAKES NO EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTY OF ANY KIND WHATSOEVER WITH RESPECT TO THE PRODUCT, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE MERCHANTABILITY OF THE PRODUCT OR ITS FITNESS FOR ANY PARTICULAR PURPOSE OR USE; THE DESIGN, CONDITION OR QUALITY OF THE PRODUCT; THE PERFORMANCE OF THE PRODUCT; THE WORKMANSHIP OF THE PRODUCT OR THE COMPONENTS CONTAINED THEREIN; OR COMPLIANCE OF THE PRODUCT WITH THE REQUIREMENTS OF ANY LAW, RULE, SPECIFICATION OR CONTRACT PERTAINING THERETO. NOTHING CONTAINED IN THE INSTRUCTION MANUAL SHALL BE CONSTRUED TO CREATE AN EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTY OF ANY KIND WHATSOEVER WITH RESPECT TO THE PRODUCT. IN ADDITION, SAMSUNG SHALL NOT BE LIABLE FOR ANY DAMAGES OF ANY KIND RESULTING FROM THE PURCHASE OR USE OF THE ii DRAFT FOR INTERNAL USE ONLYLegal Notices IF YOUR CARRIER PROHIBITS THIS, IF YOU ATTEMPT TO DOWNLOAD SOFTWARE ONTO THE DEVICE WITHOUT AUTHORIZATION, YOU WILL BE NOTIFIED ON THE SCREEN THAT THE PHONE WILL NO LONGER OPERATE AND BE INSTRUCTED TO POWER DOWN THE DEVICE. YOU MUST THEN CONTACT YOUR CARRIER TO RESTORE THE DEVICE TO THE CARRIER AUTHORIZED SETTINGS. Samsung Electronics America

(SEA), Inc. Address:

85 Challenger Road Ridgefield Park, New Jersey 07660 Samsung KNOX Samsung KNOX is Samsungs security platform and is a mark for a Samsung device tested for security with enterprise use in mind. Additional licensing fee may be required. For more information about KNOX, please refer to: samsung.com/us/knox [030115]

Phone:

1-800-SAMSUNG (726-7864) Internet Address:

samsung.com 2015 Samsung Electronics America, Inc. Samsung and Samsung Galaxy are all trademarks of SamsungElectronics Co., Ltd. Note: Screen images are simulated. Appearance of device may vary. iii DRAFT FOR INTERNAL USE ONLYLegal Notices Google, the Google logo, Android, the Android logo, Google Play, Gmail, Google Mail, Google Maps, Google Music, Google Newsstand, Google Now, Chrome, Google Hangouts, Picasa, YouTube, and other marks are trademarks of Google Inc. Wi-Fi is a registered trademark of the WirelessFidelity Alliance, Inc. Swype and the Swype logos are trademarks of Swype, Inc. Amazon, Kindle, Fire and all related logos are trademarks of Amazon.com, Inc. or its affiliates. Do you have questions about your Samsung Mobile Device?

For 24 hour information and assistance, we offer a new FAQ/ARS System (Automated Response System) at: samsung.com/us/support The actual available capacity of the internal memory is less than the specified capacity because the operating system and default applications occupy part of the memory. The available capacity may change when you upgrade the device. Nuance, VSuite, T9 Text Input, and the Nuance logo are trademarks or registered trademarks of Nuance Communications, Inc., or its affiliates in the United States and/or other countries. The Bluetooth word mark, figure mark (stylized B Design), and combination mark (Bluetooth word mark and B Design) are registered trademarks and are wholly owned by the Bluetooth SIG. microSD and the microSD logo are Trademarks of the SD Card Association. iv DRAFT FOR INTERNAL USE ONLYLegal Notices Legal Information Important legal information can be accessed in writing on the mobile device or at samsung.com READ THIS INFORMATION BEFORE USING YOUR MOBILE DEVICE. Samsung Limited Warranty - This product is covered under the applicable Samsung Limited Warranty including its dispute resolution procedure. The online version of the Health/Safety and Warranty guide for your device can be found at:

English samsung.com/us/Legal/Phone-HSGuide Spanish samsung.com/us/Legal/Phone-HSGuide-SP The online version of the End User License Agreement (EULA) for your device can be found online at:

samsung.com/us/Legal/SamsungLegal-EULA v DRAFT FOR INTERNAL USE ONLYLegal Notices Table of Contents Getting Started ............................................................1 Front View ........................................................................2 Side View .........................................................................4 Open View .......................................................................6 Assemble Your Device ..................................................8 Set Up Your Device .....................................................12 Know Your Device ...................................................15 Front View ......................................................................16 Status Bar ......................................................................18 Navigation ......................................................................19 Entering Text .................................................................27 Calling and Push to Talk (PTT) ......................34 Making and Answering Calls .....................................35 Push to Talk (PTT) .......................................................42 Main Menu ...................................................................45 Contacts.........................................................................46 Messaging .....................................................................66 Recent Calls ..................................................................81 Mobile Web ...................................................................83 Media Center ................................................................84 Tools ...............................................................................94 Apps ............................................................................ 106 VZ Navigator .............................................................. 107 Settings ....................................................................... 108 vi DRAFT FOR INTERNAL USE ONLYTable of Contents Getting Started Learn about your mobile device hardware, assembly procedures, and how to get started using your new device. DRAFT FOR INTERNAL USE ONLY Front View Rewind Fast Forward Play/Pause Speakers 2 Front View DRAFT FOR INTERNAL USE ONLYGetting Started Here are some key features on the front of your device. Rewind: During music playback, press and hold to Play/Pause: During music playback, press to play/

pause music. When the phone is closed, press to access an external menu of applications. rewind music. Press to go to the previous song. Fast Forward: When the phone is closed, press to Lock or Unlock external keys (press Fast Forward Key, then press and hold the Rewind Key to unlock external keys). During music playback, press and hold to fast forward music. Press to go to the next song. Speakers: Plays Music, Ringtones and Sounds. 3 Front View DRAFT FOR INTERNAL USE ONLYGetting Started Side View Shortcut/

PTT Key Volume microSD Card Slot Headset Jack Speakerphone Charging/

USB Port 4 Side View DRAFT FOR INTERNAL USE ONLYGetting Started Charging/USB Port: The charging port is used to plug in the charging accessories and also connect any available accessory cables to your phone. Here are some key features on the sides of your device. Shortcut Key/PTT (Push To Talk) Key: Press and hold to launch a shortcut menu. When PTT Mode is turned on, press to initiate PTT. Volume: Press to adjust master volume, or voice volume during a call. Press to mute an incoming call ringtone. Press and hold down to activate Sound Off mode, or press and hold up to return to the Master Volume level. When using the external menu, press to navigate lists. With the phone closed, press down four times to initiate the Fake Call feature. microSD Card Slot: Insert an optional microSD or microSDHC memory card (not included) for additional storage capacity. Headset Jack: Plug in an optional 3.5 mm headset

(not included) for safe, convenient conversations. Speakerphone: When the phone is closed, press and hold to turn Driving Mode on or off. When the phone is open, press to turn Speakerphone on oroff. 5 Side View DRAFT FOR INTERNAL USE ONLYGetting Started Open View Earpiece Directional and Center Select Keys Left Soft Key ICE Key Send Voicemail Right Soft Key Voice Commands End/Power Clear Vibration Mode 6 Open View DRAFT FOR INTERNAL USE ONLYGetting Started Here are some key features found on the opened phone. Center Select Key: Press to select the highlighted Clear: Press to delete a character, or go back. Press and hold to delete the previous word. When navigating menus and pages, press to go back to the previous screen. item. Directional Keys: Press to scroll phone menus. Earpiece: Hear call sounds, including the caller. End/Power: Press to end a call. Press and hold to turn the phone On or Off. Press to send an incoming call to voicemail. ICE Key: Quickly access emergency contacts by pressing this key. ICE is an acronym for In Case of Emergency. item on the display. Left Soft Key: Press to select the lower left menu Right Soft Key: Press to select the lower right menu item on the display. press to view Recent Calls. Send: Press to dial a call. From the Home screen, Vibration mode: With the flip open, press and hold to switch between Vibrate Mode and Master Volume level. launch Voice Commands. Voice Commands: With the flip open, press to Voicemail: Press and hold to dial voicemail. 7 Open View DRAFT FOR INTERNAL USE ONLYGetting Started Assemble Your Device Prior to use, install the battery. You can also install an optional memory card (not included). Remove the Back Cover 1. Use an object, such as a coin, and insert it in the slot on the back cover lock. Turn the lock counter-

clockwise to open the battery cover. Lift the cover up and away from the phone. 2. Use the groove at the top left corner of the cover to lift the cover up and away from the back of the phone. Warning: Do not bend or twist the back cover excessively. Doing so may damage the cover. Included 8 Assemble Your Device DRAFT FOR INTERNAL USE ONLYGetting Started Install the Battery Replace the Back Cover 1. Insert the battery into the opening on the back of the phone, making sure the connectors align. 2. Gently press down to secure the battery. Included 1. Place the cover back on the bottom of the handset then press down firmly. 2. Press down along the edges to make sure the cover is flush with the phone and that there is a tight seal. 3. Turn the slot on the back cover lock clockwise until the cover locks. 9 Assemble Your Device DRAFT FOR INTERNAL USE ONLYGetting Started Note: When placing the cover back on the phone, press down firmly along the edges to ensure that the cover is flush with the phone. This ensures that the battery compartment is pressurized. Charge the Battery Your device is powered by a rechargeable, standard Li-Ion battery. A Wall/USB Charger (charging head and USB cable) is included with the device for charging the battery from any standard outlet. The battery comes partially charged. A fully discharged battery requires up to four hours of charge time. You can use the device while charging. Caution: Use only Samsung-approved charging devices and batteries. Samsung accessories are designed to maximize battery life. Using other accessories may invalidate your warranty and may cause damage. 1. Open the side slot and plug the connector of the travel adapter jack into the jack on the side of the phone. 2. Insert the USB cable into the port. 3. Connect the USB cable to the charging head, and then plug the charging head into a standard outlet. 10 Assemble Your Device DRAFT FOR INTERNAL USE ONLYGetting Started Charging Head USB Cable When to Charge the Battery When the battery is weak and only a few minutes of operation remain, the battery icon (

) blinks and the device sounds a warning tone at regular intervals. In this condition, your device conserves its remaining battery power by dimming the screen. When the battery level becomes too low, the device automatically turns off. For a quick check of your battery level, view the battery charge indicator located in the StatusBar of the display. Four bars (

charge.

) indicates a full 4. When charging is complete, unplug the charging head from the outlet and remove the USB cable from the device. Caution: Failure to unplug the wall charger before you remove the battery can cause damage to the device. 11 Assemble Your Device DRAFT FOR INTERNAL USE ONLYGetting Started Set Up Your Device Turning the Phone On or Off 1. Open the phone. 2. Press and hold the Power key until the phone power-on screen displays. Note: Do not turn on the phone when mobile phone use is prohibited. 3. If the phone requests a password, enter it and Center key. For more press information, see Security on page 130. OK or the The Home screen displays while the phone searches for your network. After the phone finds your network and displays adequate signal strength bars, you can make or receive calls. Note: The display language is preset to Automatic at the factory. To change the language, use the Language menu. For more information, see Language on page 128. 4. When you want to switch off the phone, press and hold the displays. Power key until the power-off image Initial Setup The first time you turn on your phone, Set-up Wizard will prompt you to configure basic preferences, to quickly get started using your phone. You can also access Set-up Wizard at any time in Settings. From the Home screen, press Set-up Wizard. MENU > Settings >

Left Soft key (Preview), Use the key (Skip), and to follow the prompts and set preferences:

Center Select key (NEXT) or (SET) Right Soft Font Style: Choose a font style for the dial, menus, and messaging. Font Size: Choose a font size for the dial, menus, and messaging. Volume Key Control: When enabled, you can adjust the displays font size by pressing the Volume Key. 12 Set Up Your Device DRAFT FOR INTERNAL USE ONLYGetting Started Front Screen Menu: View information about the menu available on the Front Screen when the phone is closed. Call Sounds: Choose how your phone alerts you to incoming calls. Display Themes: Choose the look of your phones screen. Menu Layout: Choose the look of the Mainmenu. Main Clock: Select a format for the clock on the Home screen. Front Clock: Select a format for the clock on the external display when the phone is closed. Setting Up Your Voicemail Note: If your service provider did not preconfigure your voicemail server number, store the voicemail server number before accessing the server. Your service provider can give you the number. Setting Up Your Personal Options To set up your personal options:

1. Open the phone to access the keypad. 2. From a Home screen, press and hold the One key. 3. Follow the voicemail prompts. If you need additional help setting up your voicemail, contact your service provider. 13 Set Up Your Device DRAFT FOR INTERNAL USE ONLYGetting Started Install an Optional MemoryCard You can install an optional microSD or microSDHC memory card (not included) to expand available memory space. Note: A memory card can be installed at any time; it is not necessary to install it prior to using the device. To add additional memory to your phone, you can insert a microSD card into the memory card slot on the side of the phone. Use the following instructions and illustrations to properly install a microSD card. Note: Your phone supports microSD cards to a maximum size of 32GB. 1. Lift the memory card cover out and turn it to expose the card slot. 2. With the gold contacts facing down, carefully push the memory card into the slot until it clicks into place. 3. Replace the memory card cover. To remove a microSD card:

1. Lift the memory card cover out and turn it to expose the card slot. 2. Push the memory card inward to release and carefully slide the card out of the memory card slot. 3. Replace the memory card cover. 14 Set Up Your Device DRAFT FOR INTERNAL USE ONLYGetting Started Know Your Device Learn some of the key features of your mobile device, including the screens and icons, as well as how to navigate the device and enter text using the keyboard. DRAFT FOR INTERNAL USE ONLY Front View Status Bar Home Screen Event Status

(appears when there is a notification) Message Shortcut MENU Shortcut Contacts Shortcuts 16 Front View DRAFT FOR INTERNAL USE ONLYKnow Your Device application. The Home screen is the starting point for using your device. Here are some features of the Homescreen. Contacts Shortcut: Opens the Contacts Event Status: Displays icons to indicate active Home Screen: Displays Wallpaper, Banners, MENU Shortcut: Opens the Menu screen. Message Shortcut: Opens the Messaging or Messages application. Status Bar: Displays icons to show network status, battery power, and connection details. alerts, reminders, and alarms. andClock. Change Display Appearance You can change and customize several features of the Main and Cover display. See Display Settings on page 118 for more details. 17 Front View DRAFT FOR INTERNAL USE ONLYKnow Your Device Status Bar The Status Bar at the top of the Main display provides device information

(such as network status, battery charge, and time) and message notifications. Icon Glossary The Icon Glossary is a list of all icons used on your phone. From the Home screen, press MENU >

Settings > Phone Info > Icon Glossary. 18 Status Bar DRAFT FOR INTERNAL USE ONLYKnow Your Device Navigation Command Keys There are several command keys that you can use to navigate your phone. These keys are referenced throughout this user manual. Right Soft key. The roles of the soft keys vary Soft Keys There are two soft keys: the the depending on the function you are currently using. The labels on the bottom line of the display, just above each soft key, indicate the current function of the corresponding key. Left Soft key and Left Soft key Some functions of the Left soft key are:

On a Home screen, press the left soft key to open When in a menu, the left soft key function is the Menu. Options. Right Soft Key Some functions of the Right soft key are:

In a Home screen, press the right soft key to open When in a menu mode, the right soft key function the Contacts or Shortcuts. is Back. 19 Navigation DRAFT FOR INTERNAL USE ONLYKnow Your Device Directional Key Press the Directional Key UP, DOWN, LEFT or RIGHT to browse menus and lists, or to launch applications from the Home screen with Directional Key Shortcuts. While navigating, you can also press the number key corresponding to an menu item to launch the item. Directional Key Shortcuts From the Home screen, press the Directional Key to launch favorite applications. Customize Directional Key Shortcuts with Set Shortcuts under Phone Settings. For details, see Set My Shortcuts on page 126. UP My Pictures LEFT RIGHT My Verizon DOWN My Shortcuts 1. Alarm Clock 2. Phone Search 3. Bluetooth On/Off 4. Calendar New Text Message 20 Navigation DRAFT FOR INTERNAL USE ONLYKnow Your Device Center Select Key Press the item or perform the highlighted action. Center Select key to select a highlighted For example, from the Home screen, press MENU to launch the Menu. Clear key can be used for the following Clear Key The functions:

If you enter an incorrect character, briefly press it to Press and hold it to erase an entire sentence. Briefly press it to back up one menu level. backspace and delete the character. End/Power key can be used for the following End/Power Key The functions:

Press and hold it to turn your phone on or off. Press it once to disconnect a call. Press it to return to the Home screen from Press it to cancel the last input. Press it to send an incoming call directly to anymenu. Voicemail. 21 Navigation DRAFT FOR INTERNAL USE ONLYKnow Your Device Send key to for the following functions:

Send Key Use the Press it once to answer calls. Enter a number and briefly press it to make a call. Briefly press it in the Home screen to display a list Press it twice in standby mode to call the most Press it to pick up a waiting call. Press and hold it to turn on your phone when the of recent calls to and from your phone. recent number. phone is off. Voice Commands Key Press the Commands. Voice Commands key to launch Voice Voicemail Key Press and hold the Voicemail key to call Voicemail. Navigation Keypad Use the directional keys on the Navigation keypad to browse menus, sub-menus, and lists. Press the Up or Down Navigation keys when browsing the web to jump highlighted links on the web page. Tip: The instead of the Select soft key. Center Navigation key can often be used 22 Navigation DRAFT FOR INTERNAL USE ONLYKnow Your Device Locking and Unlocking the Front Keys The front keys can be locked or disabled, preventing them from being pressed accidentally. To lock (disable) the front keys, press the FastForward key. To unlock (enable) the front keys, press the FastForward key, then press and hold the Rewind key Using the Front Keys as SoftKeys When the phone is closed, use the front keys as soft keys to navigate a special menu. Play/Pause key With the phone closed, press the to launch the special MENU. Press the Volume keys to navigate the menu:

Message: View messages and reply using Quick Text. My Music: Play music. Voice Commands: Open Voice Commands. Full Readout: Numbers, menus, alerts, and messages will be read aloud. Todays Schedule: List events scheduled fortoday. Bluetooth: Turns Bluetooth on or off. In this menu, the Play key functions as the Center Select Key , and the Rewind key functions as the BACK key, and may be used to return to the previous menu. 23 Navigation DRAFT FOR INTERNAL USE ONLYKnow Your Device Menu Navigation Menus and sub-menus can be accessed by scrolling through them using the Navigation keys or by using the shortcut keys. 6. To return to the previous menu level, press Clear. 7. To exit the menu without changing the settings, press End. Using Shortcut Numbers Numbered menu items, such as menus, sub-menus, and options can be quickly accessed by using their shortcut numbers. In Menu mode, Main Menus can be accessed by pressing the number keys (1 to 9) corresponding to their location on the screen. 1. Accessing a menu by scrolling. 1. From a Home screen, press Menu. 2. Scroll using the Right and Left Navigation keys to reach a main menu item, such as Settings. Press the Select key (OK) to enter the menu. 3. If the menu contains sub-menus, you can access them by first highlighting the option and then by pressing Select. 4. If the menu you selected contains further options, repeat this step. 5. To scroll through these menus, press either the Up or Down Navigation key or the Volume key (located on the left side of your phone). Press Select to make your selection. 24 Navigation DRAFT FOR INTERNAL USE ONLYKnow Your Device Shortcuts Your phone offers shortcuts from Idle mode that can be customized for your ease and specific needs. The Right shortcuts menu is accessed by pressing the Soft key when on a Home screen. Up to four shortcuts can be configured. commands menu. To see the shortcuts that can be added, from Idle mode, press MENU > Settings > Phone Settings

> SetShortcuts > Set My Shortcuts > EDIT . The following shortcuts are available:

Alarm Clock: Set and edit alarms. Advanced Voice Command: Access the voice APPS: Access the APPS menu. Backup Assistant: Access the Backup Assistant Bluetooth Menu: Access the Bluetooth menu. Bluetooth On/Off: Enable or disable Bluetooth. Calculator: Access the Calculator. Calendar: Access the Calendar app. Call Settings: Access the call settings menu. menu. settingsmenu. Display Settings: Access the display Driving Mode: Access the Driving Mode page. Fake Call: Access the Fake Call settings page. Media Center: Access the Media Center menu. Messaging Inbox: View and write messages. Mobile Web: Open the Internet browser. Music & Tones: Access the Music & Tones menu. My Music: View music stored on your phone. My Pictures: View pictures stored on your phone. My Ringtones: View ringtones. My Sounds: View sounds stored on your phone. My Verizon: Access your Verizon account. My Videos: View videos stored on your phone. New Contact: Add a new contact. New Message: Compose a new message. Notepad: Access the Notepad. Phone Search: Search your phone for files. Phone Settings: Access the Phone Settings menu. 25 Navigation DRAFT FOR INTERNAL USE ONLYKnow Your Device menu. Picture & Video: Access the Picture & Video menu. Play All Songs: Start playing all songs. Settings: Access the Settings menu. Social Networks: Access social network apps. Sounds Settings: Access the Sounds Settings Stopwatch: Access the Stopwatch. Tip Calculator: Access the Tip Calculator. Tools: Access the Tools menu. USB Mass Storage: Set the USB connection to VZ Navigator: Access the VZ Navigator app. World Clock: Access the World Clock. Mass Storage. Selecting Options To view the various functions and options available and to select the one you want:

Press the appropriate soft key. To select the function displayed or the option highlighted:

Press Select. To view the next function or highlight the next option on a list:

Press the Down Navigation key. To move back to the previous function or option on a list:

Press the Up Navigation key. To move back up one level in the menu structure:

Press Clear. To exit the menu structure without changing the settings:

Press End. 26 Navigation DRAFT FOR INTERNAL USE ONLYKnow Your Device Entering Text Learn how to select the desired text input method when entering text and characters. This section also describes how to use the T9 predictive text system to reduce the key strokes required to enter text. Changing the Text Entry Mode You can change the entry mode to your preference. 1. While entering text, press the display a list of entry modes. Left Soft key to 2. Highlight an entry mode, then press OK. Entering Text Using XT9 Word XT9 Word is a predictive text entry mode that recognizes common English words matching the sequence of your key presses and inserts the most common word into your text. XT9 Word requires only one key press per letter of the word, and is much faster than traditional text entry. To switch to XT9 Word mode:

Press the Left Soft key, then press XT9 Word. 27 Entering Text DRAFT FOR INTERNAL USE ONLYKnow Your Device While entering text:

Press the key for each letter only once. Enter the entire word before editing or deleting characters. Press the and clear one character, or press and hold to clear an entire word. Clear key to backspace Zero to switch between Type (initial case), type

(lower case) and TYPE (upper case). If XT9 Word inserts the wrong word, press to toggle between other matching words. Press To enter a space, press Press Press and hold any key to enter the number on once to enter a period. thekey. Entering Text Using XT9Palabra XT9 Palabra is a predictive text entry mode for Spanish that recognizes common words matching the sequence of your key presses and inserts the most common word into your text. XT9 Palabra requires only one key press per letter of the word, and is much faster than traditional text entry. To switch to XT9 Palabra mode, press the Left Soft key, then press XT9 Palabra. 28 Entering Text DRAFT FOR INTERNAL USE ONLYKnow Your Device While entering text:

Press the key for each letter only once. Enter the entire word before editing or deleting characters. Press the and clear one character, or press and hold to clear an entire word. Clear key to backspace to to switch between Type (initial case), toggle between other matching words. type (lower case) and TYPE (upper case). If XT9 Palabra inserts the wrong word, press Press To enter a space, press Press Press and hold any key to enter the number on once to enter a period. thekey. Entering Text Using Abc Mode Abc Mode is standard text entry mode for mobile telephones. To switch to Abc mode, press the Left Soft key, then press Abc. While entering text:

Press the appropriate key once for the first letter on the key, twice for the second letter, three times for the third letter, and four times for the fourth letter. When the correct letter displays, pause briefly to advance to the next letter, or press another key. Press the Clear key to backspace and clear to switch between Abc (initial case), one character, or press and hold to clear an entire word. Press To enter a space, press Press abc(lower case) and ABC (upper case). once to enter a period, twice for an at symbol (@),three times for a question mark (?), four times for an exclamation mark (!), five times for a hyphen (-), six times for a comma, seven times for an ampersand (&), eight times for a colon (:), nine times for an apostrophe (), and ten times for a slash (/). Press and hold any key to enter the number on thekey. 29 Entering Text DRAFT FOR INTERNAL USE ONLYKnow Your Device Entering Numbers Use 123 mode to enter numbers into a text field. To switch to 123 mode, press the Left Soft key, then press 123. Entering Symbols Use Symbols mode to enter common symbols into a text field. To switch to Symbols mode, press the Left Soft key, then press Symbols. While entering numbers:

Press the appropriate key for each number. Press the Clear key to backspace to clear one number. Press and hold to clear multiple numbers in a string. To enter symbols:

Use the There are three pages of symbols. Press the then press the Center Select key to insert it. Directional key to highlight a symbol, Left Soft key (Prev) to move to the previous Right Soft key (Next) to move to page, or the the next page of symbols. Tip: You can also press the key for the number corresponding to a symbol. 30 Entering Text DRAFT FOR INTERNAL USE ONLYKnow Your Device Entering Smileys Use Smileys mode to enter common symbols into a text field. To switch to Smileys mode:

Press the Left Soft key, then press Smileys. To enter smileys:

Use the then press the insertit. Directional key to highlight a smiley, Center Select key (OK) to Tip: You can also press the key for the number corresponding to a smiley. Entering Quick Text Use Quick Text mode to insert preloaded messages into a text message or to create and insert your own Quick Text phrases. To switch to Quick Text mode:

Press the Left Soft key, then select QuickText. While in Quick Text mode:

Use the then press the insertt. Directional key to highlight a phrase, Center Select key (OK) to To erase a Quick Text phrase:

Use the Directional key to highlight a phrase, then press the Left Soft key (Erase). For additional options:

Press the Right Soft key (Options). The following options display:

New: Create a new phrase. Edit: Modify the highlighted phrase. Move: Change the order of the phrases. Tip: You can also press the key for the number corresponding to a Quick Text phrase. 31 Entering Text DRAFT FOR INTERNAL USE ONLYKnow Your Device Entering Domain Extensions Use Domain Extensions to insert common Internet symbols or phrases, such as @ or .com. Note: Domain Extensions mode is only available in fields where you enter addresses, such as in Contacts, or when creating a recipient list in a message. To switch to Domain Extensions mode:

Press the Left Soft key, then press Domain Extensions. While in Domain Extensions mode:

Use the Directional key to highlight a phrase, Center Select key (OK) to then press the insertit. To erase a Domain Extension:

Use the Directional key to highlight a phrase, then press the Left Soft key (Erase). To create a new Domain Extension:

Press the Tip: You can also press the key for the number corresponding to a Domain Extension. Right Soft key (New). 32 Entering Text DRAFT FOR INTERNAL USE ONLYKnow Your Device Keys The following chart lists the keys and the characters associated with each key. English and Spanish letters are shown:

. @ ? ! - , & : / 1 A a B b C c 2 D d E e F f 3 G g H h I i 4 J j K k L l 5 M m N n O o 6 P p Q q R r S s 7 T t U u V v 8 W w X x Y y Z z 9

, +

0

(space), #

33 Entering Text DRAFT FOR INTERNAL USE ONLYKnow Your Device Calling and Push to Talk (PTT) Make telephone calls using a variety of calling features and services. DRAFT FOR INTERNAL USE ONLY Making and Answering Calls Learn how to make or answer a call. Explore features and functionality associated with making or answering a call. Making an International Call 1. Press and hold the character displays. Star key. The plus (+) 2. Enter the local country exit code, the destination country code, area code, and phone number 3. Press Send. Making a Call 1. Open the phone. 2. Using the keypad, enter the phone number, then press the Send key. Note: To make a call using a speed dial, enter the speed dial digits, holding down the last digit until the phone dials the stored telephone number. 35 Making and Answering Calls DRAFT FOR INTERNAL USE ONLYCalling Answering Call-Waiting Calls When you receive a call while on a call:

Press the Press the original call. original call is placed on hold. Send key again to return to your Send key to answer the new call. The Answering Calls You can answer a call, or send the caller to voicemail. If the phone is closed, open the flip to answer the If the phone is open, press the Note: These are default answer options. You can choose other options for answering calls. call automatically. Send key. Sending a Call to Voicemail To send a call to voicemail:

Press the To send the call to voicemail and send a reply call to voicemail. Right Soft key (Ignore) to send the message to the caller, press the key (TXT), then select a message. Center Select Note: To silence the ringtone for an incoming call, press the Left Soft key (Quiet). 36 Making and Answering Calls DRAFT FOR INTERNAL USE ONLYCalling Call In-Progress Options While on a call, you can answer an incoming call, or access other features. While in a call, press the Left Soft key (Mute) to mute the microphone so the other party cannot hear your voice. While in a call, press the Right Soft key

(Options) for these options:

Messaging: Launch Messaging, to create a new message or view messages. Contact List: Open the Contact list. Recent Calls: Display recent received, missed and dialed calls. Bluetooth Menu: Display the Bluetooth menu. Main Menu: Display the Main menu. Notepad: Open the Notepad. Voice Privacy: Improve the security of a voicecall. Whisper Mode: Increase the microphone to maximum volume level, to make your voice easier to hear for the other party. Noise Cancellation: Reduce external noise on the call. Ending a Call When you want to end your call, press close the phone. End or 37 Making and Answering Calls DRAFT FOR INTERNAL USE ONLYCalling Recent Calls Recent Calls contains a record of calls to and from your phone. 1. With the phone open, press the Send key. 2. ALL CALLS display by date, time, and contact name or phone number, plus an icon to show the type ofcall:

Missed Call: Calls you did not answer. Received Call: Calls you answered. Dialed Call: Calls made from your phone. PTT Missed Call: PTT calls you did not answer. PTT Individual Incoming: PTT calls you answered. PTT Group Incoming: PTT group calls you answered. PTT Individual Outgoing: PTT calls made from your phone. PTT Group Outgoing: PTT group calls made from your phone. 3. Use the Directional key to scroll right or left to view Calls filtered by type. 4. Highlight a call to use these options:

Right Soft key (Options) for these Center Select key (OPEN) to view Press the Left Soft key (Message) to create a new message addressed to the phone number. Press the call details. Press the options:

- Save to Contacts/Details: Save the number to Contacts (only available if the number is not already saved), or view the contacts information.

- Save to PTT Contacts: Save the number to PTT Contacts (only available if the number is not already saved).

- Erase: Delete the call record.

- Lock/Unlock: Enable or remove protection. Locked call records cannot be deleted.

- Erase All: Delete all recent call records.

- View Timers: View call statistics. 38 Making and Answering Calls DRAFT FOR INTERNAL USE ONLYCalling Making Calls Using Recent Calls Send key. 1. With the flip open, press the Deleting Recent Call Records 1. With the flip open, press the Send key. 2. Use the Directional key to highlight a call, then press the Send key. 2. Use the Directional key to highlight a call, then press the Right Soft key (Options). Creating or Updating Contacts Using Recent Calls 1. With the flip open, press the Send key. 3. Select Erase or Erase All, then follow the prompts to erase records. 2. Use the Directional key to highlight a call, Right Soft key (Options) to then press the select:

Save to Contacts Save to PTT Contacts 3. Use the Directional key to highlight an option, Center Select key (OK):

then press the Add New Contact Update Existing 4. Continue entering contact information, as desired. 39 Making and Answering Calls DRAFT FOR INTERNAL USE ONLYCalling Fake Call Use Fake Call to have your phone ring with a fake call when you press the Volume key down four times in arow. Driving Mode When Driving Mode is enabled, your phone uses sounds to alert you to notifications, regardless of other phone or call settings. Setting Up Fake Calls Enable and choose options for Fake Calls. From the Home screen, press

> Call Settings > Fake Call. MENU > Settings Initiating a Fake Call From Idle mode with the phone closed and the external keys unlocked, press the Volume key down four times. After the Fake Call Timer period elapses, your phone rings to notify you of the fake call. If you entered Fake contact Info, it appears on the screen. Otherwise the screen displays Restricted. When you answer the Fake Call, youll hear the Fake Call Voice, if you selected it in Fake Call settings. For example, when you receive a call or message, your phone reads out the callers (or senders) name and number, and Call Alert sounds will play, even if you have set Master Volume to Sounds Off or Vibrate Only. Enabling Driving Mode with VoiceCommands 1. With the flip open, press the Voice Commands key. 2. At the audio prompt, say Turn driving mode on. 40 Making and Answering Calls DRAFT FOR INTERNAL USE ONLYCalling Enabling Driving Mode in Settings 1. From the Home screen, press MENU >

Settings> Sounds Settings > DrivingMode. 2. Choose a setting:

Caller ID Only: Reads Caller ID for incoming calls and messages. ID & Message: Reads Caller ID and the message content for incoming messages. Off: Disable Driving Mode. 41 Making and Answering Calls DRAFT FOR INTERNAL USE ONLYCalling Push to Talk (PTT) Push one button to contact other Verizon Wireless Push to Talk PTT customers. A Barge call automatically connects, while an Alert call sends a tone giving the recipient the option to either answer or ignore the call. For complete details, go to verizonwireless.com/ptt. Turn PTT On/Off 1. Press MENU > Settings > PTT Settings >

PTTMode. 2. Select On/Off, then press the Center Select key (OK). Making a Barge Call 3. Press the PTT key to access your PTT Contact List, and use the Directional key to highlight the entry you wish to call. (Or, if you prefer, you can enter the 10-digit number of the Verizon Wireless PTT subscriber.) 4. Press and hold the PTT key. Listen for the tone. The message Connecting to will appear on the display. When connected, Talking to will appear on the display. Speak while pressing the PTT key. 5. Release the PTT key when finished speaking. This allows the called party to reply. 6. Press the End/Power key to end the call. 42 Push to Talk (PTT) DRAFT FOR INTERNAL USE ONLYCalling Receiving a Barge Call 1. When your phone receives a Barge call, the Barge tone plays. You then hear the calling party speaking through the speaker phone. The calling partys wireless number or saved contact name will appear on your display. 2. Press and hold the PTT key to talk. 3. Release the PTT key to let another party talk. 4. Press the End/Power key to end the call. Making an Alert Call 1. Press the PTT key to access your PTT Contact List and use the highlight the entry you wish to call. Directional key to 2. Press the Left Soft key (Alert). 3. Press and release the PTT key to alert the selected individual. The PTT Outgoing Alert tone sounds, and Alerting... appears on the display. 4. If the called party answers the alert, Listeningto appears on the display and you will hear the called party speaking. If the called party chooses to ignore the alert, or if the phone is unavailable, an Unavailable message will appear on your display. 5. When the called party is finished speaking, you will hear the Floor Available tone and the Connected screen will appear on your display. 6. Press and hold the PTT key to talk. 7. Release the PTT key when finished speaking. This allows the called party to reply. 8. Press the End/Power key to end the call. 43 Push to Talk (PTT) DRAFT FOR INTERNAL USE ONLYCalling Receiving an Alert Call 1. When your phone receives an alert, the PTTAlert tone plays. The message Incoming Alert is displayed with the phone number or contact name of the calling party. The PTT Alert tone repeats every 2 seconds until it is answered or ignored, or until 20 seconds have passed. If you do not answer within 20 seconds, the PTT call is automatically disconnected. 2. To answer the alert, press and hold the PTT key and begin talking. To ignore the alert, press the Right Soft key (Ignore). PTT Contacts Note: PTT Mode must be activated in order to see the PTT Contact List. 1. Press MENU > Contacts > PTT Contact List. 2. Press the Directional key UP or DOWN to scroll through your Contact List. 3. Press the Right Soft key (Options) to select one of the following options: New PTT Contact, Copy To Contacts, Temp PTT Group, Erase, Edit, Do Not Disturb-On, Do Not Disturb List, Call, New Message, Sort. 3. Release the PTT Key to let another partytalk. 4. Press the Left Soft key (Alert). 4. Press the End/Power key to end the call. 5. Press and release the PTT key to alert the selected individual. 44 Push to Talk (PTT) DRAFT FOR INTERNAL USE ONLYCalling Main Menu The Menu screen displays all applications installed on your device. Learn how to use and arrange your apps. DRAFT FOR INTERNAL USE ONLY Contacts Store information about your daily contacts in Contacts, to make calling and messaging easier. Your phone supports both normal phone contacts and PTT Contacts. A contact record can be copied to a PTT contact. Note: PTT (Push-To-Talk) Mode must be enabled to see PTT Contacts and PTT Groups. For quick access to the Contacts List:

From the Home screen, press the Right Soft key (Contacts). To access Contacts for all features:

From the Home screen, press MENU >

Contacts. Adding a Contact 1. From the Home screen, press the key (Contacts). Right Soft 2. Press the Right Soft key (Options) >

NewContact. 3. In the Name: field, enter a name for the contact using the keypad. 4. Use the Directional keys to highlight fields to enter information for the contact, including at least one phone number or email. 5. When finished, press SAVE. 46 Contacts DRAFT FOR INTERNAL USE ONLYMain Menu Adding a Contact from the Keypad Enter a telephone number with the keypad, then save it as a Contact. Adding a Contact from Recent Calls Save a telephone number from a recent call record as a contact. 1. From the Home screen, use the keypad to enter a 1. With the flip open, press the Send key to telephone number. display Recent Calls. 2. If PTT Mode is ON, press the Right Soft key 2. Use the Directional keys to highlight a

(Options) > Save > Add New Contact. recentcall. or If PTT Mode is OFF, press

> Add New Contact. Left Soft key (Save) 3. Use the Directional keys to highlight Mobile1, Mobile2, Home, Business or Fax, then press 3. Press the Right Soft key (Options) >

SavetoContacts > Add New Contact. 4. Use the Directional keys to highlight Mobile1, Mobile 2, Home, Business or Fax, then press OK. OK. 5. Enter a name for the contact in the Name: field. 4. In the Name: field, enter a name for the contact 6. Continue adding information to fields or press using the keypad. SAVE. 5. Use the Directional keys to highlight fields to enter information for the contact. 6. When finished, press SAVE. 47 Contacts DRAFT FOR INTERNAL USE ONLYMain Menu Erasing Contacts 1. From the Home screen, press the key (Contacts). Right Soft 2. Press the Right Soft key (Options) >

ManageContacts > Erase. 3. Highlight a contact, then press MARK to mark it for erasure or press the

(Options) > Mark All to mark all contacts. Right Soft key 4. Press the Left Soft key (Done), then follow the prompts to confirm the erasure. 5. At the prompt, enter the Lock Code. By default, the Lock Code is the last four digits of your telephone number. Editing a Contact To make changes to an existing contact:

1. From the Home screen, press the Right Soft key (Contacts). 2. Highlight a contact, then press the Left Soft key (Edit). 3. Use the Directional keys to move to fields to modify or add information for the contact. 4. When finished, press SAVE. 48 Contacts DRAFT FOR INTERNAL USE ONLYMain Menu Editing a Contact from the Keypad Enter a telephone number with the keypad, then save it to an existing contact. Editing a Contact from Recent Calls Save a telephone number from a recent call record to a contact. 1. From the Home screen, use the keypad to enter a 1. With the flip open, press the Send key to telephone number. display recent calls. 2. If PTT Mode is On, press the Right Soft key 2. Use the Directional keys to highlight a

(Options) > Save > Update Existing. recentcall. or If PTT Mode is Off, press the

(Save) > Update Existing. Left Soft key 3. Use the Directional keys to highlight a contact, then press OK. 4. Use the Directional keys to highlight Mobile1, Mobile 2, Home, Business or Fax, then press 3. Press the Right Soft key (Options) >

SavetoContacts > UpdateExisting. 4. Use the Directional keys to highlight a contact, then press OK. 5. Use the Directional keys to highlight Mobile1, Mobile 2, Home, Business or Fax, then press OK. SAVE. 6. Enter a name for the contact in the Name: field. 5. Use the Directional keys to move to fields to 7. Continue adding information to fields, or press modify or add information for the contact. SAVE. 6. When finished, press SAVE. 49 Contacts DRAFT FOR INTERNAL USE ONLYMain Menu 5. Highlight contacts, then press MARK for each contact, or press the Mark All to mark all contacts. Right Soft key (Options) >

6. Press the Left Soft key (Done), then follow the prompts to confirm the changes. Managing Contacts Use Manage Contacts to perform actions such as erasing, locking, or unlocking multiple contacts at one time. 1. From the Home screen, press the Right Soft key (Contacts). 2. Press the Right Soft key (Options) >

ManageContacts. 3. Choose an option:

Erase: Mark multiple contact(s) for deletion. Lock: Mark multiple contact(s) to lock. Locked contacts cannot be deleted. Unlock: Mark multiple contact(s) to unlock. Copy To Card: Copy contacts to an optional installed memory card (available if a card is installed). 4. Find contacts by pressing the Directional keys to browse the list. 50 Contacts DRAFT FOR INTERNAL USE ONLYMain Menu Adding Pauses or Waits Calls to automated systems can require you to enter numbers to navigate menus, or to enter a password or account number. You can store phone numbers with special pause or wait characters to make entering these numbers easier. 1. From the Home screen, press the Right Soft key (Contacts). 2. Create a new contact or edit an existing contact. 3. Enter the phone number up to the pause or wait, Right Soft key (Options) to then press the select an option:

Add 2-Sec Pause: Stops the dialing sequence for two seconds, then automatically dials the remaining digits. A P appears in the field to indicate the pause. Add Wait: Stops the dialing sequence, waiting for input from you. A W appears in the field to indicate the wait. 4. When finished, press SAVE. Note: Entering multiple pauses extends the length of a pause, and each pause counts as a digit. For example, two consecutive pauses create a total pause of four seconds, and count as two digits. Finding Contacts 1. From the Home screen, press the Right Soft key (Contacts). The Contact List displays, with the cursor in the Go To field. 2. In the Go To field, enter the first few characters of the Contact name to see matching entries. 3. Use the Directional keys to highlight a Send key to call the contact. VIEW to open the contact entry. Left Soft key (Edit) to edit the contact, then use these options:

Press the Press Press the contact entry. Press the contacts options. Right Soft key (Options) for 51 Contacts DRAFT FOR INTERNAL USE ONLYMain Menu Using Contacts Making Calls Using Contacts 1. From the Home screen, press the Right Soft key (Contacts). 2. Highlight a contact, then press the Send key to call the contact. Sending Messages Using Contacts Right Soft 1. From the Home screen, press the key (Contacts). 2. Highlight a contact, then press the Right Soft key (Options) > New Message to type your text message. Backup Assistant Backup Assistant is a wireless service that saves a copy of your phones address book to a secure web site. If your phone is lost, stolen, or damaged, Backup Assistant can restore your saved address book to a new phone - wirelessly. Schedule daily backups to save your information manually or automatically. Log in to your web account for full access to your contacts for viewing, printing, adding, deleting, and editing. Visit verizonwireless.com/backupassistant, or contact Verizon Wireless for more information. Note: Standard TXT messaging rates apply. Backup Assistant is free for My Verizon subscribers. From the Home screen, press MENU >

Contacts > Backup Assistant. 52 Contacts DRAFT FOR INTERNAL USE ONLYMain Menu Favorites Set contacts as Favorites, to quickly find contacts to view, send a message, or call the contact. Removing Favorites 1. From the Home screen, press Contacts > Favorites. MENU >

2. Highlight a Favorite and press the Right Soft key (Options). MENU >

3. Choose an option, then press OK:

Assigning Favorites 1. From the Home screen, press Contacts > Favorites. 2. Use the Directional keys to highlight a an empty Favorite. 3. Press ADD, then choose an option:

From Contacts: Highlight and mark contact(s) to assign as favorites. You can mark multiple contacts at once to create a Favorite for each. From Groups: Choose a group to assign as a Favorite. 4. Press the favorite(s). Left Soft key (Done) to create the Remove: Erase the selected contact from the Favorites list. Remove All: Erase all favorites from the list. 53 Contacts DRAFT FOR INTERNAL USE ONLYMain Menu Using Favorites Use Favorites to quickly view a favorites contact record, send a message to a favorites, or view messages to and from the favorite. 1. From the Home screen, press MENU >

Contacts > Favorites. 2. Highlight a favorite contact to use these options:

Right Soft key VIEW. To send a message, press the

(Options) > New Message. To view the favorites contact record, press To call the favorite, highlight the favorite, and then press the To view all messages to and from the favorite, press the Left Soft key (Messages). Send key. Groups You can assign contacts to categories, called Groups, to make searching your contacts faster, or to quickly send messages to group members. Adding Contacts to Groups 1. From the Home screen, press MENU >

Contacts > Groups. 2. Use the Directional keys to highlight a group. 3. Press Right Soft key (Options) > Add. 4. Highlight contact(s) and press check mark beside the contact. MARK to place a 5. Press the Left Soft key (Done) to add the contacts to the group. Note: You can also assign a contact to a group when you create or edit the contact record. 54 Contacts DRAFT FOR INTERNAL USE ONLYMain Menu Changing a Contacts Group Assignment 1. From the Home screen, press the Right Soft key (Contacts). 2. Use the Directional keys to highlight the contact you wish to reassign. Creating a New Group In addition to the default groups, you can create additional groups. 1. From the Home screen, press MENU >

Contacts > Groups. 2. Press Left Soft key (New). 3. Press the Left Soft key (Edit). 3. At the prompt, enter a name for the new group. 4. Highlight the Group field, then press the Left 4. Press SAVE to save the new group. Soft key (Edit). 5. Highlight groups, and press MARK to mark or unmark groups for assignment. 6. Press the Left Soft key (Done). 7. Press SAVE to save the new group assignment(s). 55 Contacts DRAFT FOR INTERNAL USE ONLYMain Menu Sending a Message to Group Members Send a message to all members of a group at once. Note: Messaging availability varies when roaming outside the Verizon Wireless Network. 1. From the Home screen, press MENU >

Contacts > Groups. 2. Use the Directional keys to highlight a group, then press VIEW to view it. 3. Press the Right Soft key (Options) >

NewMessage. 4. Continue creating the new message, then press SEND. Speed Dials Speed dial numbers are 1-, 2-, or 3-digit shortcuts assigned to contacts that allow you to quickly call the contacts.

(#BAL).

(#DATA). The following Speed Dials are reserved by default and cannot be reassigned:

Speed Dial 1 is reserved for Voicemail. Speed Dial 96 is reserved for Data Usage inquiries Speed Dial 97 is reserved for Balance inquiries Speed Dial 98 is reserved for Minute Usage (#MIN). Speed Dial 99 is reserved for Payment information Speed Dial 211 is reserved for health and human Speed Dial 311 is reserved for non-emergency Speed Dial 411 is reserved for directory assistance. Speed Dial 611 is reserved for customer service Speed Dial 911 is reserved for emergency calls. municipal services. services.

(#PMT). access. 56 Contacts DRAFT FOR INTERNAL USE ONLYMain Menu Assigning Speed Dials 1. From the Home screen, press Contacts > Speed Dials. MENU >

2. Use the Directional keys to highlight a speed dial. or Enter a speed dial in the Go To field. 3. Press SET. 4. At the prompt, use the Directional keys to highlight a contact. or Enter the first field characters in the Go To field. 5. Press OK. 6. At the prompt, confirm the assignment. Emergency Contacts Set up to 3 emergency contacts, plus enter personal information that may be helpful to others using your phone in an emergency. Tip: Emergency contacts display in red in Contacts. Assigning Emergency Contacts 1. From the Home screen, press the Right Soft key (Contacts). In Case of Emergency is highlighted automatically. 2. Press VIEW to set emergency contacts. 3. Highlight Contact 1, Contact 2, or Contact 3 and press ADD. 4. At the ADD CONTACT screen, highlight an option OK:

and press From Contacts: Choose an existing contact from Contacts List. New Contact: Enter a new contact. 57 Contacts DRAFT FOR INTERNAL USE ONLYMain Menu 5. At the prompt, use the Directional keys to highlight a contact, or enter the first field characters in the Go To field. 6. Press OK. Re-assigning or Unassigning an Emergency Contact 1. From the Home screen, press the Right Soft key (Contacts). In Case of Emergency is highlighted automatically. Entering Personal Information Enter up to 3 notes containing information that might be helpful to others using your phone in an emergency. 1. From the Home screen, press the Right Soft key (Contacts). In Case of Emergency is highlighted automatically. 2. Press VIEW to display emergency contacts. 3. Press Personal Info, then press VIEW. 4. Highlight Note 1, Note 2, or Note 3, then press 2. Press VIEW to display emergency contacts. ADD. 3. Highlight a contact, then press the Right Soft key (Options) for these options:

Re-assign: Choose another contact from Contacts List, or create a new contact for this assignment. Unassign: Remove the contact from this emergency contact. 5. Enter your personal information, then press SAVE to save the note. 58 Contacts DRAFT FOR INTERNAL USE ONLYMain Menu My Name Card My Name Card is your personal contact entry in Contacts, which you can send to recipients as a virtual business card (vCard) attached to a message, or via Bluetooth. Sending My Name Card (vCard) by Message Send your contact information, as My Name Card, as an attachment to a message. Editing My Name Card By default, My Name Card contains your mobile telephone number. You can edit My Name Card to include other information. 1. From the Home screen, press MENU >

Contacts > My Name Card. 2. Press Edit. 3. Use the Directional keys to move to fields to modify or add information. 4. When finished, press SAVE. 1. From the Home screen, press MENU >

Contacts > My Name Card. 2. Press the Right Soft key (Options) >

SendviaMessage and press OK. 3. Press the contacts. Right Soft key (Add) to select 4. Press OK and enter your message text. 5. Continue creating the new message, then press SEND. 59 Contacts DRAFT FOR INTERNAL USE ONLYMain Menu Sending My Name Card (vCard) by Bluetooth Send your contact information, as My Name Card, to Bluetooth devices that support vCards. 1. From the Home screen, press MENU >

Contacts > My Name Card. 2. Press the Right Soft key (Options) >

SendviaBluetooth and press OK. 3. At the CHOOSE DEVICE screen, use the Directional keys to highlight an option, then OK. press Add New Device: Searches for a new Bluetooth device for pairing.

<Device Name>: Sends My Name Card to a previously-paired Bluetooth device. 4. Continue with the Bluetooth transfer. Sharing Contacts You can share contacts as Name Cards (vCards) via message, or via Bluetooth. Sending Name Cards (vCards) byBluetooth Send individual contacts, or your entire contact list, to Bluetooth devices that support vCards. Not all Bluetooth devices will accept a name card, and not all devices support transfers of multiple name cards. Check your target devices documentation. 1. From the Home screen, press the Right Soft key (Contacts). 2. Press the Right Soft key (Options), then press Send Name Card. 3. At the SEND NAME CARD screen, highlight Bluetooth and press OK. 60 Contacts DRAFT FOR INTERNAL USE ONLYMain Menu 4. At the SEND VIA BLUETOOTH screen, highlight contacts individually and press the press the Left Soft key (Done). Right Soft key (Options) > Mark All, then MARK or press 5. At the CHOOSE DEVICE screen, highlight an OK:

option, then press Add New Device: Search for a new Bluetooth device for pairing.

<Device Name>: Send to a previously-paired Bluetooth device. 6. Continue with the Bluetooth transfer. Sending Name Cards (vCard) byMessage Send a contact record, or your entire contact list, as attachment(s) to a message. 1. From the Home screen, press the Right Soft key (Contacts). 2. Press the Right Soft key (Options), then press Send Name Card. 3. At the SEND NAME CARD screen, highlight Message and press OK. 4. At the SEND WITH MESSAGE screen, highlight MARK, then contacts individually and press press the Left Soft key (Done). 5. Continue creating the new message, then press SEND. 61 Contacts DRAFT FOR INTERNAL USE ONLYMain Menu Adding PTT Contacts You can create PTT contacts to make finding and contacting them easier. A contacts mobile telephone number may be their PTT number, if they are also subscribed to PTT service. Note: PTT contact options are only available when PTT Mode is On. 1. From the Home screen, press MENU >

Contacts > New PTT Contact. 2. Press the Right Soft key (Options) >

NewContact. 3. In the Name: field, enter a name for the contact using the keypad. 4. Use the Directional keys to highlight the PTTNumber field to enter the contacts PTTnumber. 5. Use the Directional keys to highlight the PTTGroup field, then press the

(Add) to assign the PTT contact to a PTT group

(optional). Left Soft key 6. When finished, press SAVE. Adding a PTT Contact from RecentCalls Save a telephone number from a recent call record as a contact. 1. From the Home screen, press the Send key to display recent calls. 2. Use the Directional keys to highlight a recentcall. 3. Press the Right Soft key (Options) >

SavetoPTT Contacts > Add New Contact. 4. Use the Directional keys to highlight Mobile1, Mobile 2, Home, Business or Fax, then press OK. 5. Enter a name for the contact in the Name: field. 6. Continue adding information, or press SAVE. 62 Contacts DRAFT FOR INTERNAL USE ONLYMain Menu Copying a Contact to PTT Contacts You may have some contacts that you wish to save as a regular contact, and also as a PTT contact. 1. From the Home screen, press the Right Soft key (Contacts). Editing a PTT Contact from RecentCalls Save a telephone number from a recent call record to a contact. 1. From the Home screen, press the Send key to 2. Highlight a contact, then press the Right Soft display recent calls. key (Options) > Copy to PTT Contacts. 2. Use the Directional keys to highlight a 3. When finished, press SAVE. recentcall. 3. Press the Right Soft key (Options) >

SavetoPTT Contacts > Update Existing. 4. Enter a name for the contact in the Name: field, and assign the contact to a group, if desired. 5. When finished, press SAVE. Editing a PTT Contact Make changes to an existing PTT contact. 1. From the Home screen, press MENU >

Contacts > PTT Contact List. 2. Highlight a PTT contact, then press the RightSoft key (Edit). 3. Use the Directional keys to move to fields to modify or add information for the contact. 4. When finished, press SAVE. 63 Contacts DRAFT FOR INTERNAL USE ONLYMain Menu Creating a PTT Group 1. From the Home screen, press Contacts > PTT Groups. 2. Press Left Soft key (New). MENU >

3. At the prompt, enter a name for the new group, then press SAVE. PTT Groups You can assign PTT contacts to Groups, to make searching your contacts faster, or to quickly make a PTT Group call. Adding Contacts to Groups 1. From the Home screen, press MENU >

Contacts > Groups. 2. Use the Directional keys to highlight a group. 3. Press RightSoft key (Options) > Add. 4. Highlight contact(s) and press check mark beside the contact. MARK to place a 5. Press the Left Soft key (Done) to save the group. Note: You can also assign a contact to a group when you create or edit the contact record. 64 Contacts DRAFT FOR INTERNAL USE ONLYMain Menu Changing a Contacts PTT Group Assignment Change a contacts PTT Group assignment by removing it from one group and adding it to another. 1. From the Home screen, press MENU >

Contacts > PTT Groups. 2. Use the Directional keys to highlight the PTTgroup containing the PTT contact, then press VIEW. 3. Press the Left Soft key (Remove), then highlight contact(s) and press unmark groups for assignment. MARK to mark or 4. Press the Left Soft key (Done) to remove the contact from the group. 65 Contacts DRAFT FOR INTERNAL USE ONLYMain Menu Messaging This section explains how to send and receive messages, and other features and functionality related to messaging. Types of Messages Your phone can send and receive:

Text Messages Multimedia Messages Social Networks Text Messages are simple messages containing text, which can be sent to another mobile phone. Your phone also supports long text messages. Text messaging is also known as SMS (Simple Messaging Service). Multimedia Messages contain text, as well as attachments such as sounds, graphics, animations, and name cards. Multimedia messaging is also known as MMS (Multimedia Messaging Service. Creating and Sending Messages 1. From the Home screen, press the

(Message) > New Message. Left Soft key 2. At the NEW TEXT MSG screen, enter recipients in the To: fields:

Use the keypad to enter a recipients phone number, contact name, or email address. Press the recipients From Contacts, Recent Calls, Favorites, or Groups. RightSoft key (Add) to select or Choose To Contacts or To PTT Contacts to save a number you enter as a contact. 66 Messaging DRAFT FOR INTERNAL USE ONLYMain Menu Callback #: Include a callback number with the message. By default, this is your mobile telephone number, or you can enter a differentnumber. Cancel Message: Cancel the message, with the option to save it in the Drafts folder. 5. Press SEND, or the Send key to send themessage. Note: Multimedia messages are only available within Verizon Wireless Enhanced Services Area. As you enter characters, matching contacts Directional keys display in a list. Use the to highlight a contact, then press OK to select it, or press the save the number you entered To Contacts or ToPTTContacts. RightSoft key (Add) to 3. Use the Directional keys to move to the Text:

field to compose your message. 4. While entering text, press the RightSoft key

(Options) for the following options:

Attach: Add an attachment to the message. Save As Draft: Save a copy of the message in the Drafts folder. Insert Quick Text: Insert a preloaded phrase. Copy: Select and copy text, for pasting into another field. Use the highlight text in the field, then press DONE. Paste: If you have copied text, paste the copiedtext. Add Subject: Add subject text. Priority Level: Set the urgency of the message, to High or Normal. Directional keys to 67 Messaging DRAFT FOR INTERNAL USE ONLYMain Menu Adding Attachments Adding an attachment converts the text message to a multimedia message. Blank slides are created for additional attachments, making it easy to add additional attachments. Note: Videos cannot be added to messages containing pictures or sound. 1. Use the Directional keys to move to the Text field. Press the Attach. Adding an attachment converts the text message to a multimedia message. RightSoft key (Options) >

Attachment options are:

Picture: Select a picture from your phone or optional memory card. Video: Select a video from your phone or optional memory card. Sound: Select a sound recording from your phone or optional memory card. Record Sound: Create a new sound recording using the microphone. Name Card: Attach your Name Card or Name Cards for your Contacts. Calendar Event: Select or create a new Calendar Event. 2. Use the Directional keys to highlight the RightSoft key attachment, then press the

(Options) for these options:

Attach: Add an attachment to the message. Preview: View the message before sending. Save As Draft: Save a copy of the message in the Drafts folder. Add Slide: Insert a second slide to the message. Priority Level: Set the urgency of the message, to High or Normal. Remove Picture/Video/Sound/Name Card/

Calendar Event: Removes the attachment. Remove Slide: Delete the current slide (available if more than one slide is attached). Cancel Message: Cancel the message, with the option to save it in the Drafts folder. 68 Messaging DRAFT FOR INTERNAL USE ONLYMain Menu 3. Press SEND, or the Send key to send themessage. Message Settings This menu allows you to define settings for messages sent or received on your phone. To access your message settings, use the following steps:

1. From the Home screen, press MENU >

Messaging. 2. Press the Left Soft key (Settings) for these options:

Inbox View: Set the default message view. Press Time to display messages by time received, or Contact to display messages by name or number (also known as threaded view ). Entry Mode: Choose a default text entry mode, from Abc, ABC, 123, XT9 Word, XT9Palabra, Chinese, Korean, Vietnamese, or XT9Vietnamese. Auto Save Sent: Choose the save mode for messages you send. Press On to save all sent messages, Off to discard sent messages, or Prompt to have the phone prompt you eachtime. Auto Erase Inbox: Press On to automatically replace the oldest message of the same type when the Inbox exceeds the maximum number of messages of that type. For example, when the Inbox exceeds 300 text messages, the oldest text message is replaced with a new one. Picture and video messages are replaced when the phones memory is full. Press Off to disable automatic erasures. Messaging Font Size: Set the default size for message text, Normal or Large. TXT Auto View: Press On to automatically display text messages when they arrive, or Off to have the phone prompt you. Multimedia Auto Receive: Press On to automatically accept new multimedia messages. Press Off to have the phone prompt you to download new multimedia messages. 69 Messaging DRAFT FOR INTERNAL USE ONLYMain Menu Group Messaging: Configure default settings for messages sent to multiple contacts. Press Individual Messages to allow recipients to only reply to you (not the group), or press GroupConversation to allow recipients to reply to the whole group. Domain Extensions: Create and manage a list of web and Email extensions for the Domain Extensions entry mode. Press the Soft key (Erase) to delete extensions. Press RightSoft key (New) to create new the extensions. To modify an extension, highlight the extension and press Quick Text: Create and manage preloaded phrases to add to messages. Press the Soft key (Erase) to delete phrases. Press the RightSoft key (Options) > (New) to add EDIT. Left Left new phrases. To modify a phrase, highlight the phrase and press EDIT. Emergency Alerts: This device is designed to receive Wireless Emergency Alerts from the Commercial Mobile Alert Service (CMAS), including Presidential Alerts, Imminent Alerts

(Severe or Extreme), and AMBER Alerts (missing persons). You may choose not to receive Imminent and AMBER alerts, but Presidential Alerts cannot be disabled. Voicemail #: Enter a new Voicemail speed dial. The default is *86. Callback #: Press On to add a callback phone number to your messages, and set the phone number. Press Off to omit a callback number

(you can manually add a callback number to individual messages). Signature: Press Custom to add a signature Directional to all messages, then use the keys to move to the signature field to create the signature. Press None to disable signatures. 70 Messaging DRAFT FOR INTERNAL USE ONLYMain Menu Delivery Receipt: Choose whether you are notified when a message you send is delivered. Press On to be notified for every message, or Off to disable notification (you can set an optional delivery receipt for individual messages when you create them). Social Networks: Select your preferred social network as the default. Press Facebook, Twitter, or Let Me Choose. Receiving Messages When you receive a message, you can choose to:

View Now: Open the message for viewing. View Later: Dismiss the alert, and save the Reject: If you have disabled the Multimedia Auto Receive setting, reject the message. The message is not saved to Messages. message in the Messages folders. Tip: If you want to control when you download multimedia content, you can disable Multimedia Auto Receive. Viewing Text Messages When you receive a text message, the alert sounds

(unless turned off), and New Text Message displays on the screen. 1. At the New Text Message prompt, press OK to View Now. 2. Press REPLY to respond to the message with a new Text, Picture, Video or Voice message. 3. Press the Left Soft key (Erase) to delete themessage. 4. While viewing the message, press the RightSoft key (Options) for these message options:

Forward: Send the message to another recipient. Reply w. Copy: Reply to the sender, plus other recipients if desired, and include a copy of the original message. Save As Quick Text: Save the message text to the Quick Text list. 71 Messaging DRAFT FOR INTERNAL USE ONLYMain Menu Lock/Unlock: Lock or unlock the message to prevent deletion. Add To Contacts: Save the number of the sender to Contacts as a new entry or update to an existing entry. Add To PTT Contacts: Save the number of the sender to Contacts as a new PTT Contacts entry. Messaging Font Size: Select the font size, Normal or Large. Extract Addresses: Display all Contact Numbers, Email Addresses, and URLs extracted from the message, to call, send an email, or open the web page. Message Info: Display details about the message. Viewing Multimedia Messages When you receive a multimedia message, an alert sounds (unless turned off), and New Multimedia Message displays on the screen. Note: This procedure describes default behavior. If you make changes to Message Settings, options or steps may be different. 1. At the New Message prompt, press OK to ViewNow. 2. After loading, the attachment (and text, if any) displays. Use the see the entire message, if necessary. Directional keys to scroll to 3. Press REPLY to respond to the message with a new Text, Picture, Video or Voice message. 4. Press the message. Left Soft key (Erase) to delete the 72 Messaging DRAFT FOR INTERNAL USE ONLYMain Menu 5. While viewing the message, press the Right Soft key (Options) for these message options:

Play again: Play the attached video or sound again. Forward: Send the message to another recipient. Reply w. Copy: Reply to the sender, plus other recipients if desired, and include a copy of the original message. Erase: (Voice or Picture message with attached Sound) Delete the message. Save Picture: (Picture messages only) Save the attached picture to My Pictures. Save Video: (Video messages only) Save the attached video to My Videos. Save Sound: (Voice or Picture message with attached Sound) Save the attached sound to My Sounds. Save as Ringtone: (Voice or Picture message with attached Sound) Save the attached sound as a ringtone. View Name Card: (If Name card is attached) Display the attached name card. Save Name Card: (If Name card is attached) Save the attached name card to Contacts. Set As: Assign the attached picture as Wallpaper or Picture ID. Save As Quick Text: Save the message text to the Quick Text list. Lock/Unlock: Lock or unlock the message to prevent deletion. Add To Contacts/Add To PTT Contacts: Save the number of the sender to Contacts as a new entry or addition to an existing entry, or as a new PTT Contact. Extract Addresses: Display all Contact Numbers, Email Addresses, and URLs extracted from the message, to call, send an email, or open the web page. Message Info: Display details about the message. 73 Messaging DRAFT FOR INTERNAL USE ONLYMain Menu Emergency Alerts Emergency Alerts allows customers to receive geographically-targeted Wireless Emergency Alerts. Alerts will alert customers of imminent threats to their safety within their area. There is no charge for receiving an Emergency Alert. There are three types of Emergency Alerts:

Presidential Imminent (Severe or Extreme) AMBER Alerts (missing person alert) Customers may choose not to receive Imminent Alerts and AMBER Alerts. Presidential Alerts can not be disabled. To disable Imminent Threat Alerts (Extreme and Severe) and AMBER Alerts, follow these instructions:

1. From the Home screen, press MENU >

Messaging. 2. Press the Left Soft key Settings >

EmergencyAlerts for the following options:

Receive Alerts: All alerts are enabled by default

(check mark showing). To disable alerts, highlight an alert and press UNMARK, then press Done. Alert Reminder: Set alerts to repeat Once, Every 2 minutes, Every 15 minutes, or Off(norepeats). Alert Vibrate: Press On to have the phone vibrate when new messages arrive. Press Off to disable this feature. 74 Messaging DRAFT FOR INTERNAL USE ONLYMain Menu Message Folders Messages are stored in the message folders. You can choose how messages appear with the Inbox View setting in Message Settings. Tip: To scroll through all messages in the Messages, Sent, or Drafts folder, open one message, then press the Directional keys LEFT or RIGHT to scroll through the folders. Viewing Messages by Contact By default, the Inbox View setting is set to Contact. All incoming and sent messages are stored in the Messages folder, grouped by contact name (if the sender/recipient is stored as a contact), or phone number, to provide a threaded view of the message exchange. 1. From the Home screen, press the Left Soft key

(Message). The most recent message from each contact displays. The icon shows whether the message is new or already opened, and a number to the right indicates the number of unread messages from this contact/number. 2. Highlight New Message to create a new message. 3. To view a message thread, use the Directional keys to highlight a contact/number, then press OPEN. 4. To send a reply message, press the Left Soft key (Reply). 5. While viewing the list of contacts/messages, Directional keys to highlight a Right Soft key use the contact/number, then press the

(Options) for these options:

Erase: Delete the highlighted message thread. Add To Contacts: Save the sender or recipients number to a contact record (available If the number is not already saved). Add To PTT Contacts: Save the sender or recipients number to a PTT contact record

(available if the number is not already saved, and PTT Mode is On). New Message: Create a new message addressed to the contact/number. 75 Messaging DRAFT FOR INTERNAL USE ONLYMain Menu Manage Messages: Perform actions on multiple messages, including Erase, Lock, Unlock, Mark as Read, Mark as Unread, and Copy to Card

(available if the memory card inserted). Sort Alphabetically: Display message threads by contact/phone number. Messaging Menu: Return to the Messaging menu. Social Networks: Update your networks by message. Viewing Messages by Time When the Inbox View setting is set to Time, incoming messages are stored in the Inbox, and sent messages are stored in the Sent folder, sorted by time. Note: The Inbox folder is only present when the Inbox View setting is set to Time. Inbox Folder 1. From the Home screen, press the Left Soft key

(Message) > Inbox. 2. Use the Directional keys to scroll the list of messages. Highlight a message, then press the Left Soft key (Erase) to delete the message, or press OPEN to view the message. Right Soft 3. Highlight a message, then press the key (Options) for message options:

Reply: Reply to the sender with a new message. Reply w. Copy: Reply to the sender, plus other recipients if desired, and include the first 100 characters of the original message in the Textfield. 76 Messaging DRAFT FOR INTERNAL USE ONLYMain Menu Forward: Send the message to another recipient. Add To Contacts: Save the number of the sender to Contacts as a new entry or additional to an existing entry (available if the number is not already saved). Add To PTT Contacts: Save the number of the sender to Contacts as a new entry or additional to an existing entry (available if the number is not already saved and PTT Mode is On). Extract Addresses: Display numbers, Email Addresses, and URLs from the message, to call, send an email, or open the web page. Message Info: Display details about the highlighted message. Manage Inbox: Perform actions on multiple messages, including Erase, Lock, Unlock, Markas Read, Mark as Unread, and CopytoCard (available if the memory card inserted). Sort by Sender: List all messages in the Inbox by Sender. Sort by Size: List all messages in the Inbox by Size. Sent Folder When the Inbox View setting is set to Time, outgoing messages are stored in the Sent folder by date and time. Note: The Sent folder is only present when the Inbox View setting is set to Time. 1. From the Home screen, press the Left Soft key

(Message) > Sent. 2. Use the Directional keys to scroll the list of messages. Highlight a message, then use these options:

Press the message. Press OPEN to view the message. Left Soft key (Erase) to delete the 77 Messaging DRAFT FOR INTERNAL USE ONLYMain Menu Right Soft key (Options) for Press the message options:

- Forward: Send the message to another recipient.

- Resend: Send the message again, to the original recipient(s), plus new recipients if desired.

- Add To Contacts: Save the number of the sender to Contacts as a new entry or additional to an existing entry (available if the number is not already saved).

- Add To PTT Contacts: Save the number of the sender to Contacts as a new entry or additional to an existing entry (available if the number is not already saved and PTT Mode is On).

- Message Info: Display details about the highlighted message.

- Manage Sent: Perform actions on multiple messages, including Erase, Lock, Unlock, and Copy to Card (available if the memory card inserted).

- Sort by Recipient: List messages by the first addressee.

- Sort by Time/Type: List messages by type

(Text, Picture, Video or Voice) or by time received. Drafts Folder Drafts are messages you have created, but have not yet sent. You can review, edit or send a draft message. 1. From the Home screen, press MENU >

Messaging > Drafts. 2. Use the Directional keys to scroll the list of Right Soft key (Options) for message messages. While viewing the list of messages, press the options:

Send: Send the message, as-is, to the listed recipients. Add To Contacts: Save the number of the sender to Contacts as a new entry or additional to an existing entry (available if the number is not already saved). 78 Messaging DRAFT FOR INTERNAL USE ONLYMain Menu Add To PTT Contacts: Save the number of the sender to Contacts as a new entry or additional to an existing entry (available if the number is not already saved and PTT Mode is On). Manage Drafts: Perform actions on multiple messages, including Erase, Lock, Unlock, and Copy to Card (available if the memory card inserted). Sort by Recipient: List all messages by the first addressee. Sort by Time/Type: List messages by type (Text, Picture, Video or Voice) or by time created. 3. Highlight a message, then press the Left Soft key (Erase) to delete the message, or press EDIT to edit the message before sending. Voicemail From the Messaging menu, you can view the total of new voicemail messages, clear the voicemail counter, and call voicemail to check messages. 1. From the Home screen, press MENU >

Messaging > Voicemail. 2. On the Voicemail screen, view the number of new messages. Press check messages, or press the

(Clear) to clear the voicemail counter. CALL to dial voicemail to Left Soft key 79 Messaging DRAFT FOR INTERNAL USE ONLYMain Menu Social Networks Update your social networking sites from your phone. After setting up your accounts on your phone, you can update your status and upload media right from your phone. Note: You must add your phone number to your social networking accounts before accessing them with your Right Soft phone. For more information, press the key (Help). 1. From the Home screen, press MENU >

Messaging > Social Networks. 2. Use the Directional keys to highlight SEND to select site(s) to update. anoption:

Update Status: Enter text, then press the Facebook: Access options for updating and accessing your account. Twitter: Access options for updating and accessing your account. 80 Messaging DRAFT FOR INTERNAL USE ONLYMain Menu Recent Calls Recent Calls shows you all calls received, dialed, and missed, as well as call timers. To access the Recent Calls category:

From the Home screen, press MENU >

Recent Calls. The following pages are available:

Missed: View all missed calls. Received: View all received calls. Dialed: View all calls dialed from your phone. All: View all calls from all categories. View Timers: View a variety of timers for calls made to and from your phone, as well as data usage. Call History Options 1. When viewing calls in Recent Calls, use the Directional keys to highlight a call. 2. Press the Left Soft key (Message) to compose a text message to send to the highlighted number. 3. Press the Right Soft key (Options) for the following options:

Save to Contacts: Save the number as a contact if it is not already saved to your phone. or Details: View contact details if the number is saved in your phone. Save to PPT Contacts: Save the number as a PPT contact if it is not already saved to your phone. Erase: Remove the call entry. 81 Recent Calls DRAFT FOR INTERNAL USE ONLYMain Menu Lock: Prevent the call entry from being erased. Erase All: Remove all call entries. View Timers: Open the View Timers page to see all call timers. Reset Call Timers Call timers can be reset individually or all at once as follows:

1. From the Home screen, press MENU >

Recent Calls > View Timers. 2. Use the Directional keys to highlight a timer. 3. Press the Left Soft key (Reset) to reset the timer to zero. or Press the call timers. Right Soft key (Reset All) to reset all 82 Recent Calls DRAFT FOR INTERNAL USE ONLYMain Menu Mobile Web Mobile Web is your access to the Internet. To launch Mobile Web:

1. From the Home screen, press MENU >

MobileWeb. 2. Use the Left Soft key, Center Select key, and Right Soft key to browse the Internet. Tip: By default, you can use a Directional key shortcut to launch Mobile Web from the Home screen by pressing the LEFT Directional key . 83 Mobile Web DRAFT FOR INTERNAL USE ONLYMain Menu Media Center Media Center includes applications for downloading, creating, viewing, and managing multimedia content, right on your phone. Important: If your service plan does not include an unlimited data feature, you will incur either airtime charges if you exceed your minutes bundle, or megabyte(MB) charges at applicable rates for downloading and/or using applications. Apps Browse and download applications to your phone, from the Apps store. 1. From the Home screen, press MENU >

MediaCenter > Apps. 2. Use the Left Soft key, Center Select key, Right Soft key to browse and download and applications. Note: For more information about Apps, press the LeftSoft key (Options) > Help. 84 Media Center DRAFT FOR INTERNAL USE ONLYMain Menu Mobile Web Use the Mobile Web Browser to browse the Internet. 1. From the Home screen, press MENU >

MediaCenter > MobileWeb. 2. Use the Left Soft key, Center Select key, and Right Soft key to browse the Internet. Tip: By default, you can use a Directional key shortcut to launch Mobile Web from the Home screen by pressing the LEFT Directional key . Music & Tones Create and manage music and sounds on your phone. 1. From the Home screen, press MENU >

MediaCenter > Music & Tones. 2. Select an option:

My Ringtones: Set tones on your phone for incoming call Ringtone, as a ringtone for Contact ID, and Alert Sounds. My Music: Manage music you have loaded on your phone. My Sounds: Record and manage sounds for use as alerts for calls and messages. My Music Play music that you transfer from your PC, or from an optional installed memory card. You can play music with the phone open or closed. 1. From the Home screen, press MENU >

MediaCenter > Music & Tones > My Music. 2. At the My Music screen, you have these options:

Play All Songs: Play all songs stored on your phone and installed memory card. All Songs: Display all songs stored on your phone and memory card, to choose songs to play and manage your music. 85 Media Center DRAFT FOR INTERNAL USE ONLYMain Menu Playlists: Display and manage playlists. Highlight Left Soft key (View) a playlist, then press the Center Select to display it, or press the key (PLAY) to play it. Press the key (Options) to create a new playlist, erase or rename the highlighted playlist, or change the input language. Artists: Display songs by artist. Highlight an Left Soft key (View) artist, then press the to display songs by the artist, or press the Right Soft Center Select key (PLAY) to play the songs. Genres: Display songs by music type. Highlight Left Soft key (View) a genre, then press the to display songs from the genre, or press the Center Select key (PLAY) to play the songs. Albums: Display songs by album title. Highlight Left Soft key an album, then press the

(View) to display songs from the album, or press the thesongs. Manage My Music: Erase songs, lock or unlock songs, or move music between your phones memory and an optional installed memory card. Center Select key (PLAY) to play Music Settings:

- Repeat: Choose a playback mode, from Repeat All, Repeat All, Repeat One, or Off.

- Shuffle: Choose On to play songs in random order, or Off to play them in the order they appear.

- Music Only Mode: When On, all wireless communications, including calls, are disabled, and the phone acts as a music player only. Playing Music 1. From the Home screen, press MENU >

MediaCenter > Music & Tones > My Music. 2. Select an option, then press

(PLAY) to play the selection. Center Select key 3. Use the Center Select key and Directional key to control playback:

Press the playback. Press the Play. to Center Select key to Pause Center Select key again 86 Media Center DRAFT FOR INTERNAL USE ONLYMain Menu Add to Playlist: Add the current song to a playlist. Sound Effect: Choose an effect to add to the music. Skin: Choose a theme for the music player. Song Info: View details about the current song. Memory Info: View the amount of memory available, used and total for the Phone and Card memory. Music Settings: Choose Repeat mode, Shuffle mode, or Music Only mode. In Music Only mode, access to the wireless networks is disabled and you cannot send or receive calls or messages. Press the Directional key LEFT for Rewind, to go to the previous song, or press and hold to scan backward through the song. Press the Directional key RIGHT for and hold to scan forward through the song. Press the Directional key UP to choose Shuffle, playback modes, from Repeat All. Repeat Track, or Forward, to go to the next song, or press Press the Directional key DOWN to playback. Stop 4. During playback, press the Left Soft key (Mute) to mute the playback. Right Soft key 5. During playback, press the

(Options) for these options:

Library: Continue playback and return to the Library. Audio to Phone/Device: Switch the audio output to phone or Bluetooth headset. This option is only available when a Bluetooth headset is connected to the phone. Exit Player: Stop playback and close My Music. 87 Media Center DRAFT FOR INTERNAL USE ONLYMain Menu Creating a Playlist 1. From the Home screen, press MENU >

MediaCenter > Music & Tones > My Music >

Playlists. 2. Highlight Yes and press OK to create the first playlist. or 3. Press the Left Soft key (Done). Note: To add songs to playlists while playing music, press Options > Add To Playlist, then select a playlist. Playing Music with the Phone Closed Play/Pause 1. With the phone closed, press the key. Press the New) to create additional lists. Right Soft key (Options) > (Create 2. Use the Volume key to highlight My Music and press the Play/Pause key. 3. Enter a name for the playlist, then press OK. Adding Songs to a Playlist 1. From the Home screen, press MENU >

MediaCenter > Music & Tones > My Music >

Playlists. 2. Press the Left Soft key (Add) to open the playlist, then highlight songs and press to select them. MARK 3. Use the key, and Fast Forward key, Rewind key to control playback. Play/Pause Note: To stop playback and close My Music, open the phone and press the End/Power key. 88 Media Center DRAFT FOR INTERNAL USE ONLYMain Menu Picture & Video Manage pictures and videos on your phone. My Pictures View and manage pictures preloaded on your phone or downloaded and stored on your phone or optional memory card. Note: Copyright-protected pictures cannot be uploaded or sent as a message attachment. This includes pictures that are preloaded on your phone. 1. From the Home screen, press MENU MediaCenter > Picture & Video >

>

MyPictures. 2. Use the Directional keys to browse picture thumbnails. Highlight a thumbnail, and then use these options:

Press the to display the picture larger. Press the Center Select key (VIEW) CenterSelect key (LIST) to return to thumbnails. Right While viewing thumbnails, press the Soft key (Options) for these options:

- Send: Attach the picture to a new Picture Message, send it via Bluetooth, post it to Blogs or to Facebook.

- Set As: Set the picture as the Main Wallpaper, Front Wallpaper or Picture ID for a contact.

- Manage Pictures: Erase pictures, Lock (or Unlock) pictures to prevent deletion, or move pictures to the phones memory or optional memory card.

- Rename: Change the name of the highlighted picture.

- Full View: Display the picture full-screen.

- Slide Show: Set the duration, then play a slideshow of all pictures in My Pictures.

- File Info: View details about the picture. 3. To view a picture, highlight a thumbnail and press VIEW. While viewing the picture, press the Right Soft key (Options) for options to modify the picture. 89 Media Center DRAFT FOR INTERNAL USE ONLYMain Menu Creating a Slide Show View all the pictures in My Pictures as a slide show, where you choose the duration of each slide. Viewing and Modifying a Picture My Pictures offers powerful tools for modifyingpictures. 1. From the Home screen, press MENU MediaCenter > Picture & Video >

>

MyPictures. 1. From the Home screen, press MENU MediaCenter > Picture & Video >

>

MyPictures. 2. Press the Right Soft key (Options) >

SlideShow. 3. Press the Directional key RIGHT or LEFT to choose a duration for each slide, then press 2. Use the Directional key to browse picture thumbnails. To view a picture, highlight a thumbnail and press VIEW. 3. While viewing the picture, press the Right Soft PLAY. 4. While viewing the slide show, use the Center Select key, and key, to control playback. Left Soft Right Soft key key (Options) for these options:

Send: Attach the picture to a new Picture Message, send it via Bluetooth, post it to Blogs or to Facebook. Set As: Set the picture as the Main Wallpaper, Front Wallpaper or Picture ID for a contact. Zoom/Rotate: Change the zoom level or orientation of the picture. 90 Media Center DRAFT FOR INTERNAL USE ONLYMain Menu Edit: Modify the selected picture:

Left Soft key (Add) Directional key RIGHT

- Effects: Choose an effect to apply to the picture. Press the or LEFT to see different effects, then press SAVE to save the effect to the picture.

- Decorate: Press the to add a Frame or Clip Art to the picture.

- Revision: Adjust the Brightness, Saturation, Contrast or Blur.

- Merge: Choose two pictures to combine. Left Soft key (Set) to choose Press the another picture, then press OK. Press MERGE to combine the pictures.

- Copy/Paste: Select a portion of one picture

(the Foreground) to paste on another picture

(the Background). Highlight Foreground or Background, then press the

(Set) and follow the prompts.

- Resize: Change the resolution of the picture.

- Rotate/Flip: Rotate the selected picture in incremental steps or flip the picture horizontally or vertically. Left Soft key Rename: Change the name of the picture. Move: Move the picture to the phone or optional memory card. Lock/Unlock: Lock the picture to protect it from erasure, or Unlock. Full View: Display the picture full-screen. Slide Show: Set a duration, then play a slide show of all pictures in My Pictures. File Info: View details about the picture. 91 Media Center DRAFT FOR INTERNAL USE ONLYMain Menu My Videos View and manage videos. Note: Copyright-protected videos cannot be uploaded or sent as a message attachment. 1. From the Home screen, press MENU >

MediaCenter > Picture & Video > MyVideos. 2. Use the Directional key to browse video thumbnails. Highlight a thumbnail, then use these options:

Press the the video. Press the Center Select key (PLAY) to view Clear key to return to thumbnails. 3. While viewing thumbnails, press the Right Soft key (Options) for these options:

Send: Attach the video to a new Video Message or post to Blogs. Set As Wallpaper: Set the video as an animated wallpaper on the Home screen. Manage Videos: Erase videos, Lock (and Unlock) videos to prevent erasure, and move videos to the phone or optional memory card. Rename: Change the name of the highlighted video. File Info: Display information about the video. 4. To view a video, highlight a thumbnail and press the Center Select key (PLAY). While viewing the video, use these options:

Use the Directional key to control playback:

- Press UP to switch to Full-screen playback.

- Press RIGHT to move to the next video, or press and hold to scan forward though the current video.

- Press DOWN to stop playback.

- Press LEFT to move to the previous video, or press and hold to scan backward through the current video. 92 Media Center DRAFT FOR INTERNAL USE ONLYMain Menu Right Soft key (Options) for Left Soft key (Mute/Unmute) to Press the control audio playback. Press the options:

- My Videos: Return to My Videos.

- File Info: Display information about the video.

- Help: View information about using the Directional key with playback. 93 Media Center DRAFT FOR INTERNAL USE ONLYMain Menu Tools In Tools, a variety of useful electronic tools are provided, including a voice recorder, calculator, calendar, timer, and stopwatch. Voice Commands Voice Commands is advanced speech recognition software that recognizes your spoken commands to dial phone numbers, create messages, and launch applications such as Contacts, Calendar and My Pictures. To use Voice Commands, speak naturally into your phone, at a distance of 3-12 inches. There is no need to train Voice Commands, it is designed to recognize natural speech. 1. With the flip open, press the Voice Commands key to launch Voice Commands. or From the Home screen, press Tools > Voice Commands. MENU >

2. At the audio prompt, speak a command:

Call <Name or #>: Dial a call by saying a Name in your Contacts List, a Name and a Location

(home, work, mobile) or the phone number. Send Message <Name or #>: Send a text, picture, or video message to a number or to someone in your Contacts List. Go To <Menu>: Open any application installed on your device. 94 Tools DRAFT FOR INTERNAL USE ONLYMain Menu Check <Item>: View details of your phone Status, Voicemail, Messages, Missed Calls, Time, Signal Strength, Battery Level, Volume, Balance, Minutes, Payment, and My Number. Contacts <Name>: Open a contact record from Contacts. Redial: Call the last number you dialed. Play <Playlist>: Open the My Music menu, plays songs in a playlist, or all songs. Turn Driving Mode On: Activate Driving Mode. My Verizon: Launch the My Verizon application. Help: View a helpful tutorial about using Voice Commands. Voice Commands Settings Note: When using the Voice Command system, there are four commands that are available at all times:

Repeat will repeat the Voice Command prompt. Readout will read out the phone status or contact details. Info will offer more information command or read out available options. Quit will exit the Voice Command system. You can adjust the settings and preferences by opening Voice Commands menu. Using this menu, you can change the following Voice Command features:

1. With the flip open, press the Voice Commands key to launch Voice Commands. Right Soft key (Settings) to 2. Press the configure:

Confirm Choices: Control whether Voice Commands asks you to confirm a command. Choose Automatic, Always Confirm, or NeverConfirm. Sensitivity: Set the sensitivity of speech recognition. Press More Sensitive if Voice Commands often misses commands, Automatic for default sensitivity, or Less Sensitive. 95 Tools DRAFT FOR INTERNAL USE ONLYMain Menu Adapt Voice: Train speech recognition to your voice. Prompts: Choose the type of prompts Voice Commands gives you:

- Mode: Choose the type of prompts, from Prompts (voice prompts, as by default), Readout (reads out each screen), or TonesOnly (plays only tones to prompt you for commands).

- Audio Playback: Set playback location to Speakerphone or Earpiece.

- Timeout: Control how long Voice commands listens for a command. Key Setting: Choose how to launch Voice Commands, from Voice Key Only (press the VoiceCommands key) or Voice Key/Headset

(Press the Voice Commands key, or insert a headset). About: View information about Voice Commands. Left Soft key (Info) for descriptions of Tip: Press the Voice Commands settings. Calculator You can perform calculations, including addition, subtraction, multiplication and division using your phone. Normal 1. From the Home screen, press MENU >

Tools > Calculator > Normal. 2. Enter the first number in your equation, up to 15digits. 3. Use the Directional key to enter an operator:

UP: [ + ] Addition DOWN: [ ] Subtraction RIGHT: [ x ] Multiplication LEFT: [ ] Division 96 Tools DRAFT FOR INTERNAL USE ONLYMain Menu Clear key to delete entries. Left Soft key (Clear) or the While entering equations, you can use these options:

Press the Press the Left [ ( ] and Right [ ) ] parentheses or raise a number by a power. Press To enter a decimal point, press after a number to change the sign. Right Soft key (Operator) to enter

. 4. Press OK to perform the calculation. Converter 1. From the Home screen, press MENU >

Tools > Calculator > Converter. 2. Use the Directional key to select:

Temperature: Convert between Celsius and Fahrenheit. Length: Convert between inch, foot, yard, mile, millimeter, centimeter, meter, and kilometer. Weight: Convert between ounce, pound, ton, grain, milligram, gram, and kilogram. Area: Convert between inch2, foot2, yard2, centimeter2, meter2, kilometer2, acre, and hectare. Volume: Convert between gallon, inch3, foot3, yard3, liter, centimeter3, and meter3. Currency: Convert between major international currencies. 3. Using the Directional key, select a From unit of measurement, a number to convert, and To a unit of measurement. To enter a decimal point, press The converted value is displayed. 97 Tools DRAFT FOR INTERNAL USE ONLYMain Menu Tip Calculator Calculate a tip and how much each person should pay. Calendar Set up events, with reminders, to be alerted to an upcoming event. 1. From the Home screen, press MENU >

Tools > Tip Calculator. 2. Use the Directional key to move to each field:

Bill: Enter the amount of the bill. Tip: Enter the tip percentage.

# Paying: Enter the number of people paying. Note: Press to enter a decimal point. As you enter numbers in the fields, the Calculator automatically displays the Tip, Total bill including the tip, and Each persons share of the bill. Adding an Event 1. From the Home screen, press Tools > Calendar. MENU >

2. Press the Left Soft key (New). 3. Use the Directional key to highlight fields, Directional key to set am or pm. then enter the details:

Subject: Enter the name of the event. Start Time: Enter a time. Use the End Time: Enter a time. Use the key to set am or pm. Start Date: Enter the start date for the event. End Date: Enter the end date for the event. Recurrence: Press the set the frequency. Left Soft key (Set) to Directional 98 Tools DRAFT FOR INTERNAL USE ONLYMain Menu Directional key to set Directional key to set a Alert Time: Use the an alert to sound. Reminder: Use the reminder for the event. Alert Tone: Press the choose a tone for the reminder alert. Vibrate: Use the alert vibration On or Off. Directional key to turn Left Soft key (Set) to 4. Press SAVE to save the event. Reviewing and Editing Events 1. From the Home screen, press MENU >

Tools > Calendar. 2. From the Calendar screen, find an event:

Use the Directional key to highlight a date on the calendar, then press VIEW to display the days events. Press the press Go To Date and enter a date to view. Right Soft key (Options), then 3. While viewing an all events screen, press the Right Soft key (Options) for these options:

Monthly View/Weekly View: Select a calendar view. Go To Date: Enter a date to show it on the calendar. Send: Send event(s) as vCalendar object(s) to a Bluetooth device, or as a message attachment. Erase: Delete the highlighted event from the calendar. Erase All: Delete all events from the calendar. Erase All Old: Delete events prior to today. Search: Enter keywords to find an event. Copy Event: Create a duplicate of an existing event. 4. Use the Directional key to highlight a single event, then press VIEW to display it. 99 Tools DRAFT FOR INTERNAL USE ONLYMain Menu 5. While viewing an event, press the Right Soft key (Options) for these options:

Send: Send event(s) as vCalendar object(s) to a Bluetooth device, or as a message attachment. Copy Event: Create a copy of the event. View Calendar: Return to calendar view. Alarm Clock Set alarms, to go off once, or recur periodically at a specific time. Once set, alarms are easy to change or turn off. Note: When an alarm is scheduled in the next 24 hours, the Alarm icon appears in the Event Status line on the Home screen. Setting an Alarm 1. From the Home screen, press Tools > Alarm Clock. MENU >

2. Press ADD, then use the Directional key to Directional key to toggle Directional key to select am or pm. highlight fields to enter alarm details:

Alarm: Use the the alarm On or Off. Time: Enter the time for the alarm. Use the Frequency: Press the then choose days for the alarm to sound. Snooze: Press the Left Soft key (Set), then choose settings for snooze (delaying the alarm when it sounds). Ringer: Use the type of alert, and select a ringtone. Directional key to set a Left Soft key (Set), 3. When you finish entering information, press SAVE. 100 Tools DRAFT FOR INTERNAL USE ONLYMain Menu Disabling an Alarm You can turn an alarm off to control whether the alarm goes off, without changing any other settings. This can be useful when you want to skip a day, but to retain the same alarm settings. 1. From the Home screen, press MENU >

Tools > Alarm Clock. 2. Use the Directional key to highlight the alarm you wish to turn off. 3. Press the Turn Off. Right Soft key (Options), then press Removing an Alarm Erase alarm(s) to remove them from Alarm Clock. 1. From the Home screen, press MENU >

Tools > Alarm Clock. 2. Use the Directional key to highlight the alarm you wish to disable. 3. Press the Right Soft key (Options) and press Erase to remove the alarm, or press Erase All to remove all alarms. Snoozing an Alarm If the alarm includes a snooze setting, you can snooze the alarm according to the settings you chose when you created the alarm. To snooze an alarm:

When the phone is open, press the alarm. OK to snooze Dismissing an Alarm You can dismiss an alarm using these options:

When the phone is open, press the When the phone is open, use the Tip: If the phone is closed, you can silence an alarm by pressing the Volume Key Down. You must flip the phone open to respond to the alarm. key to highlight Dismiss, then press End key. Directional OK. 101 Tools DRAFT FOR INTERNAL USE ONLYMain Menu Stop Watch Measure lap times and total elapsed time. 1. From the Home screen, press MENU >

Tools > Stopwatch. 2. Press START to start timing. 3. During timing, press the Left Soft key record lap times. 4. Press STOP to stop timing. 5. Press the Right Soft key (Reset) to discard times. World Clock World Clock allows you to view the current time in your location, and anywhere in the world. 1. From the Home screen, press MENU >

Tools > World Clock. 2. Current Time Zone displays automatically for your location. 3. Use the Directional key to scroll time zones around the world. Use these options:

Press the city to display. Press the to adjust the time for Daylight Savings Time. Right Soft key (DST On/DST Off) Left Soft key (Cities) to choose a 102 Tools DRAFT FOR INTERNAL USE ONLYMain Menu Notepad Create, read, edit and erase text notes. 1. From the Home screen, press MENU >

Tools > Notepad. If you have any stored notes, they appear in the display. If this is your first time in Notepad, then NoNotes displays. 2. To add a new note, press the Left Soft key

(Add), then enter the note. 3. While entering text, press the Right Soft key

(Options) for these options:

Copy: Return to the note to use the then press DONE. Paste: Insert previously-copied text into the note. Directional key to highlight text to copy, 4. When you are finished entering note text, press SAVE. Reviewing and Editing Notes 1. From the Home screen, press MENU >

Tools > Notepad. 2. Use the Directional key to highlight a note, then press VIEW. 3. Press the Left Soft key (Edit) to make changes. Right Soft key Directional key to highlight text to copy, While editing text, press the

(Options) for these options:

Copy: Return to the note to use the then press DONE. Paste: Insert previously-copied text into the note. Cancel: Discard changes and return to the note. 4. When you are finished editing the note, press SAVE. 103 Tools DRAFT FOR INTERNAL USE ONLYMain Menu Managing Notes 1. From the Home screen, press Tools > Notepad. MENU >

2. Press the Right Soft key (Options) for these options:

Edit: Open the highlighted note to modify it. Erase: Delete the highlighted note. Erase Notes: Mark multiple notes for deletion. Lock/Unlock: Add or remove protection from erasure. USB Mass Storage Connect your phone to a PC, to copy files, such as music, pictures or videos, between your phone and the PC. Note: While connected to a PC, your phone cannot make or receive calls. 1. Insert an optional memory card in your phone. 2. Plug in a USB cable to your phone and connect it to a USB port on a PC. 3. From the Home screen, press MENU >

Tools > USB Mass Storage. 4. At the prompt on your PC, select a method for transferring files. 5. After transferring files, press DISCONNECT, and confirm the disconnection. 104 Tools DRAFT FOR INTERNAL USE ONLYMain Menu Phone Search Use Phone Search to find items on your phone. 1. From the Home screen, press MENU >

Tools > Phone Search. 2. Enter search criteria in the search box. 3. To select categories to search, use the Directional key to highlight them, then press MARK to select, or press the Right Soft key

(Mark All) to select all categories. 4. Press the Left Soft key (Done), then press SEARCH to perform a search of the selected categories with the criteria. 5. Highlight a search result, then VIEW to display the item. 105 Tools DRAFT FOR INTERNAL USE ONLYMain Menu Apps Browse and download applications to your phone, from the Apps store. Important: If your service plan does not include an unlimited data feature, you will incur either airtime charges if you exceed your minutes bundle, or megabyte(MB) charges at applicable rates for downloading and/or using applications. Shop Apps 1. From the Home screen, press MENU >

Apps. 2. Use the Directional key and Center Select Key to browse applications, then use options available on the Soft key to rate and manage applications. Left Soft key and Right Tip: For help using Apps, press the

(Options) > Help. Left Soft key 106 Apps DRAFT FOR INTERNAL USE ONLYMain Menu VZ Navigator VZ Navigator uses GPS positioning to tell you where you are, what is nearby, and to quickly and easily give you directions. With audible turn-by-

turn directions, you can locate points of interest in the U.S., including landmarks, restaurants, and even ATMs. Note: VZ Navigator requires service activation. Contact Verizon Wireless for more information. 1. From the Home screen, press MENU >

VZNavigator. 2. The first time you launch VZ Navigator, you are prompted to download and install the application, and to agree to the terms of service. Tip: To use VZ Navigator, you must enable the Location Detection setting. 107 VZ Navigator DRAFT FOR INTERNAL USE ONLYMain Menu Settings You can configure settings for your phone under Settings. My Verizon My Verizon connects to the Verizon Wireless Mobile Web. You can setup Favorites or choose from the available applications. From the Home screen, press MENU >

Settings > My Verizon. Master Volume Set the volume for all ringtones and alerts. 1. From the Home screen, press Settings > Master Volume. MENU >

2. Use the Directional key or Volume key to highlight a volume level, then press SET. Bluetooth Menu Use Bluetooth to exchange information over a distance of about 30 feet without a physical connection. Turning Bluetooth On or Off Turn Bluetooth on to exchange information with a Bluetooth device. To save battery life, or in situations where use of wireless devices is prohibited, turn Bluetooth off. 1. From the Home screen, press MENU >

Settings > Bluetooth Menu. 2. Press the Left Soft key (Turn On) or (Turn Off). or From the Home screen, press the key RIGHT, highlight Bluetooth On/Off, then press Directional OK. Note: When Bluetooth is turned on, the icon appears in the Status Bar of thedisplay. BluetoothOn 108 Settings DRAFT FOR INTERNAL USE ONLYMain Menu Supported Profiles Bluetooth profiles are specifications for services supported by individual devices. Profiles improve the ability of different devices to work together. Note: This phone does not support all Bluetooth profiles. For more information about compatible Bluetooth devices, visit the Verizon Wireless website at:

verizonwireless.com. From the Home screen, press MENU >

Settings > Bluetooth Menu >

Right Soft key (Options) > Supported Profiles. Bluetooth headset for mono voice. Your phone supports these Bluetooth profiles:

Headset: HSP 1.1 supports the use of a compatible Handsfree: HFP 1.5 supports Bluetooth headsets, and may also support other installed compatible Bluetooth devices with speakerphone capabilities, such as car kits or conference devices. Dial Up Networking: DUN 1.1 allows the phone to be used as a data modem with a compatible Bluetooth device, such as a laptop or PDA. This functionality may require specific services on your wireless plan; contact Verizon Wireless for more information. Stereo: A2DP 1.0, AVRCP 1.0, GAVDP 1.0, AVDTP 1.0, and AVCTP 1.0 support delivery of stereo audio to a compatible Bluetooth device. Phonebook Access: PBAP 1.0 allows sharing of your name card and contact entries as vCards

(v3.0) with compatible Bluetooth devices. Object Push: OPP 1.1 allows sending and receiving of contact name cards (vCard 3.0), calendar events

(vCalendar 2.0), and other non-protected data between devices. Serial Port: SPP 1.1 allows a remote Bluetooth device to act as a virtual serial port. 109 Settings DRAFT FOR INTERNAL USE ONLYMain Menu Bluetooth Options Use Bluetooth options to view and change your phones name, display supported profiles, and set visibility and pairing. 1. From the Home screen, press MENU >

Settings > Bluetooth Menu. 2. Press the Right Soft key (Options) for these options:

My Phone Info: Enter a custom name for your phone, visible to other Bluetooth devices during searches. You can also view the phone type, Status, and Address. Discovery Mode: Press On for other Bluetooth devices to detect your device, or Off for no visibility. After selecting On, your phone will be discoverable for one minute, then Discovery Mode will automatically reset to Off. Supported Profiles: View a list of supported Bluetooth profiles and their descriptions. Highlight a profile and press View to see a description. Search Setting: Choose types of devices to search during pairings, from All, Audio Device, PC, Phone, or Printer. Auto Pairing: Choose On to allow your phone to pair with other Bluetooth devices with a default device code, or Off to prevent automatic pairing. Adding a New Device Search for a Bluetooth device and pair with it, to exchange information between your phone and the device. 1. From the Home screen, press MENU >

Settings > Bluetooth Menu > Add New Device. Bluetooth turns on, if it is not already on. 2. At the prompt PLACE DEVICE YOU ARE CONNECTING TO IN DISCOVERABLE MODE, activate the target devices Bluetooth discoverable mode, then press OK. 3. Your phone searches for discoverable Bluetooth devices and displays them. 110 Settings DRAFT FOR INTERNAL USE ONLYMain Menu 4. Use the Directional key to highlight the target PAIR. Follow the prompts:

device and press Auto Pairing: If you enabled Auto Pairing in Bluetooth Options, and the selected device supports it, your phone sends a default device code to the device. At the prompt, confirm the device code to complete pairing. Pairing with Passkey: Enter a passkey, then SET. Follow the prompts on the target press device to enter the same passkey and complete the pairing. 5. At the prompt, set incoming security for future pairings:

Always Ask: Your phone will prompt you to accept future pairings from this device. Always Connect: Your phone will automatically accept future pairing requests from this device. 6. Use the Directional Key to highlight the new device, Right Soft key (Options) to set then press the options for this paired device:

Remove Device: Remove this device from your phones pairing list. Rename Device: Change the name of this device in the pairing list. Incoming Security: Choose Always Ask or Always Connect for future pairings with this device. Service Discovery: View the service profiles supported for pairing with this device. Device Info: View information about the paired device. 111 Settings DRAFT FOR INTERNAL USE ONLYMain Menu PTT Settings Configure your phones PTT feature, and set the functionality of the PTT Key. PTT Alert When PTT Mode is On, use PTT Alert to set your phones alerts for new PTT events. The PTT feature uses the PTT Key. When PTT Mode is On, pressing the Side Key initiates PTT Mode. 1. From the Home screen, press MENU >

Settings > PTT Settings > PTT Alert. When PTT Mode is disabled, the as a shortcut key. PTT Key acts 2. Configure these settings, then press SET PTT Mode Turn PTT Mode On to use the PTT feature. 1. From the Home screen, press MENU >

Settings > PTT Settings > PTT Mode. 2. Press On to enable PTT Mode, or Off to disable. tosave:

Alert Tone: Select from a list of preloaded tones. Alert Vibrate: Press On to have the phone vibrate for PTT alerts. 112 Settings DRAFT FOR INTERNAL USE ONLYMain Menu PTT Missed Call When PTT Mode is On, use the PTT Missed Call setting to set your phones notifications for missed PTT calls. 1. From the Home screen, press MENU >

Settings > PTT Settings > PTT Missed Call. 2. Press On to enable PTT Missed Call alerts, or Off to disable. PTT Speaker Notice When PTT Speaker Notice is On, you will be asked before the phone turns off the PTT Speaker. 1. From the Home screen, press MENU Settings > PTT Settings >

>

PTTSpeakerNotice. 2. Press Yes to enable PTT Speaker Notice or press No to disable it. Sounds Settings Configure the sounds your phone plays for calls, alerts, key presses, and other actions. Easy Set-up Use Easy Set-up to quickly set sounds for your phone. 1. From the Home screen, press MENU >

Settings > Sounds Settings > Easy Set-up. 2. Use the Directional key, Left Soft key, Right Soft key, and Center Select key to follow the prompts to configure Call Sounds, Keypad Volume, Text MSG Alert, MultimediaMSGAlert, and Voicemail MSG Alert. 113 Settings DRAFT FOR INTERNAL USE ONLYMain Menu Call Sounds Configure sound and vibration settings for incoming calls. 1. From the Home screen, press MENU >

Settings > Sounds Settings > Call Sounds. 2. Configure these settings, then press SET to save:

Call Ringtone: Select from a list of preloaded ringtones. Call Vibrate: Press On to select a vibration pattern for use with the Call Ringtone, or pressOff. Caller ID Readout: Press Ring Only to have the phone play the Call Ringtone for incoming calls. Press Caller ID + Ring to have the phone announce the caller ID, plus play the Call Ringtone for incoming calls. Press Name Repeat to have the phone repeat the callers information for incoming calls. Alert Sounds Choose sound and vibration settings for new messages and other alerts. From the Home screen, press MENU >

Settings > Sounds Settings > Alert Sounds to configure these settings:

TXT Message: Choose an Alert Tone, AlertVibrate setting and Reminder options for incoming text messages. Multimedia Message: Choose an Alert Tone, Alert Vibrate setting and Reminder options for incoming multimedia messages. Voicemail: Choose an Alert Tone, Alert Vibrate setting and Reminder options for incoming voicemail messages. 114 Settings DRAFT FOR INTERNAL USE ONLYMain Menu Emergency Tone:

- Alert: Plays the Emergency Dialing tone, except when the master volume setting is Vibrate or All Sounds Off.

- Vibrate: Vibrates only and does not play the Emergency Dialing tone.

- Off: The phone will not play the Emergency Dialing tone, or vibrate. Missed Call: Choose an Alert Tone, Alert Vibrate setting and Reminder options for missed call alerts. Device Connect: Choose whether a tone is played when you connect the phone to another device with a USB cable. PTT Alert: (Available when PTT Mode is On.) Choose a Alert Tone and/or Alert Vibrate for PTT Alerts. Battery Charge Alert: Choose an Alert, Vibrate, or Off for receiving an alert when the battery needs charging. Keypad Sounds Choose the sounds your phone plays when you press keys. 1. From the Home screen, press MENU >

Settings > Sounds Settings > KeypadSounds. 2. Press Default or Lucid, then press SET to save. Keypad Volume Set the volume of key press sounds. 1. From the Home screen, press MENU >

Settings > Sounds Settings > Keypad Volume. 2. Press the Directional key or the Volume key to adjust the keypad volume. 3. Press SET to save. 115 Settings DRAFT FOR INTERNAL USE ONLYMain Menu Voice Command Settings Voice Commands is advanced speech recognition software that recognizes your spoken commands to dial phone numbers, create messages, and launch applications such as Contacts, Calendar and My Pictures. From the Home screen, press MENU Settings > Sounds Settings >

>

VoiceCommand Settings. Readout When Readout is On, your phone reads out numbers, menus, alerts, and messages. 1. From the Home screen, press MENU >

Settings > Sounds Settings > Readout. 2. Choose On or Off for these alerts:

Full Readout: All items are read aloud. Menu Readout: Menu items are read aloud. Digit Dial Readout: Numbers on the keypad are read aloud. Alert Readout: Alert messages are read aloud. Flip Open & Talk: Voice Command is activated when the phone is flipped open. TXT Message Readout: Text messages are read aloud. 3. Press Set to save. 116 Settings DRAFT FOR INTERNAL USE ONLYMain Menu Service Alerts Configure settings for sounds your phone plays to notify you of changes in system or service status. Power On/Off Control the sounds your phone plays when you turn the phone on or off. 1. From the Home screen, press MENU >

1. From the Home screen, press MENU >

Settings > Sounds Settings > Service Alerts. Settings > Sounds Settings > Power On/Off. 2. Choose On or Off for these alerts:

2. Choose Power On or Power Off, then press SET. ERI: A sound plays when you enter and exit network coverage areas. Minute Beep: During calls, a beep plays once per minute. Call Connect: A sound plays when a call connects and ends. Software Update: A sound plays when a software update is complete. 3. Press Set to save. 117 Settings DRAFT FOR INTERNAL USE ONLYMain Menu Driving Mode Driving Mode overrides the Master Volume level and converts all visual notifications to sounds. When Driving Mode is On, Master Volume is set to High, and Call Alert sounds will play regardless of the sound setting. You can choose to have Caller ID read out for incoming calls or messages, or choose to have Caller ID and message contents read out. 1. From the Home screen, press MENU >

Settings > Sounds Settings > Driving Mode. 2. Choose a setting:

Caller ID Only: Reads out Caller ID for incoming calls and messages. ID & Message: Reads out Caller ID and the message content for incoming messages. Off: Driving Mode is not enabled. Display Settings Configure settings for your phones screen. Easy Set-Up Use Easy Set-up to quickly set the display settings for your phone. 1. From the Home screen, press MENU >

Settings > Display Settings > Easy Set-up. 2. Use the Directional keys, Left Soft CenterSelect Right Soft key, and key, key to follow the prompts to configure PersonalBanner, Display Backlight, Keypad Backlight, MainWallpaper, Front Wallpaper, DisplayThemes, Menu Layout, Dial Fonts, Volume Key Control, Main Clock, and FrontClock. 118 Settings DRAFT FOR INTERNAL USE ONLYMain Menu Banner Display a personal greeting or network status banner on the Home screen. Personal Banner Create a greeting to appear on the Home screen. 1. From the Home screen, press MENU >

Settings > Display Settings > Banner >

PersonalBanner. 2. Enter up to 18 characters in the Enter Text field. 3. Use the Directional keys to move to SelectText Color, and choose a color for thebanner. Press the input method and language. Press the to discard your changes. Left Soft key (Abc) to select text Right Soft key (Options) > Cancel ERI Banner When enabled, the ERI banner displays on the front screen and the Home screen to show current network coverage. 1. From the Home screen, press MENU >

Settings > Display Settings > Banner >

ERIBanner. 2. Press the Directional key left or right to toggle the banner On to enable and Off to disable. 3. Move to Main Screen to choose a color for the banner on the Home screen. 4. Move to Front Screen to choose a color for the banner on the front screen. 5. Press SET to save your selections. 4. Press SET to display the banner on the Homescreen. 119 Settings DRAFT FOR INTERNAL USE ONLYMain Menu Backlight Set the duration and brightness of the backlight for the display and keypad. Tip: The backlight setting also determines how long the screen is illuminated before locking. 1. From the Home screen, press MENU >

Settings > Display Settings > Backlight. 2. Press Display for these settings:

Duration: Set the duration of the backlight. Brightness: Press the right to adjust the brightness. Directional key left or 3. Keypad: Select a duration for the keypad backlight. Wallpaper Set the background image for the Home screen and the front LCD screen. When you select wallpaper for the front LCD screen, it will not display a clock. 1. From the Home screen, press MENU >

Settings > Display Settings > Wallpaper. 2. Press Main Screen to set the Home screen wallpaper:

Main Screen: Press My Pictures to select a preloaded image, or your own picture. Press MyVideos to select a video for an animated Home screen. Front Screen: Choose a preloaded image, or your own picture from My Pictures. Note: While selecting wallpaper, press the key (View) to see a preview of the selection, or press the or see file information for the image. Right Soft key (Options) to rename the picture Left Soft 120 Settings DRAFT FOR INTERNAL USE ONLYMain Menu Display Themes Customize the appearance of your phones menus and screens. 1. From the Home screen, press MENU >

Settings > Display Settings > Display Themes. 2. Select a theme, then press SET. Press the Left Soft key (Preview) to see an example of a theme, or press the more information. Right Soft key (Help) for 3. Press SET to save your selections. Main Menu Settings Customize the appearance of the Main menu. Menu Layout Choose from 3 preset layouts for the menu display. 1. From the Home screen, press MENU Settings > Display Settings >

>

MainMenuSettings > Menu Layout. 2. Highlight a layout:

Tab: Displays items as tabs, to allow scrolling right and left. List: Displays items in a list, to allow scrolling up and down. Grid: Displays items in a 3x3 grid, to allow scrolling up, down, right or left. Grid is the default layout. 3. Press SET to save your selections. Tip: While selecting a layout, press the

(Preview) to see an example of the layout. Left Soft key 121 Settings DRAFT FOR INTERNAL USE ONLYMain Menu Replace Menu Items When the Menu Layout is set to List or Grid, you can customize the menu by replacing some items with your favorite applications or tools. Position Menu Items When the Menu Layout is set to List or Grid, you can change the location of the menu items on the menu display. Note: Some menu items, such as Settings and Contacts, cannot be replaced. 1. From the Home screen, press MENU Settings > Display Settings >

>

MainMenuSettings > Replace Menu Items. 2. Highlight an item and press EDIT. 3. Highlight a new menu item, then press SET to save your selection. 4. Continue replacing items, then press the Left Soft key (Done) to save your settings. 1. From the Home screen, press MENU Settings > Display Settings >

>

MainMenuSettings > Position Menu Items. 2. Use the Directional key to highlight an item to move to another location, then press MOVE. 3. Use the Directional key to select a new item, then press SWAP to save the new menu. 4. Continue positioning items, then press the Left Soft key (Done) to save your settings. 122 Settings DRAFT FOR INTERNAL USE ONLYMain Menu Reset Menu Layout Reset Menu Layout, items, and positions to the default settings. 1. From the Home screen, press MENU Settings > Display Settings >

>

MainMenuSettings > Reset Menu Settings. 2. Highlight an options, then press OK to reset:

Menu Layout: Revert to the default menu layout. Menu Items: Restore the default list of menu items. Item Positions: Restore items to their default menu locations. All: Reset all menu settings. Fonts Style Set the style and size of characters in the display. 1. From the Home screen, press MENU >

Settings > Display Settings > Fonts > Style. 2. In the Dial Font Style field, press the Directional key left or right to choose a font for the Dialer. 3. Press the Directional key down to highlight Menu Font Style, then press it left or right to choose a font for the menu. 4. Press SET to save your selections. Tip: Press the through examples of the font attributes, then make your selection by pressing SET. Left Soft key (Preview) to scroll 123 Settings DRAFT FOR INTERNAL USE ONLYMain Menu Volume Key Control When set to On, you can use the Volume Key to adjust the size of fonts in the display temporarily, while using your phone. 1. From the Home screen, press MENU >

Settings > Display Settings > Fonts >

VolumeKey Control. 2. Highlight On or Off, then press SET to save your selection. Size Set the size of characters in the display. 1. From the Home screen, press MENU >

Settings > Display Settings > Fonts > Size. 2. In the Dial Font Size field, press the Directional key left or right to choose a size for the Dialer. 3. Press the Directional key DOWN to highlight Menu Font Size, then press it left or right to choose a size for the menu. 4. Press the Directional key DOWN to highlight Messaging Font Size, then press it left or right to choose a font for the menu. 5. Press SET to save your selections. Tip: Press the through examples of the font attributes, then make your selection by pressing SET. Left Soft key (Preview) to scroll 124 Settings DRAFT FOR INTERNAL USE ONLYMain Menu Clock Format Choose the type of clock to display on the Home

(Main) screen and the Front display. Main Clock 1. From the Home screen, press MENU >

Settings > Display Settings > Clock Format >

Main Clock. 2. Highlight a format: Analog, Large Analog, Digital12 (hour), Large Digital 12 (hour), Digital24 (hour), Large Digital 24 (hour), or Off for no clock. 3. Press the Directional key DOWN to highlight Clock Color, then press it left or right to choose a color clock. 4. Press SET to save the setting. Front Clock 1. From the Home screen, press MENU >

Settings > Display Settings > Clock Format >

Front Clock. 2. Highlight a format: Analog, Orange Analog, LimeAnalog, Digital 12 (hour), Digital 24

(hour), Digital Orange 12, Digital Orange 24, DigitalLime 12, Digital Lime 24, Dual Clock, or Off for no clock. 3. Press SET to save the setting. Left Soft key (Preview) to scroll Tip: Press the through examples of the clock attributes, then make your selection by pressing SET. Press the Right Soft key

(Help) for more information. 125 Settings DRAFT FOR INTERNAL USE ONLYMain Menu Phone Settings Airplane Mode When Airplane Mode is On, all network functions of your phone are disabled, and you cannot send or receive calls or messages. While in Airplane Mode, you can use other features of your phone, such as tools. 1. From the Home screen, press MENU >

Settings > Phone Settings > Airplane Mode. 2. Highlight On or Off and press SET. Set Shortcuts Customize My Shortcuts and Directional Key shortcuts, for easy access to your favorite applications or features. Set My Shortcuts From the Home screen, press the RIGHT to access the four My Shortcuts. Directional key 1. From the Home screen, press MENU >

Settings > Phone Settings > Set Shortcuts >

Set My Shortcuts. 2. Use the Directional key to highlight a shortcut, then press EDIT. 3. Highlight an item, then press SET to set the shortcut. 4. While setting shortcuts, press the Right Soft key (Options) for these options:

Reset Shortcut (#): Reset the highlighted shortcut to its default. Reset My Shortcuts: Reset all shortcuts to the defaults. Tip: You can also set shortcuts from My Shortcuts. From Directional key RIGHT the Home screen, press the Left Soft key to launch My Shortcuts, then press the

(Settings). 126 Settings DRAFT FOR INTERNAL USE ONLYMain Menu Set Side Key When PTT Mode is off, the PTT Key acts as a shortcut key, to launch a favorite application or feature. Use this setting to assign the Side Key shortcut. Note: The Set Side Key setting is only available when PTT Mode is Off. 1. From the Home screen, press MENU >

Settings > Phone Settings > Set Shortcuts >

Set Side Key. 2. Highlight an application or feature from the list, then press SET to save the setting. Set Directional Keys From the Home screen, press the to access your favorite items. Directional key 1. From the Home screen, press MENU >

Settings > Phone Settings > Set Shortcuts >

Set Directional Keys. 2. Use the Directional key to highlight UP Directional key, LEFT Directional key, or DOWN Directional key, then press EDIT. 3. Highlight an item, then press SET to set the shortcut. 4. While setting shortcuts, press the Right Soft key (Options) for these options:

Reset (xx) Key: Reset the highlighted directional key to its default. Reset Directional Keys: Reset all shortcuts to the defaults. Tip: You can also set shortcuts from My Shortcuts. From Directional key RIGHT the Home screen, press the Left Soft key to launch My Shortcuts, then press the

(Settings) to select Set Directional Keys. 127 Settings DRAFT FOR INTERNAL USE ONLYMain Menu External Keys Locked Choose a time period for the external keys to remain active after you close the phone, after which the external keys will lock to prevent accidental key presses. 1. From the Home screen, press MENU >

Settings > Phone Settings > External Keys Locked. 2. Highlight an option, then press SET to save the setting:

Always Off: External keys will not lock automatically when you close the phone (you can lock the keys manually using the front keys). 7 seconds: External keys remain active for seven seconds after you close the phone. 15 seconds: External keys remain active for fifteen seconds after you close the phone. 30 seconds: External keys remain active for thirty seconds after you close the phone. Voice Command Settings Voice Commands is advanced speech recognition software that recognizes your spoken commands to dial phone numbers, create messages, and launch applications such as Contacts, Calendar and My Pictures. For details, see Voice Commands on page 94. From the Home screen, press MENU >

Settings > Phone Settings > Voice Command Settings. Language Choose a language for your phones displays. 1. From the Home screen, press MENU >

Settings > Phone Settings > Language. 2. Highlight a language, then press SET to save the setting. 128 Settings DRAFT FOR INTERNAL USE ONLYMain Menu Location Detection Choose whether your phones GPS (Global Positioning System) location is available to the network at all times, or only when you have dialed an Emergency Number, such as 911. 1. From the Home screen, press MENU Settings > Phone Settings >

>

LocationDetection. 2. Highlight a setting, then press SET to save the setting:

On: GPS location is on whenever the feature is available. E911 Only: GPS location turns on only when you dial 911. Current Country Select your current location, to allow the phone to apply the correct country code when dialing. Note: If you travel to a different country, the network may not report the correct location. In that case, you will see the message PLEASE VERIFY YOUR CURRENT LOCATION. 1. From the Home screen, press MENU >

Settings > Phone Settings > Current Country. 2. Highlight a country from the list, then press SET. 129 Settings DRAFT FOR INTERNAL USE ONLYMain Menu Security Lock your phone, set restrictions, and choose other security options. Access to all Security settings requires the phones Lock Code. By default the Lock Code is the last four digits of your number. Edit Codes Set a new Phone Only lock code (for unlocking and locking the phone), or Calls & Services lock code (for restricting access to calls and other features). 1. From the Home screen, press MENU >

Settings > Phone Settings > Security. Important: For security reasons, your phone does not display lock codes. If you change the lock code, be sure to record the new code for future reference. 2. Enter the Phone Only lock code at the prompt. The default lock code is the last four digits of your phone number. 3. Press Edit Codes, then highlight a code:

Phone Only: Enter a new lock code at the prompt, then enter the new code again to confirm the change. Calls & Services: Enter a new lock code at the prompt, then enter the new code again to confirm the change. 130 Settings DRAFT FOR INTERNAL USE ONLYMain Menu Restrictions 1. From the Home screen, press MENU >

Settings > Phone Settings > Security. 2. Enter the Phone Only lock code at the prompt. The default lock code is the last four digits of your phone number. 3. Press Restrictions. 4. Enter the Calls & Services lock code at the prompt. The default lock code is the last four digits of your phone number. 5. Press Location Setting for these options:

Unlock Setting: Allow changes to the Location setting with no code. Lock Setting: Require the Calls & Services lock code to change the Location setting. 6. Press Calls for these options:

Incoming Calls: Press Allow All to allow all incoming calls. Press Contacts Only to allow calls from numbers stored in Contacts. Press Block All to block all incoming calls. Outgoing Calls: Press Allow All to allow all outgoing calls. Press Contacts Only to allow calls from numbers stored in Contacts. Press Block All to block all outgoing calls. 7. Press Messages for these options:

Incoming Messages: Press Allow All to allow all incoming messages. Press Block All to block all incoming messages. Outgoing Messages: Press Allow All to allow all outgoing messages. Press Block All to block all outgoing messages. 8. Press Dial-Up Mode, to Allow or Block use of your phone as a modem. 131 Settings DRAFT FOR INTERNAL USE ONLYMain Menu Lock Phone Now 1. From the Home screen, press MENU >

Settings > Phone Settings > Security. 2. Enter the Phone Only lock code at the prompt. The default lock code is the last four digits of your phone number. 3. Press Lock Phone Now. The phone locks and returns to the Home screen. To unlock the phone, press Unlock and enter the Phone Only lock code. Phone Lock Setting Set the locking behavior of your phone. When the phone is locked, you must enter the Phone Only lock code to use it, except when dialing emergency numbers. 1. From the Home screen, press MENU >

Settings > Phone Settings > Security. 2. Enter the Phone Only lock code at the prompt. The default lock code is the last four digits of your phone number. 3. Press Phone Lock Setting for these options:

Unlocked: The phone is unlocked at all times. On Power Up: The phone is automatically locked when you turn it on. You can make emergency calls, but must enter the Phone Only lock code to access other features. 132 Settings DRAFT FOR INTERNAL USE ONLYMain Menu Restore Phone Return all phone settings to the factory defaults and permanently erase all user information. Warning: Choosing Restore Phone will return your phone to the default settings and permanently erase all your entries and information saved on the phone, including pictures, videos, music, messages, contacts and downloaded applications. 1. From the Home screen, press MENU >

Settings > Phone Settings > Security. 2. Enter the Phone Only lock code at the prompt. The default lock code is the last four digits of your phone number. 3. Press Restore Phone. 4. At the prompt, highlight Yes, then press OK to restore default settings. Note: After the phone power cycles back on, press *228 and press the Send Key to connect to the network and program your phone with default network settings. Note: For the VZ Navigator preloaded app, if you delete it manually, it will be deleted permanently and will not be restored by Restore Phone. You can download it again at anytime from Apps. Reset Settings Return all phone settings to the factory defaults. Note: Choosing Reset Settings will return your phone to the default settings, but does not delete your entries and information. 1. From the Home screen, press MENU >

Settings > Phone Settings > Security. 2. Enter the Phone Only lock code at the prompt. The default lock code is the last four digits of your phone number. 3. Press Reset Settings. 4. At the prompt, highlight Yes, then press OK to restore default settings. 133 Settings DRAFT FOR INTERNAL USE ONLYMain Menu Global Data Roaming Access Set preferences for data access when your phone is outside the home network area. Important: Accessing data services while roaming may result in significant charges. Consult Verizon Wireless for more information. 1. From the Home screen, press MENU Settings > Phone Settings >

>

GlobalDataRoaming Access. 2. Choose a setting, then press SET:

Allow Access for All Trips: Enable access to data networks at any time, by any application. Allow Access Only for This Trip: Enable access to data network currently available. Deny Data Roaming Access: Block data usage while roaming. System Select Set preferences for roaming behavior. 1. From the Home screen, press MENU >

Settings > Phone Settings > System Select. 2. Choose a setting:

Home Only: Restrict the phones operation to your home network, with no roaming. When outside the coverage area, call functions and other features are not available. Automatic: Allow the phone to automatically acquire service, using the Verizon Wireless network and the networks of roaming partners. 134 Settings DRAFT FOR INTERNAL USE ONLYMain Menu NAM Select Select the primary NAM (Number Assignment Module). 1. From the Home screen, press MENU >

Settings > Phone Settings > NAM Select. 2. Highlight an option, then press OK:

NAM Select: Press NAM1 or NAM2. Auto NAM Select: Press Enable to allow automatic NAM selection, or Disable to use the NAM Select setting. Call Settings Customize settings related to placing and receiving calls. Answer Options Select a method for answering incoming calls. 1. From the Home screen, press MENU >

Settings > Call Settings > Answer Options. 2. Use the Directional key to highlight option(s) MARK to mark them for selection, or Right Soft key (Mark All):

and press press the Flip Open: Answer incoming calls by flipping the phone open. Any Key: When the phone is open, answer calls by pressing any key. Auto with Handsfree: Incoming calls are answered automatically, after a short delay. 3. Press the Left Soft key (Done) to save the settings. 135 Settings DRAFT FOR INTERNAL USE ONLYMain Menu Auto Retry Select settings for automatic redialing of unanswered calls. 1. From the Home screen, press MENU >

Settings > Call Settings > Auto Retry. 2. Select a time period, or choose Off for no automatic retries. 3. Select an option and press SET. TTY Mode Your phone is fully TTY compatible, allowing you to connect a TTY device to the phones headset jack. To use your phone with a TTY device, enable TTY Mode. 1. From the Home screen, press MENU >

Settings > Call Settings > TTY Mode. One Touch Dial One Touch Dial controls the speed dial feature of your phone. You must turn One Touch Dial On to use speed dials on the phone. 1. From the Home screen, press MENU >

Settings > Call Settings > One Touch Dial. 2. Highlight On or Off and press SET. Voice Privacy Note: This feature is only available on the VerizonWireless network. When enabled, voice signals are encrypted for enhanced privacy. 1. From the Home screen, press MENU >

Settings > Call Settings > Voice Privacy. 2. Highlight Yes, then press OK to enable TTY. 2. Highlight On or Off and press SET. 3. Follow the prompts to select a TTY mode, from TTYFull, TTY + Talk (VCO), TTY + Hear (HCO), or TTY Off. 136 Settings DRAFT FOR INTERNAL USE ONLYMain Menu PTT Missed Call Set your PTT missed call notification. 1. From the Home screen, press MENU >

Settings > Call Settings > PTT Missed Call. 2. Highlight On or Off and press SET. Data Settings Select a port for connecting the phone to a PC, and set maximum connection speed. 1. From the Home screen, press MENU >

Settings > Call Settings > Data Settings. 2. Configure these data settings:

Select Port: Press USB to allow connections via the USB port, BLUETOOTH to allow connections via Bluetooth, or NULL to prevent connections. Press SET to save the setting. Port Speed: Choose a speed, from Auto, 19200, 38400, 57600, 115200, or 230400. Press SET to save the setting. DTMF Tones Set DTMF tone length. DTMF tones are used as input by some automated phone systems, where you may need to transmit DTMF tones to make selections. 1. From the Home screen, press MENU >

Settings > Call Settings > DTMF Tones. 2. Highlight Normal or Long, then press SET. PTT Mode Turn PTT Mode On or Off. 1. From the Home screen, press MENU >

Settings > Call Settings > PTT Mode. 2. Highlight On or Off, then press OK. Note: You can also set PTT Mode from Settings >

PTTSettings > PTT Mode. 137 Settings DRAFT FOR INTERNAL USE ONLYMain Menu Assisted Dialing Assisted dialing makes international dialing easier, by inserting the appropriate access codes automatically, based on the Reference Country . 1. From the Home screen, press MENU >

Fake Call Use the Fake Call feature to cause your phone to ring with a fake call any time you press the Volume key down four times quickly, from idle mode with the phone closed and the external keys unlocked. Settings > Call Settings > Assisted Dialing. 1. From the Home screen, press MENU >

2. Use the Directional key to highlight On or Off. 3. Highlight Reference Country and press the Left Soft key (Set) to select a different reference country. Press the Left Soft key (Details) to enter additional dialing information for that country. 4. Press OK. Note: When Assisted Dialing is On, the Home screen will display Assisted Dialing when dialing an international number. Settings > Call Settings > Fake Call. 2. Configure these options:

Fake Call On/Off: Press On to enable or Off to disable the Fake Call feature. Fake Call Timer: Choose the length of time, to elapse between pressing the Volume Key down 4 times and the ringing of the fake call. Fake Call Voice: Press No Voice to have no audio through the earpiece when you answer a fake call, or Use Fake Call Voice to choose sound to play via the earpiece when you answer a fake call. Fake Contact Info: Enter fake contact information to appear in the phones display when a fake call is ringing. 138 Settings DRAFT FOR INTERNAL USE ONLYMain Menu Noise Cancellation Enable Noise Cancellation to minimize the effect of noisy environments on voice quality in calls. 1. From the Home screen, press MENU >

Memory Manage memory settings for saving pictures, videos, music, sounds and ringtones to your phones memory, or to an optional installed memory card. Settings > Call Settings > Noise Cancellation. Note: Your phone does not include a memory card. 2. Select On or Off, then press SET. 1. From the Home screen, press MENU >

Settings > Memory. 2. Configure these options:

Save Options: Set the default save location for Pictures, Videos, and Sounds to Phone Memory or Card Memory. Phone Memory: View and manage usage of your phones internal memory.

- Phone Memory Usage: Memory usage and allocation for the phones internal memory.

- My Pictures: Pictures saved in the phones internal memory. 139 Settings DRAFT FOR INTERNAL USE ONLYMain Menu - My Videos: Videos saved in the phones internal memory.

- My Ringtones: Ringtones saved in the phones internal memory.

- My Music: Music saved in the phones internal memory.

- My Sounds: Sounds saved in the phones internal memory.

- My Contacts: Contacts saved in the phones internal memory.

- My Messages: Messages saved in the phones internal memory.

- Move All To Card: Move all files from the phones memory to an optional installed memory card. Card Memory: View and manage memory usage of an optional installed memory card.

- Card Memory Usage: Memory usage and allocation for the memory card.

- My Pictures: Pictures saved on the memory card.

- My Videos: Videos saved on the memory card.

- My Ringtones: Ringtones saved on the memory card.

- My Music: Music saved on the memory card.

- My Sounds: Sounds saved on the memory card.

- My Contacts: Contacts saved on the memory card.

- My Messages: Messages saved on the memory card.

- Move All To Phone: Move all files from the memory card to the phones internal memory.

- Format Card: Permanently erase all contents on the card, and prepare the card for use in the phone. 140 Settings DRAFT FOR INTERNAL USE ONLYMain Menu USB Mode Use the USB Mode setting to set the functionality when you connect your phone to a PC with a USB cable. Phone Info View software and hardware information for your phone, your assigned telephone number, an icon glossary, and manage software updates. 1. From the Home screen, press MENU >

1. From the Home screen, press MENU >

Settings > USB Mode. Settings > Phone Info. 2. Highlight a setting, then press SET:

2. Press My Number to display the Mobile Device and USB Mass Storage: Enable access to your phones memory, and an optional installed memory card. Charging Only: Connecting your phone to a PC with a USB cable will charge the phone only. Ask On Plug: When you attach your phone to a device via USB, you are prompted to choose the USB mode. Identification numbers. 3. Press SW/HW Version to view version information about your phones software. 4. Press Icon Glossary to view the list of icons with a brief description. 5. Press Software Update to check the status of your phones software and to check for view new software updates that you can download for your phone. 141 Settings DRAFT FOR INTERNAL USE ONLYMain Menu Set-Up Wizard Set-up Wizard assists you with configuring basic preferences so you can quickly get started using your phone. From the Home screen, press Settings > Set-up Wizard. MENU >

142 Settings DRAFT FOR INTERNAL USE ONLYMain Menu

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Label and Location Model:

FCC ID:

Label:

SM-B690V A3LSMB690V Location:

Top Back of device Bottom Label Phone: Label is placed inside of the battery compartment.

 

 

Samsung Electronics America, Inc 19 Chapin Rd, Building D. Pine Brook, NJ 07058 Date: December 30, 2015 FCC ID: A3LSMB690V To whom it may concern:

We, the undersigned, hereby authorize PCTEST Engineering Laboratory Inc., to act on our behalf in all matters relating to applications for equipment authorization, including the signing of all documents relating to these matters. Any and all acts carried out by PCTEST Engineering Laboratory, Inc. on our behalf shall have the same effect as acts of our own. We also hereby certify that no party to any application is subject to a denial of benefits, including FCC benefits, pursuant to Section 5301 of the Anti-Drug Abuse Act of 1988, 21 U.S. C. 862. Sincerely, CHANHO, YOUN General Manager Samsung Electronics CO. LTD TEL: +1-973-808-6362 E-mail: jjano.youn@samsung.com

 

 

Request of Confidentiality for FCC ID: A3LSMB690V SAMSUNG ELECTRONICS AMERICA, INC. American QA Lab 19 Chapin Rd, Building D. Pine Brook, NJ 07058 Date: December 30, 2015 Federal Communications Commission Authorization and Evaluation Division 7435 Oakland Mills Road, Columbia, MD 21046 RE:

To Whom It May Concern:

Pursuant to Sections 0.457 and 0.459 of the Commissions Rules (CFR 47), and Section 552 (b) (4) of the Freedom of Information Act, SAMSUNG ELECTRONICS CO.,LTD. hereby requests confidentiality and treatment of certain information accompanying this application. The materials contain trade secrets and proprietary information not customarily released to the public. The public disclosure of these matters might be harmful to the Applicant and provide unjustified benefits to its competitors. We are also hereby request Short-Term Confidentiality for 180 days after the grant as outlined in Public Notice DA 04-1705. This provision will give SAMSUNG ELECTRONICS CO.,LTD. temporary confidentiality of commercially sensitive information prior to product release. The requested Permanent and Short-Term Confidential exhibits are listed as follows:

PERMANENT AND SHORT-TERM CONFIDENTIAL LIST Exhibit Description PERMANENT SHORT-TERM 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 Block Diagram Operational Description Schematics External Photos Internal Photos Test-Setup Photos Users Manual The Applicant understands that pursuant to Rule 0.457, disclosure of this application and all accompanying documentations, where applicable, will not be made public before the date of the Grant for this application. Sincerely, CHANHO, YOUN General Manager American QA Lab SAMSUNG Electronics America INC.

 

 

SAMSUNG ELECTRONICS CO., LTD 129, Samsung-ro,Yeongtong-gu Suwon-si,Gyeonggi-do, 443-742 Korea Dec 29, 2015 Federal Communications Commission 7435 Oakland Mills Road Columbia, MD 21046 To Whom It May Concern:

SUBJECT : Label Statement FCC ID : A3LSMB690V The device is compliant in accordance to the FCC rules about identification of equipment, stated in 47 CFR Part 2.925(d). The label statement is as follows:

The FCC ID label is located in the battery compartment. While the battery cover is installed when the unit is shipped from the factory, the battery is never installed prior to sale, so the user must remove the cover in order to install the battery and operate the device. At this time the FCC ID is readily visible to the user. The label is permanently attached by acrylic glue and not easily removed from the device This statement could not be included in the label. So we inform you of it through this letter. Should you have any questions or comments concerning the above, please contact the undersigned. Sincerely Yours, CHANHO, YOUN General Manager Samsung Electronics CO. LTD TEL: +1-973-808-6362 E-mail: jjano.youn@samsung.com

 

 

PCTEST ENGINEERING LABORATORY, INC. 7185 Oakland Mills Road, Columbia, MD 21046 USA Tel. 410.290.6652 / Fax 410.290.6654 MEASUREMENT REPORT http://www.pctestlab.com FCC Part 22 & 24 Applicant Name:

Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. 129, Samsung-ro, Yeongtong-gu, Suwon-si Gyeonggi-do, 16677, Korea FCC ID:

APPLICANT:

Application Type:

Model(s):

EUT Type:

FCC Classification:

FCC Rule Part(s):

Test Procedure(s):

Test Device Serial No.:

Date of Testing:

12/3-1/5/2016 Test Site/Location:

PCTEST Lab., Columbia, MD, USA Test Report Serial No.:

0Y1512072076.A3L A3LSMB690V SAMSUNG ELECTRONICS CO., LTD. Certification SM-B690V Portable Handset PCS Licensed Transmitter Held to Ear (PCE) 2 22(H) 24(E) ANSI/TIA-603-C-2004, KDB 971168 D01 v02r02 identical prototype [S/N: 35563807001022,35563807001234]

Mode Tx Frequency

(MHz) Emission Designator 242KGXW GPRS850 235KG7W EDGE850 245KGXW GPRS1900 243KG7W EDGE1900 CDMA850 1M27F9W CDMA1900 1851.25 - 1908.75 1M27F9W 824.2 - 848.8 824.2 - 848.8 1850.2 - 1909.8 1850.2 - 1909.8 824.70 - 848.31 ERP/EIRP Max. Power

(W) 0.439 0.072 0.501 0.176 0.113 0.072 Max. Power

(dBm) 26.43 18.60 27.00 22.45 20.52 18.59 This equipment has been shown to be capable of compliance with the applicable technical standards as indicated in the measurement report and was tested in accordance with the measurement procedures specified in 2.947. Test results reported herein relate only to the item(s) tested. I attest to the accuracy of data. All measurements reported herein were performed by me or were made under my supervision and are correct to the best of my knowledge and belief. I assume full responsibility for the completeness of these measurements and vouch for the qualifications of all persons taking them. FCC ID: A3LSMB690V FCC Pt. 22 & 24 GSM / GPRS / EDGE / CDMA MEASUREMENT REPORT

(CERTIFICATION) Test Report S/N:

0Y1512072076.A3L 2016 PCTEST Engineering Laboratory, Inc. Test Dates:

12/3-1/5/2016 EUT Type:

Portable Handset Reviewed by:

Quality Manager Page 1 of 67 V 3.3 12/01/2015 T A B L E O F C O N T E N T S 3.0 2.0 FCC PART 22 & 24 MEASUREMENT REPORT .......................................................................................... 3 1.0 INTRODUCTION .............................................................................................................................. 4 Scope ................................................................................................................................................... 4 1.1 1.2 Testing Facility ..................................................................................................................................... 4 PRODUCT INFORMATION .............................................................................................................. 5 Equipment Description ......................................................................................................................... 5 2.1 Device Capabilities .............................................................................................................................. 5 2.2 2.3 Test Configuration ................................................................................................................................ 5 2.4 EMI Suppression Device(s)/Modifications ............................................................................................ 5 DESCRIPTION OF TESTS .............................................................................................................. 6 3.1 Evaluation Procedure ........................................................................................................................... 6 Cellular - Base Frequency Blocks ........................................................................................................ 6 3.2 Cellular - Mobile Frequency Blocks ...................................................................................................... 6 3.3 3.4 PCS - Base Frequency Blocks ............................................................................................................. 6 PCS - Mobile Frequency Blocks .......................................................................................................... 7 3.5 3.6 Radiated Measurements ...................................................................................................................... 7 MEASUREMENT UNCERTAINTY ................................................................................................... 8 TEST EQUIPMENT CALIBRATION DATA ...................................................................................... 9 SAMPLE CALCULATIONS ............................................................................................................ 10 TEST RESULTS ............................................................................................................................. 11 Summary ............................................................................................................................................ 11 7.1 Occupied Bandwidth .......................................................................................................................... 12 7.2 Spurious and Harmonic Emissions at Antenna Terminal ................................................................... 16 7.3 7.4 Band Edge Emissions at Antenna Terminal ....................................................................................... 35 Peak-Average Ratio ........................................................................................................................... 43 7.5 7.6 Radiated Power (ERP/EIRP) ............................................................................................................. 46 7.6.1 Radiated Power (ERP/EIRP) ............................................................................................................. 49 Radiated Spurious Emissions Measurements .................................................................................... 50 7.7 Radiated Spurious Emissions Measurements .................................................................................... 52 7.8 7.9 Frequency Stability / Temperature Variation ...................................................................................... 58 CONCLUSION ................................................................................................................................ 67 4.0 5.0 6.0 7.0 8.0 FCC ID: A3LSMB690V FCC Pt. 22 & 24 GSM / GPRS / EDGE / CDMA MEASUREMENT REPORT

(CERTIFICATION) Test Report S/N:

0Y1512072076.A3L 2016 PCTEST Engineering Laboratory, Inc. Test Dates:

12/3-1/5/2016 EUT Type:

Portable Handset Reviewed by:

Quality Manager Page 2 of 67 V 3.3 12/01/2015 MEASUREMENT REPORT FCC Part 22 & 24 Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. 129, Samsung-ro, Yeongtong-gu, Suwon-si, Gyeonggi-do, 16677, Korea PCTEST ENGINEERING LABORATORY, INC. 7185 Oakland Mills Road, Columbia, MD 21046 USA 2 22(H) 24(E) SM-B690V A3LSMB690V PCS Licensed Transmitter Held to Ear (PCE) GSM / GPRS / EDGE / CDMA 2.1033 General Information Test Facility / Accreditations Measurements were performed at PCTEST Engineering Lab located in Columbia, MD 21046, U.S.A. APPLICANT:

APPLICANT ADDRESS:

TEST SITE:

TEST SITE ADDRESS:

FCC RULE PART(S):

BASE MODEL:

FCC ID:

FCC CLASSIFICATION:

MODE:

FREQUENCY TOLERANCE: 0.00025 % (2.5 ppm) Test Device Serial No.:

DATE(S) OF TEST:

TEST REPORT S/N:

35563807001022, 35563807001234 12/3-1/5/2016 0Y1512072076.A3L Pre-Production Production Engineering PCTEST facility is an FCC registered (PCTEST Reg. No. 159966) test facility with the site description report on file and has met all the requirements specified in Section 2.948 of the FCC Rules and Industry Canada (2451B-1). PCTEST Lab is accredited to ISO 17025 by U.S. National Institute of Standards and Technology (NIST) under the National Voluntary Laboratory Accreditation Program

(NVLAP Lab code: 100431-0) in EMC, FCC and Telecommunications. PCTEST Lab is accredited to ISO 17025-2005 by the American Association for Laboratory Accreditation (A2LA) in Specific Absorption Rate (SAR) testing, Hearing Aid Compatibility (HAC) testing, CTIA Test Plans, and wireless testing for FCC and Industry Canada Rules. PCTEST Lab is a recognized U.S. Conformity Assessment Body (CAB) in EMC and R&TTE (n.b. 0982) under the U.S.-EU Mutual Recognition Agreement (MRA). PCTEST TCB is a Telecommunication Certification Body (TCB) accredited to ISO/IEC Guide 65 by the American National Standards Institute (ANSI) in all scopes of FCC Rules and Industry Canada Standards (RSS). PCTEST facility is an IC registered (2451B-1) test laboratory with the site description on file at Industry Canada. PCTEST is a CTIA Authorized Test Laboratory (CATL) for AMPS, CDMA, and EvDO wireless devices and for Over-the-Air (OTA) Antenna Performance testing for AMPS, CDMA, GSM, GPRS, EGPRS, UMTS (W-CDMA), CDMA 1xEVDO, and CDMA 1xRTT. FCC ID: A3LSMB690V FCC Pt. 22 & 24 GSM / GPRS / EDGE / CDMA MEASUREMENT REPORT

(CERTIFICATION) Test Report S/N:

0Y1512072076.A3L 2016 PCTEST Engineering Laboratory, Inc. Test Dates:

12/3-1/5/2016 EUT Type:

Portable Handset Reviewed by:

Quality Manager Page 3 of 67 V 3.3 12/01/2015 1 . 0 I N T R O D U C T I O N Scope Testing Facility 1.1 Measurement and determination of electromagnetic emissions (EME) of radio frequency devices including intentional and/or unintentional radiators for compliance with the technical rules and regulations of the Federal Communications Commission and the Industry Canada Certification and Engineering Bureau. 1.2 The map below shows the location of the PCTEST LABORATORY, its proximity to the FCC Laboratory, the Columbia vicinity, the Baltimore-Washington Interntl (BWI) airport, the city of Baltimore and the Washington, DC area. (See Figure 1-1). These measurement tests were conducted at the PCTEST Engineering Laboratory, Inc. facility located at 7185 Oakland Mills Road, Columbia, MD 21046. The site coordinates are 39o 1023 N latitude and 76o 4950 W longitude. The facility is 0.4 miles North of the FCC laboratory, and the ambient signal and ambient signal strength are approximately equal to those of the FCC laboratory. The detailed description of the measurement facility was found to be in compliance with the requirements of 2.948 according to ANSI C63.4-2014 on January 22, 2015. Figure 1-1. Map of the Greater Baltimore and Metropolitan Washington, D.C. area FCC ID: A3LSMB690V FCC Pt. 22 & 24 GSM / GPRS / EDGE / CDMA MEASUREMENT REPORT

(CERTIFICATION) Test Report S/N:

0Y1512072076.A3L 2016 PCTEST Engineering Laboratory, Inc. Test Dates:

12/3-1/5/2016 EUT Type:

Portable Handset Reviewed by:

Quality Manager Page 4 of 67 V 3.3 12/01/2015 2 . 0 P R O D U C T I N F O R M A T I O N Device Capabilities Equipment Description 2.1 The Equipment Under Test (EUT) is the Samsung Portable Handset FCC ID: A3LSMB690V. The test data contained in this report pertains only to the emissions due to the EUTs 2G/3G licensed transmitters. 2.2 This device contains the following capabilities:

850/1900 CDMA/EvDO Rev0/A, 1x Advanced (BC0, BC1), 850/1900 GSM/GPRS/EDGE, Bluetooth (1x, EDR) 2.3 The Samsung Portable Handset FCC ID: A3LSMB690V was tested per the guidance of ANSI/TIA-603-C-

2004 and KDB 971168 D01 v02r02. See Section 7.0 of this test report for a description of the radiated and antenna port conducted emissions tests. 2.4 No EMI suppression device(s) were added and no modifications were made during testing. EMI Suppression Device(s)/Modifications Test Configuration FCC ID: A3LSMB690V FCC Pt. 22 & 24 GSM / GPRS / EDGE / CDMA MEASUREMENT REPORT

(CERTIFICATION) Test Report S/N:

0Y1512072076.A3L 2016 PCTEST Engineering Laboratory, Inc. Test Dates:

12/3-1/5/2016 EUT Type:

Portable Handset Reviewed by:

Quality Manager Page 5 of 67 V 3.3 12/01/2015 3 . 0 D E S C R I P T I O N O F T E S T S A B 880 A* B*

High Evaluation Procedure Cellular - Base Frequency Blocks 3.1 The measurement procedures described in the Land Mobile FM or PM Communications Equipment Measurements and Performance Standards (ANSI/TIA-603-C-2004) and Measurement Guidance for Certification of Licensed Digital Transmitters (KDB 971168 D01 v02r02) were used in the measurement of the Samsung Portable Handset FCC ID: A3LSMB690V. Deviation from Measurement Procedure..None 3.2 22.905 A*

Low 869 BLOCK 1: 869 880 MHz (A* Low + A) BLOCK 2: 880 890 MHz (B) 3.3 22.905 A*

Low 824 BLOCK 1: 824 835 MHz (A* Low + A) BLOCK 2: 835 845 MHz (B) BLOCK 4: 846.5 849 MHz (B*) 3.4 24.229 A PCS - Base Frequency Blocks B Cellular - Mobile Frequency Blocks BLOCK 3: 845 846.5 MHz (A* High) BLOCK 3: 890 891.5 MHz (A* High) BLOCK 4: 891.5 894 MHz (B*) A* B*

High E F 890 B A C 835 845 894 849 D 1930 1950 BLOCK 1: 1930 1945 MHz (A) BLOCK 2: 1945 1950 MHz (D) BLOCK 3: 1950 1965 MHz (B) 1970 BLOCK 4: 1965 1970 MHz (E) 1990 BLOCK 5: 1970 1975 MHz (F) BLOCK 6: 1975 1990 MHz (C) FCC ID: A3LSMB690V FCC Pt. 22 & 24 GSM / GPRS / EDGE / CDMA MEASUREMENT REPORT

(CERTIFICATION) Test Report S/N:

0Y1512072076.A3L 2016 PCTEST Engineering Laboratory, Inc. Test Dates:

12/3-1/5/2016 EUT Type:

Portable Handset Reviewed by:

Quality Manager Page 6 of 67 V 3.3 12/01/2015 PCS - Mobile Frequency Blocks B D E F 3.5 24.229 A 1850 C 1910 1870 BLOCK 1: 1850 1865 MHz (A) 1890 BLOCK 4: 1885 1890 MHz (E) BLOCK 2: 1865 1870 MHz (D) BLOCK 5: 1890 1895 MHz (F) BLOCK 3: 1870 1885 MHz (B) BLOCK 6: 1895 1910 MHz (C) Radiated Measurements 3.6 2.1053 22.913(a.2) 22.917(a) 24.232(c) 24.238(a) The radiated test facilities consisted of an indoor 3 meter semi-anechoic chamber used for final measurements and exploratory measurements, when necessary. The measurement area is contained within the semi-anechoic chamber which is shielded from any ambient interference. The test site inside the chamber is a 6m x 5.2m elliptical, obstruction-free area in accordance with Clause 5, Figure 5.7 of ANSI C63.4-2009. For measurements above 1GHz absorbers are arranged on the floor between the turn table and the antenna mast in such a way so as to maximize the reduction of reflections. For measurements below 1GHz, the absorbers are removed. An ETS Lindgren Model 2188 raised turntable is used for radiated measurement. It is a continuously rotatable, remote-controlled, metallic turntable and 2 meters

(6.56 ft.) in diameter. The turn table is flush with the raised floor of the chamber in order to maintain its function as a ground plane. A 78cm high PVC support structure is placed on top of the turntable. A

(~1.9cm) sheet of high density polyethylene is used as the table top and is placed on top of the PVC supports to bring the total height of the table to 80cm. The equipment under test was transmitting while connected to its integral antenna and is placed on a turntable 3 meters from the receive antenna. The receive antenna height is adjusted between 1 and 4 meter height, the turntable is rotated through 360 degrees, and the EUT is manipulated through all orthogonal planes representative of its typical use to achieve the highest reading on the receive spectrum analyzer. Per the guidance of ANSI/TIA-603-C-2004, a half-wave dipole is then substituted in place of the EUT. For emissions above 1GHz, a horn antenna is substituted in place of the EUT. The substitute antenna is driven by a signal generator with the level of the signal generator being adjusted to obtain the same receive spectrum analyzer level previously recorded from the spurious emission from the EUT. The power of the emission is calculated using the following formula:

Pd [dBm] = Pg [dBm] cable loss [dB] + antenna gain [dBd/dBi]

Where, Pd is the dipole equivalent power, Pg is the generator output into the substitution antenna, and the antenna gain is the gain of the substitute antenna used relative to either a half-wave dipole (dBd) or an isotropic source (dBi). The substitute level is equal to Pg [dBm] cable loss [dB]. Radiated power levels are investigated with the receive antenna vertically polarized while radiated spurious emissions levels are investigated with the receive antenna horizontally and vertically polarized per ANSI/TIA-603-C-2004. FCC ID: A3LSMB690V FCC Pt. 22 & 24 GSM / GPRS / EDGE / CDMA MEASUREMENT REPORT

(CERTIFICATION) Test Report S/N:

0Y1512072076.A3L 2016 PCTEST Engineering Laboratory, Inc. Test Dates:

12/3-1/5/2016 EUT Type:

Portable Handset Reviewed by:

Quality Manager Page 7 of 67 V 3.3 12/01/2015 4 . 0 M E AS U R E M E N T U N C E R T AI N T Y The measurement uncertainties shown below were calculated in accordance with the requirements of ANSI C63.4-2014. All measurement uncertainty values are shown with a coverage factor of k = 2 to indicate a 95% level of confidence. The measurement data shown herein meets or exceeds the UCISPR measurement uncertainty values specified in CISPR 16-4-2 and, thus, can be compared directly to specified limits to determine compliance. Contribution Conducted Bench Top Measurements Radiated Disturbance (<1GHz) Radiated Disturbance (>1GHz) Radiated Disturbance (>18GHz) Expanded Uncertainty (dB) 1.13 4.98 5.07 5.09 FCC ID: A3LSMB690V FCC Pt. 22 & 24 GSM / GPRS / EDGE / CDMA MEASUREMENT REPORT

(CERTIFICATION) Test Report S/N:

0Y1512072076.A3L 2016 PCTEST Engineering Laboratory, Inc. Test Dates:

12/3-1/5/2016 EUT Type:

Portable Handset Reviewed by:

Quality Manager Page 8 of 67 V 3.3 12/01/2015 5 . 0 T E S T E Q U I P M E N T C AL I B R A T I O N D AT A Test Equipment Calibration is traceable to the National Institute of Standards and Technology (NIST). Description Licensed Transmitter Cable Set Cal Date Cal Interval Cal Due 6/12/2016 6/12/2015 4/28/2016 Radiated Emissions Cable Set (UHF/EHF) 4/28/2015 6/12/2015 6/12/2016 Broadband Amplifier Manufacturer

-

-

Agilent Agilent Agilent Emco Emco Espec ETS Lindgren ETS Lindgren Model LTx3 RE1 8447D E5515C N9020A 3115 6502 ESX-2CA 3117 3160-09 K & L K & L 11SH10-3075/U18000 11SH10-3075/U18000 Mini Circuits Mini Circuits Mini-Circuits Mini-Circuits Mini-Circuits Rhode & Schwarz Rohde & Schwarz Rohde & Schwarz Rohde & Schwarz Rohde & Schwarz Schwarzbeck Seekonk Sunol VWR PWR-SEN-4GHS TVA-11-422 PWR-SENS-4RMS SSG-4000HP TVA-11-422 TS-PR18 CMU200 ESU26 TS-PR18 TS-PR26 UHA 9105 NC-100 JB5 62344-734 Wireless Communications Test Set MXA Signal Analyzer Horn Antenna (1-18GHz) Active Loop Antenna (10k - 30 MHz) Environmental Chamber 1-18 GHz DRG Horn (Medium) 18-26.5 GHz Standard Gain Horn High Pass Filter High Pass Filter USB Power Sensor RF Power Amp USB Power Sensor Synthesized Signal Generator RF Power Amp Pre-Amplifier Base Station Simulator 11/5/2015 1/30/2014 6/24/2014 3/17/2015 4/8/2014 6/17/2014 7/18/2015 7/18/2015 3/11/2015 3/11/2015 3/5/2015 EMI Test Receiver (26.5GHz) 1-18 GHz Pre-Amplifier 18-26.5 GHz Pre-Amplifier 3/12/2015 3/5/2015 3/3/2015 2/21/2014 3/18/2014 1/28/2014 2/20/2014 Table 5-1. Test Equipment Dipole Antenna (400 - 1GHz) Rx Torque Wrench 5/16", 8" lbs Bi-Log Antenna (30M - 5GHz) Thermometer with Clock Annual Annual Annual N/A Annual Biennial Biennial Annual Biennial Biennial Annual Annual Annual N/A Annual N/A N/A Annual N/A Annual Annual Annual Biennial Biennial Biennial Biennial Serial Number LTx3 RE1 2443A01900 GB46110872 US46470561 9704-5182 11/5/2016 1/30/2016 6/24/2016 3/17/2016 4/8/2016 6/17/2016 7/18/2016 11SH10-3075/U18000-2 7/18/2016 11SH10-3075/U18000-4 3/11/2016 267 17620 125518 135427 3/11/2016 3/5/2016 3/12/2016 3/5/2016 3/3/2016 2/21/2016 3/18/2016 1/28/2016 2/20/2016 11401010036 QA1317001 11210140001 11208010032 QA1303002 101622 107826 100342 100071 100040 9105-2404 N/A A051107 140140336 Note:

Equipment with a calibration date of N/A shown in this list was not used to make direct calibrated measurements. FCC ID: A3LSMB690V FCC Pt. 22 & 24 GSM / GPRS / EDGE / CDMA MEASUREMENT REPORT

(CERTIFICATION) Test Report S/N:

0Y1512072076.A3L 2016 PCTEST Engineering Laboratory, Inc. Test Dates:

12/3-1/5/2016 EUT Type:

Portable Handset Reviewed by:

Quality Manager Page 9 of 67 V 3.3 12/01/2015 6 . 0 S AM P L E C AL C U L AT I O N S GPRS Emission Designator Emission Designator = 250KGXW GPRS BW = 250 kHz G = Phase Modulation X = Cases not otherwise covered W = Combination (Audio/Data) EDGE Emission Designator Emission Designator = 250KG7W EDGE BW = 250 kHz G = Phase Modulation 7 = Quantized/Digital Info W = Combination (Audio/Data) CDMA Emission Designator Emission Designator = 1M25F9W CDMA BW = 1.25 MHz F = Frequency Modulation 9 = Composite Digital Info W = Combination (Audio/Data) Spurious Radiated Emission Example: Spurious emission at 3700.40 MHz The receive spectrum analyzer reading at 3 meters with the EUT on the turntable was 81.0 dBm. The gain of the substituted antenna is 8.1 dBi. The signal generator connected to the substituted antenna terminals is adjusted to produce a reading of 81.0 dBm on the spectrum analyzer. The loss of the cable between the signal generator and the terminals of the substituted antenna is 2.0 dB at 3700.40 MHz. So 6.1 dB is added to the signal generator reading of 30.9 dBm yielding 24.80 dBm. The fundamental EIRP was 25.50 dBm so this harmonic was 25.50 dBm (-24.80) = 50.3 dBc. FCC ID: A3LSMB690V FCC Pt. 22 & 24 GSM / GPRS / EDGE / CDMA MEASUREMENT REPORT

(CERTIFICATION) Test Report S/N:

0Y1512072076.A3L 2016 PCTEST Engineering Laboratory, Inc. Test Dates:

12/3-1/5/2016 EUT Type:

Portable Handset Reviewed by:

Quality Manager Page 10 of 67 V 3.3 12/01/2015 7 . 0 T E S T R E S U L T S 7.1 Summary Company Name:

FCC ID:

FCC Classification:

Mode(s):

Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. A3LSMB690V PCS Licensed Transmitter Held to Ear (PCE) GSM / GPRS / EDGE / CDMA FCC Part Section(s) TRANSMITTER MODE (TX) Test Description 2.1049 Occupied Bandwidth N/A 2.1051 22.917(a) 24.238(a) Conducted Band Edge /

Spurious Emissions

> 43 + log10 (P[Watts]) at Band Edge and for all out-of-band emissions Test Limit Test Condition Test Result Reference PASS Section 7.2 PASS Sections 7.3, 7.4 24.232(d) Peak-Average Ratio

< 13 dB CONDUCTED PASS Section 7.5 2.1046 Transmitter Conducted Output Power N/A 2.1055 22.355 24.235 Frequency Stability

< 2.5 ppm (Part 22) Emission must remain in band

(Part 24) PASS RF Exposure Report PASS Section 7.9 22.913(a.2) Effective Radiated Power

< 7 Watts max. ERP PASS Section 7.6 24.232(c) 2.1053 22.917(a) 24.238(a) Equivalent Isotropic Radiated Power Radiated Spurious Emissions

< 2 Watts max. EIRP RADIATED PASS Section 7.6

> 43 + log10 (P[Watts]) for all out-of-band emissions PASS Section 7.7 Table 7-1. Summary of Test Results Notes:

1) All modes of operation and data rates were investigated. The test results shown in the following sections represent the worst case emissions. 2) The analyzer plots were all taken with a correction table loaded into the analyzer. The correction table was used to account for the losses of the cables, directional couplers, and attenuators used as part of the system to maintain a link between the call box and the EUT at all frequencies of interest. 3) All antenna port conducted emissions testing was performed on a test bench with the antenna port of the EUT connected to the spectrum analyzer through calibrated cables, attenuators, and couplers. 4) For conducted spurious emissions, automated test software was used to measure emissions and capture the corresponding plots necessary to show compliance. The measurement software utilized is PCTEST 2G/3G Automation, Version 3.2. FCC ID: A3LSMB690V FCC Pt. 22 & 24 GSM / GPRS / EDGE / CDMA MEASUREMENT REPORT

(CERTIFICATION) Test Report S/N:

0Y1512072076.A3L 2016 PCTEST Engineering Laboratory, Inc. Test Dates:

12/3-1/5/2016 EUT Type:

Portable Handset Reviewed by:

Quality Manager Page 11 of 67 V 3.3 12/01/2015 7.2 Occupied Bandwidth 2.1049 Test Overview The occupied bandwidth, that is the frequency bandwidth such that, below its lower and above its upper frequency limits, the mean powers radiated are each equal to 0.5 percent of the total mean power radiated by a given emission shall be measured. All modes of operation were investigated and the worst case configuration results are reported in this section. Test Procedure Used KDB 971168 D01 v02r02 Section 4.2 Test Settings 1. The signal analyzers automatic bandwidth measurement capability was used to perform the 99%

occupied bandwidth and the 26dB bandwidth. The bandwidth measurement was not influenced by any intermediate power nulls in the fundamental emission. 2. RBW = 1 5% of the expected OBW 3. VBW 3 x RBW 4. Detector = Peak 5. Trace mode = max hold 6. Sweep = auto couple 7. The trace was allowed to stabilize 8. If necessary, steps 2 7 were repeated after changing the RBW such that it would be within 1 5% of the 99% occupied bandwidth observed in Step 7 Test Setup The EUT and measurement equipment were set up as shown in the diagram below. Figure 7-1. Test Instrument & Measurement Setup Test Notes None. FCC ID: A3LSMB690V FCC Pt. 22 & 24 GSM / GPRS / EDGE / CDMA MEASUREMENT REPORT

(CERTIFICATION) Test Report S/N:

0Y1512072076.A3L 2016 PCTEST Engineering Laboratory, Inc. Test Dates:

12/3-1/5/2016 EUT Type:

Portable Handset Reviewed by:

Quality Manager Page 12 of 67 V 3.3 12/01/2015 Plot 7-1. Occupied Bandwidth Plot (Cellular GPRS Mode Ch. 190) Plot 7-2. Occupied Bandwidth Plot (EDGE850 Mode Ch. 190) FCC ID: A3LSMB690V FCC Pt. 22 & 24 GSM / GPRS / EDGE / CDMA MEASUREMENT REPORT

(CERTIFICATION) Test Report S/N:

0Y1512072076.A3L 2016 PCTEST Engineering Laboratory, Inc. Test Dates:

12/3-1/5/2016 EUT Type:

Portable Handset Reviewed by:

Quality Manager Page 13 of 67 V 3.3 12/01/2015 Plot 7-3. Occupied Bandwidth Plot (PCS GPRS Mode Ch. 661) Plot 7-4. Occupied Bandwidth Plot (EDGE1900 Mode Ch. 661) FCC ID: A3LSMB690V FCC Pt. 22 & 24 GSM / GPRS / EDGE / CDMA MEASUREMENT REPORT

(CERTIFICATION) Test Report S/N:

0Y1512072076.A3L 2016 PCTEST Engineering Laboratory, Inc. Test Dates:

12/3-1/5/2016 EUT Type:

Portable Handset Reviewed by:

Quality Manager Page 14 of 67 V 3.3 12/01/2015 Plot 7-5. Occupied Bandwidth Plot (Cellular CDMA Mode Ch. 384) Plot 7-6. Occupied Bandwidth Plot (PCS CDMA Mode Ch. 600) FCC ID: A3LSMB690V FCC Pt. 22 & 24 GSM / GPRS / EDGE / CDMA MEASUREMENT REPORT

(CERTIFICATION) Test Report S/N:

0Y1512072076.A3L 2016 PCTEST Engineering Laboratory, Inc. Test Dates:

12/3-1/5/2016 EUT Type:

Portable Handset Reviewed by:

Quality Manager Page 15 of 67 V 3.3 12/01/2015 Spurious and Harmonic Emissions at Antenna Terminal 7.3 2.1051 22.917(a) 24.238(a) Test Overview The level of the carrier and the various conducted spurious and harmonic frequencies is measured by means of a calibrated spectrum analyzer. The spectrum is scanned from the lowest frequency generated in the equipment up to a frequency including its 10th harmonic. All out of band emissions are measured with a spectrum analyzer connected to the antenna terminal of the EUT while the EUT is operating at maximum power, and at the appropriate frequencies. All data rates were investigated to determine the worst case configuration. All modes of operation were investigated and the worst case configuration results are reported in this section. The minimum permissible attenuation level of any spurious emission is 43 + log10(P[Watts]), where P is the transmitter power in Watts. Test Procedure Used KDB 971168 D01 v02r02 Section 6.0 Test Settings 1. Start frequency was set to 30MHz and stop frequency was set to 10GHz for Cell, 20GHz for PCS

(separated into at least two plots per channel) 2. Detector = RMS 3. Trace mode = trace average for continuous emissions, max hold for pulse emissions 4. Sweep time = auto couple 5. The trace was allowed to stabilize 6. Please see test notes below for RBW and VBW settings Test Setup The EUT and measurement equipment were set up as shown in the diagram below. Figure 7-2. Test Instrument & Measurement Setup Test Notes Compliance with the applicable limits is based on the use of measurement instrumentation employing a resolution bandwidth of 100 kHz or greater for Part 22 and 1 MHz or greater for Part 24. However, in the 1 MHz bands immediately outside and adjacent to the frequency block a resolution bandwidth of at least one percent of the emission bandwidth of the fundamental emission of the transmitter may be employed. The emission bandwidth is defined as the width of the signal between two points, one below the carrier center frequency and one above the carrier center frequency, outside of which all emission are attenuated at least 26 dB below the transmitter power. FCC ID: A3LSMB690V FCC Pt. 22 & 24 GSM / GPRS / EDGE / CDMA MEASUREMENT REPORT

(CERTIFICATION) Test Report S/N:

0Y1512072076.A3L 2016 PCTEST Engineering Laboratory, Inc. Test Dates:

12/3-1/5/2016 EUT Type:

Portable Handset Reviewed by:

Quality Manager Page 16 of 67 V 3.3 12/01/2015 Plot 7-7. Conducted Spurious Plot (Cellular GPRS Mode Ch. 128) Plot 7-8. Conducted Spurious Plot (Cellular GPRS Mode Ch. 128) FCC ID: A3LSMB690V FCC Pt. 22 & 24 GSM / GPRS / EDGE / CDMA MEASUREMENT REPORT

(CERTIFICATION) Test Report S/N:

0Y1512072076.A3L 2016 PCTEST Engineering Laboratory, Inc. Test Dates:

12/3-1/5/2016 EUT Type:

Portable Handset Reviewed by:

Quality Manager Page 17 of 67 V 3.3 12/01/2015 Plot 7-9. Conducted Spurious Plot (Cellular GPRS Mode Ch. 128) Plot 7-10. Conducted Spurious Plot (Cellular GPRS Mode Ch. 190) FCC ID: A3LSMB690V FCC Pt. 22 & 24 GSM / GPRS / EDGE / CDMA MEASUREMENT REPORT

(CERTIFICATION) Test Report S/N:

0Y1512072076.A3L 2016 PCTEST Engineering Laboratory, Inc. Test Dates:

12/3-1/5/2016 EUT Type:

Portable Handset Reviewed by:

Quality Manager Page 18 of 67 V 3.3 12/01/2015 Plot 7-11. Conducted Spurious Plot (Cellular GPRS Mode Ch. 190) Plot 7-12. Conducted Spurious Plot (Cellular GPRS Mode Ch. 190) FCC ID: A3LSMB690V FCC Pt. 22 & 24 GSM / GPRS / EDGE / CDMA MEASUREMENT REPORT

(CERTIFICATION) Test Report S/N:

0Y1512072076.A3L 2016 PCTEST Engineering Laboratory, Inc. Test Dates:

12/3-1/5/2016 EUT Type:

Portable Handset Reviewed by:

Quality Manager Page 19 of 67 V 3.3 12/01/2015 Plot 7-13. Conducted Spurious Plot (Cellular GPRS Mode Ch. 251) Plot 7-14. Conducted Spurious Plot (Cellular GPRS Mode Ch. 251) FCC ID: A3LSMB690V FCC Pt. 22 & 24 GSM / GPRS / EDGE / CDMA MEASUREMENT REPORT

(CERTIFICATION) Test Report S/N:

0Y1512072076.A3L 2016 PCTEST Engineering Laboratory, Inc. Test Dates:

12/3-1/5/2016 EUT Type:

Portable Handset Reviewed by:

Quality Manager Page 20 of 67 V 3.3 12/01/2015 Plot 7-15. Conducted Spurious Plot (Cellular GPRS Mode Ch. 251) Plot 7-16. Conducted Spurious Plot (PCS GPRS Mode Ch. 512) FCC ID: A3LSMB690V FCC Pt. 22 & 24 GSM / GPRS / EDGE / CDMA MEASUREMENT REPORT

(CERTIFICATION) Test Report S/N:

0Y1512072076.A3L 2016 PCTEST Engineering Laboratory, Inc. Test Dates:

12/3-1/5/2016 EUT Type:

Portable Handset Reviewed by:

Quality Manager Page 21 of 67 V 3.3 12/01/2015 Plot 7-17. Conducted Spurious Plot (PCS GPRS Mode Ch. 512) Plot 7-18. Conducted Spurious Plot (PCS GPRS Mode Ch. 512) FCC ID: A3LSMB690V FCC Pt. 22 & 24 GSM / GPRS / EDGE / CDMA MEASUREMENT REPORT

(CERTIFICATION) Test Report S/N:

0Y1512072076.A3L 2016 PCTEST Engineering Laboratory, Inc. Test Dates:

12/3-1/5/2016 EUT Type:

Portable Handset Reviewed by:

Quality Manager Page 22 of 67 V 3.3 12/01/2015 Plot 7-19. Conducted Spurious Plot (PCS GPRS Mode Ch. 661) Plot 7-20. Conducted Spurious Plot (PCS GPRS Mode Ch. 661) FCC ID: A3LSMB690V FCC Pt. 22 & 24 GSM / GPRS / EDGE / CDMA MEASUREMENT REPORT

(CERTIFICATION) Test Report S/N:

0Y1512072076.A3L 2016 PCTEST Engineering Laboratory, Inc. Test Dates:

12/3-1/5/2016 EUT Type:

Portable Handset Reviewed by:

Quality Manager Page 23 of 67 V 3.3 12/01/2015 Plot 7-21. Conducted Spurious Plot (PCS GPRS Mode Ch. 661) Plot 7-22. Conducted Spurious Plot (PCS GPRS Mode Ch. 810) FCC ID: A3LSMB690V FCC Pt. 22 & 24 GSM / GPRS / EDGE / CDMA MEASUREMENT REPORT

(CERTIFICATION) Test Report S/N:

0Y1512072076.A3L 2016 PCTEST Engineering Laboratory, Inc. Test Dates:

12/3-1/5/2016 EUT Type:

Portable Handset Reviewed by:

Quality Manager Page 24 of 67 V 3.3 12/01/2015 Plot 7-23. Conducted Spurious Plot (PCS GPRS Mode Ch. 810) Plot 7-24. Conducted Spurious Plot (PCS GPRS Mode Ch. 810) FCC ID: A3LSMB690V FCC Pt. 22 & 24 GSM / GPRS / EDGE / CDMA MEASUREMENT REPORT

(CERTIFICATION) Test Report S/N:

0Y1512072076.A3L 2016 PCTEST Engineering Laboratory, Inc. Test Dates:

12/3-1/5/2016 EUT Type:

Portable Handset Reviewed by:

Quality Manager Page 25 of 67 V 3.3 12/01/2015 Plot 7-25. Conducted Spurious Plot (Cellular CDMA Mode Ch. 1013) Plot 7-26. Conducted Spurious Plot (Cellular CDMA Mode Ch. 1013) FCC ID: A3LSMB690V FCC Pt. 22 & 24 GSM / GPRS / EDGE / CDMA MEASUREMENT REPORT

(CERTIFICATION) Test Report S/N:

0Y1512072076.A3L 2016 PCTEST Engineering Laboratory, Inc. Test Dates:

12/3-1/5/2016 EUT Type:

Portable Handset Reviewed by:

Quality Manager Page 26 of 67 V 3.3 12/01/2015 Plot 7-27. Conducted Spurious Plot (Cellular CDMA Mode Ch. 1013) Plot 7-28. Conducted Spurious Plot (Cellular CDMA Mode Ch. 384) FCC ID: A3LSMB690V FCC Pt. 22 & 24 GSM / GPRS / EDGE / CDMA MEASUREMENT REPORT

(CERTIFICATION) Test Report S/N:

0Y1512072076.A3L 2016 PCTEST Engineering Laboratory, Inc. Test Dates:

12/3-1/5/2016 EUT Type:

Portable Handset Reviewed by:

Quality Manager Page 27 of 67 V 3.3 12/01/2015 Plot 7-29. Conducted Spurious Plot (Cellular CDMA Mode Ch. 384) Plot 7-30. Conducted Spurious Plot (Cellular CDMA Mode Ch. 384) FCC ID: A3LSMB690V FCC Pt. 22 & 24 GSM / GPRS / EDGE / CDMA MEASUREMENT REPORT

(CERTIFICATION) Test Report S/N:

0Y1512072076.A3L 2016 PCTEST Engineering Laboratory, Inc. Test Dates:

12/3-1/5/2016 EUT Type:

Portable Handset Reviewed by:

Quality Manager Page 28 of 67 V 3.3 12/01/2015 Plot 7-31. Conducted Spurious Plot (Cellular CDMA Mode Ch. 777) Plot 7-32. Conducted Spurious Plot (Cellular CDMA Mode Ch. 777) FCC ID: A3LSMB690V FCC Pt. 22 & 24 GSM / GPRS / EDGE / CDMA MEASUREMENT REPORT

(CERTIFICATION) Test Report S/N:

0Y1512072076.A3L 2016 PCTEST Engineering Laboratory, Inc. Test Dates:

12/3-1/5/2016 EUT Type:

Portable Handset Reviewed by:

Quality Manager Page 29 of 67 V 3.3 12/01/2015 Plot 7-33. Conducted Spurious Plot (Cellular CDMA Mode Ch. 777) Plot 7-34. Conducted Spurious Plot (PCS CDMA Mode Ch. 25) FCC ID: A3LSMB690V FCC Pt. 22 & 24 GSM / GPRS / EDGE / CDMA MEASUREMENT REPORT

(CERTIFICATION) Test Report S/N:

0Y1512072076.A3L 2016 PCTEST Engineering Laboratory, Inc. Test Dates:

12/3-1/5/2016 EUT Type:

Portable Handset Reviewed by:

Quality Manager Page 30 of 67 V 3.3 12/01/2015 Plot 7-35. Conducted Spurious Plot (PCS CDMA Mode Ch. 25) Plot 7-36. Conducted Spurious Plot (PCS CDMA Mode Ch. 25) FCC ID: A3LSMB690V FCC Pt. 22 & 24 GSM / GPRS / EDGE / CDMA MEASUREMENT REPORT

(CERTIFICATION) Test Report S/N:

0Y1512072076.A3L 2016 PCTEST Engineering Laboratory, Inc. Test Dates:

12/3-1/5/2016 EUT Type:

Portable Handset Reviewed by:

Quality Manager Page 31 of 67 V 3.3 12/01/2015 Plot 7-37. Conducted Spurious Plot (PCS CDMA Mode Ch. 600) Plot 7-38. Conducted Spurious Plot (PCS CDMA Mode Ch. 600) FCC ID: A3LSMB690V FCC Pt. 22 & 24 GSM / GPRS / EDGE / CDMA MEASUREMENT REPORT

(CERTIFICATION) Test Report S/N:

0Y1512072076.A3L 2016 PCTEST Engineering Laboratory, Inc. Test Dates:

12/3-1/5/2016 EUT Type:

Portable Handset Reviewed by:

Quality Manager Page 32 of 67 V 3.3 12/01/2015 Plot 7-39. Conducted Spurious Plot (PCS CDMA Mode Ch. 600) Plot 7-40. Conducted Spurious Plot (PCS CDMA Mode Ch. 1175) FCC ID: A3LSMB690V FCC Pt. 22 & 24 GSM / GPRS / EDGE / CDMA MEASUREMENT REPORT

(CERTIFICATION) Test Report S/N:

0Y1512072076.A3L 2016 PCTEST Engineering Laboratory, Inc. Test Dates:

12/3-1/5/2016 EUT Type:

Portable Handset Reviewed by:

Quality Manager Page 33 of 67 V 3.3 12/01/2015 Plot 7-41. Conducted Spurious Plot (PCS CDMA Mode Ch. 1175) Plot 7-42. Conducted Spurious Plot (PCS CDMA Mode Ch. 1175) FCC ID: A3LSMB690V FCC Pt. 22 & 24 GSM / GPRS / EDGE / CDMA MEASUREMENT REPORT

(CERTIFICATION) Test Report S/N:

0Y1512072076.A3L 2016 PCTEST Engineering Laboratory, Inc. Test Dates:

12/3-1/5/2016 EUT Type:

Portable Handset Reviewed by:

Quality Manager Page 34 of 67 V 3.3 12/01/2015 Band Edge Emissions at Antenna Terminal 7.4 2.1051 22.917(a) 24.238(a) Test Overview All out of band emissions are measured with a spectrum analyzer connected to the antenna terminal of the EUT while the EUT is operating at maximum power, and at the appropriate frequencies. All data rates were investigated to determine the worst case configuration. All modes of operation were investigated and the worst case configuration results are reported in this section. The minimum permissible attenuation level of any spurious emission is 43 + log10(P[Watts]), where P is the transmitter power in Watts. Test Procedure Used KDB 971168 D01 v02r02 Section 6.0 Test Settings 1. Start and stop frequency were set such that the band edge would be placed in the center of the plot 2. Span was set large enough so as to capture all out of band emissions near the band edge 3. RBW > 1% of the emission bandwidth 4. VBW > 3 x RBW 5. Detector = RMS 6. Number of sweep points 2 x Span/RBW 7. Trace mode = trace average for continuous emissions, max hold for pulse emissions 8. Sweep time = auto couple 9. The trace was allowed to stabilize Test Setup The EUT and measurement equipment were set up as shown in the diagram below. Figure 7-3. Test Instrument & Measurement Setup Test Notes Per 22.917(b), 24.238(b), in the 1 MHz bands immediately outside and adjacent to the frequency block a resolution bandwidth of at least one percent of the emission bandwidth of the fundamental emission of the transmitter may be employed to demonstrate compliance with the out-of-band emissions limit. The emission bandwidth is defined as the width of the signal between two points, one below the carrier center frequency and one above the carrier center frequency, outside of which all emission are attenuated at least 26 dB below the transmitter power. FCC ID: A3LSMB690V FCC Pt. 22 & 24 GSM / GPRS / EDGE / CDMA MEASUREMENT REPORT

(CERTIFICATION) Test Report S/N:

0Y1512072076.A3L 2016 PCTEST Engineering Laboratory, Inc. Test Dates:

12/3-1/5/2016 EUT Type:

Portable Handset Reviewed by:

Quality Manager Page 35 of 67 V 3.3 12/01/2015 Plot 7-43. Band Edge Plot (Cellular GPRS Mode Ch. 128) Plot 7-44. Band Edge Plot (Cellular GPRS Mode Ch. 251) FCC ID: A3LSMB690V FCC Pt. 22 & 24 GSM / GPRS / EDGE / CDMA MEASUREMENT REPORT

(CERTIFICATION) Test Report S/N:

0Y1512072076.A3L 2016 PCTEST Engineering Laboratory, Inc. Test Dates:

12/3-1/5/2016 EUT Type:

Portable Handset Reviewed by:

Quality Manager Page 36 of 67 V 3.3 12/01/2015 Plot 7-45. Band Edge Plot (PCS GPRS Mode Ch. 512) Plot 7-46. 4MHz Span Plot (PCS GPRS Mode Ch. 512) FCC ID: A3LSMB690V FCC Pt. 22 & 24 GSM / GPRS / EDGE / CDMA MEASUREMENT REPORT

(CERTIFICATION) Test Report S/N:

0Y1512072076.A3L 2016 PCTEST Engineering Laboratory, Inc. Test Dates:

12/3-1/5/2016 EUT Type:

Portable Handset Reviewed by:

Quality Manager Page 37 of 67 V 3.3 12/01/2015 Plot 7-47. Band Edge Plot (PCS GPRS Mode Ch. 810) Plot 7-48. 4MHz Span Plot (PCS GPRS Mode Ch. 810) FCC ID: A3LSMB690V FCC Pt. 22 & 24 GSM / GPRS / EDGE / CDMA MEASUREMENT REPORT

(CERTIFICATION) Test Report S/N:

0Y1512072076.A3L 2016 PCTEST Engineering Laboratory, Inc. Test Dates:

12/3-1/5/2016 EUT Type:

Portable Handset Reviewed by:

Quality Manager Page 38 of 67 V 3.3 12/01/2015 Plot 7-49. Band Edge Plot (Cellular CDMA Mode Ch. 1013) Plot 7-50. 4MHz Span Plot (Cellular CDMA Mode Ch. 1013) FCC ID: A3LSMB690V FCC Pt. 22 & 24 GSM / GPRS / EDGE / CDMA MEASUREMENT REPORT

(CERTIFICATION) Test Report S/N:

0Y1512072076.A3L 2016 PCTEST Engineering Laboratory, Inc. Test Dates:

12/3-1/5/2016 EUT Type:

Portable Handset Reviewed by:

Quality Manager Page 39 of 67 V 3.3 12/01/2015 Plot 7-51. Band Edge Plot (Cellular CDMA Mode Ch. 777) Plot 7-52. 4MHz Span Plot (Cellular CDMA Mode Ch. 777) FCC ID: A3LSMB690V FCC Pt. 22 & 24 GSM / GPRS / EDGE / CDMA MEASUREMENT REPORT

(CERTIFICATION) Test Report S/N:

0Y1512072076.A3L 2016 PCTEST Engineering Laboratory, Inc. Test Dates:

12/3-1/5/2016 EUT Type:

Portable Handset Reviewed by:

Quality Manager Page 40 of 67 V 3.3 12/01/2015 Plot 7-53. Band Edge Plot (PCS CDMA Mode Ch. 25) Plot 7-54. 4MHz Span Plot (PCS CDMA Mode Ch. 25) FCC ID: A3LSMB690V FCC Pt. 22 & 24 GSM / GPRS / EDGE / CDMA MEASUREMENT REPORT

(CERTIFICATION) Test Report S/N:

0Y1512072076.A3L 2016 PCTEST Engineering Laboratory, Inc. Test Dates:

12/3-1/5/2016 EUT Type:

Portable Handset Reviewed by:

Quality Manager Page 41 of 67 V 3.3 12/01/2015 Plot 7-55. Band Edge Plot (PCS CDMA Mode Ch. 1175) Plot 7-56. 4MHz Span Plot (PCS CDMA Mode Ch. 1175) FCC ID: A3LSMB690V FCC Pt. 22 & 24 GSM / GPRS / EDGE / CDMA MEASUREMENT REPORT

(CERTIFICATION) Test Report S/N:

0Y1512072076.A3L 2016 PCTEST Engineering Laboratory, Inc. Test Dates:

12/3-1/5/2016 EUT Type:

Portable Handset Reviewed by:

Quality Manager Page 42 of 67 V 3.3 12/01/2015 Peak-Average Ratio 7.5 24.232(d) Test Overview A peak to average ratio measurement is performed at the conducted port of the EUT. The spectrum analyzers Complementary Cumulative Distribution Function (CCDF) measurement profile is used to determine the largest deviation between the average and the peak power of the EUT in a given bandwidth. The CCDF curve shows how much time the peak waveform spends at or above a given average power level. The percent of time the signal spends at or above the level defines the probability for that particular power level. Test Procedure Used KDB 971168 D01 v02r02 Section 5.7.1 Test Settings 1. The signal analyzers CCDF measurement profile is enabled 2. Frequency = carrier center frequency 3. Measurement BW > Emission bandwidth of signal 4. The signal analyzer was set to collect one million samples to generate the CCDF curve 5. The measurement interval was set depending on the type of signal analyzed. For continuous signals (>98% duty cycle), the measurement interval was set to 1ms. For burst transmissions, the spectrum analyzer is set to use an internal RF Burst trigger that is synced with an incoming pulse and the measurement interval is set to less than the duration of the on time of one burst to ensure that energy is only captured during a time in which the transmitter is operating at maximum power Test Setup The EUT and measurement equipment were set up as shown in the diagram below. Figure 7-4. Test Instrument & Measurement Setup Test Notes None

. FCC ID: A3LSMB690V FCC Pt. 22 & 24 GSM / GPRS / EDGE / CDMA MEASUREMENT REPORT

(CERTIFICATION) Test Report S/N:

0Y1512072076.A3L 2016 PCTEST Engineering Laboratory, Inc. Test Dates:

12/3-1/5/2016 EUT Type:

Portable Handset Reviewed by:

Quality Manager Page 43 of 67 V 3.3 12/01/2015 Plot 7-57. Peak-Average Ratio Plot (PCS GPRS Mode Ch. 661) Plot 7-58. Peak-Average Ratio Plot (EDGE1900 Mode Ch. 661) FCC ID: A3LSMB690V FCC Pt. 22 & 24 GSM / GPRS / EDGE / CDMA MEASUREMENT REPORT

(CERTIFICATION) Test Report S/N:

0Y1512072076.A3L 2016 PCTEST Engineering Laboratory, Inc. Test Dates:

12/3-1/5/2016 EUT Type:

Portable Handset Reviewed by:

Quality Manager Page 44 of 67 V 3.3 12/01/2015 Plot 7-59. Peak-Average Ratio Plot (PCS CDMA Mode Ch. 600) FCC ID: A3LSMB690V FCC Pt. 22 & 24 GSM / GPRS / EDGE / CDMA MEASUREMENT REPORT

(CERTIFICATION) Test Report S/N:

0Y1512072076.A3L 2016 PCTEST Engineering Laboratory, Inc. Test Dates:

12/3-1/5/2016 EUT Type:

Portable Handset Reviewed by:

Quality Manager Page 45 of 67 V 3.3 12/01/2015 Radiated Power (ERP/EIRP) 7.6 22.913(a)(2) 24.232(c) Test Overview Effective Radiated Power (ERP) and Equivalent Isotropic Radiated Power (EIRP) measurements are performed using the substitution method described in ANSI/TIA-603-C-2004 with the EUT transmitting into an integral antenna. Measurements on signals operating below 1GHz are performed using vertically polarized tuned dipole antennas. Measurements on signals operating above 1GHz are performed using vertically polarized broadband horn antennas. All measurements are performed as RMS average measurements while the EUT is operating at maximum power, and at the appropriate frequencies. Test Procedures Used KDB 971168 D01 v02r02 Section 5.2.1 ANSI/TIA-603-C-2004 Section 2.2.17 Test Settings 1. Radiated power measurements are performed using the signal analyzers channel power measurement capability for signals with continuous operation. For signals with burst transmission, the signal analyzers time domain power measurement capability is used 2. RBW = 1 5% of the expected OBW, not to exceed 1MHz 3. VBW 3 x RBW 4. Span = 1.5 times the OBW 5. No. of sweep points > 2 x span / RBW 6. Detector = RMS 7. Trigger is set to free run for signals with continuous operation with the sweep times set to auto. Trigger is set to enable triggering only on full power bursts with the sweep time set less than or equal to the transmission burst duration 8. The integration bandwidth was roughly set equal to the measured OBW of the signal for signals with continuous operation. For signals with burst transmission, the gating function was enabled to ensure that measurements are performed during times in which the transmitter is operating at its maximum power 9. Trace mode = trace averaging (RMS) over 100 sweeps 10. The trace was allowed to stabilize FCC ID: A3LSMB690V FCC Pt. 22 & 24 GSM / GPRS / EDGE / CDMA MEASUREMENT REPORT

(CERTIFICATION) Test Report S/N:

0Y1512072076.A3L 2016 PCTEST Engineering Laboratory, Inc. Test Dates:

12/3-1/5/2016 EUT Type:

Portable Handset Reviewed by:

Quality Manager Page 46 of 67 V 3.3 12/01/2015 Test Setup The EUT and measurement equipment were set up as shown in the diagram below. Figure 7-5. Radiated Test Setup <1GHz Figure 7-6. Radiated Test Setup >1GHz FCC ID: A3LSMB690V FCC Pt. 22 & 24 GSM / GPRS / EDGE / CDMA MEASUREMENT REPORT

(CERTIFICATION) Test Report S/N:

0Y1512072076.A3L 2016 PCTEST Engineering Laboratory, Inc. Test Dates:

12/3-1/5/2016 EUT Type:

Portable Handset Reviewed by:

Quality Manager Page 47 of 67 V 3.3 12/01/2015 Test Notes 1) This device employs GSM, GPRS, and EDGE capabilities. The EUT was tested under all configurations and the highest power is reported in GPRS mode while transmitting with one slot active. 2) This device was tested under all RC and SO combinations and the worst case is reported with RC3/SO55 with "All Up" power control bits. 3) This unit was tested with its standard battery. 4) The EUT was tested in three orthogonal planes and in all possible test configurations and positioning. The worst case setup is reported in the tables below. FCC ID: A3LSMB690V FCC Pt. 22 & 24 GSM / GPRS / EDGE / CDMA MEASUREMENT REPORT

(CERTIFICATION) Test Report S/N:

0Y1512072076.A3L 2016 PCTEST Engineering Laboratory, Inc. Test Dates:

12/3-1/5/2016 EUT Type:

Portable Handset Reviewed by:

Quality Manager Page 48 of 67 V 3.3 12/01/2015 7.6.1 Radiated Power (ERP/EIRP) Frequency

[MHz]

Mode Ant. Pol.

[H/V]

Antenna Height

[m]

Turntable Azimuth

[degree]

Substitute Level

[dBm]

Ant. Gain

[dBd]

ERP

[dBm]

ERP

[Watts]

824.20 GPRS850 836.60 GPRS850 848.80 GPRS850 848.80 EDGE850 V V V V 1.41 1.51 1.39 1.38 251 143 209 209 19.68 21.94 23.32 15.49 2.98 3.04 3.11 3.11 22.66 24.98 26.43 18.60 0.184 0.315 0.439 0.072 Table 7-2. ERP (Cellular GPRS) Frequency

[MHz]

Mode Ant. Pol.

[H/V]

Antenna Height

[m]

Turntable Azimuth

[degree]

Substitute Level

[dBm]

Ant. Gain

[dBd]

ERP

[dBm]

ERP

[Watts]

824.70 CDMA850 836.52 CDMA850 848.31 CDMA850 V V V 1.39 1.40 1.38 72 61 123 14.92 15.98 17.42 2.98 3.04 3.10 17.90 19.02 20.52 0.062 0.080 0.113 Table 7-3. ERP (Cellular CDMA) Frequency

[MHz]

Mode Ant. Pol.

[H/V]

Antenna Height

[m]

Turntable Azimuth

[degree]

Substitute Level

[dBm]

Ant. Gain

[dBi]

EIRP

[dBm]

EIRP

[Watts]

1850.20 GPRS1900 1880.00 GPRS1900 1909.80 GPRS1900 1850.20 EDGE1900 V V V V 1.81 1.83 1.78 1.00 0 4 14 0 18.66 17.24 16.32 14.11 8.34 8.46 8.65 8.34 27.00 25.70 24.97 22.45 0.501 0.371 0.314 0.176 Table 7-4. EIRP (PCS GPRS) Frequency

[MHz]

Mode Ant. Pol.

[H/V]

Antenna Height

[m]

Turntable Azimuth

[degree]

Substitute Level

[dBm]

Ant. Gain

[dBi]

EIRP

[dBm]

EIRP

[Watts]

1851.25 CDMA1900 1880.00 CDMA1900 1908.75 CDMA1900 V V V 1.01 1.00 1.01 87 93 92 10.25 8.00 6.74 8.34 8.46 8.64 18.59 16.46 15.38 0.072 0.044 0.034 Table 7-5. EIRP (PCS CDMA) ERP Limit

[dBm]

38.45 38.45 38.45 38.45 ERP Limit

[dBm]

38.45 38.45 38.45 EIRP Limit

[dBm]

33.01 33.01 33.01 33.01 EIRP Limit

[dBm]

33.01 33.01 33.01 Margin

[dB]

-15.80

-13.47

-12.02

-19.85 Margin

[dB]

-20.55

-19.43

-17.93 Margin

[dB]

-6.01

-7.31

-8.04

-10.56 Margin

[dB]

-14.42

-16.55

-17.63 FCC ID: A3LSMB690V FCC Pt. 22 & 24 GSM / GPRS / EDGE / CDMA MEASUREMENT REPORT

(CERTIFICATION) Test Report S/N:

0Y1512072076.A3L 2016 PCTEST Engineering Laboratory, Inc. Test Dates:

12/3-1/5/2016 EUT Type:

Portable Handset Reviewed by:

Quality Manager Page 49 of 67 V 3.3 12/01/2015 Radiated Spurious Emissions Measurements 7.7 2.1053 22.917(a) 24.238(a) Test Overview Radiated spurious emissions measurements are performed using the substitution method described in ANSI/TIA-603-C-2004 with the EUT transmitting into an integral antenna. Measurements on signals operating below 1GHz are performed using horizontally and vertically polarized tuned dipole antennas. Measurements on signals operating above 1GHz are performed using vertically and horizontally polarized broadband horn antennas. All measurements are performed as peak measurements while the EUT is operating at maximum power, and at the appropriate frequencies. Test Procedures Used KDB 971168 D01 v02r02 Section 5.8 ANSI/TIA-603-C-2004 Section 2.2.12 Test Settings 1. RBW = 100kHz for emissions below 1GHz and 1MHz for emissions above 1GHz 2. VBW 3 x RBW 3. Span = 1.5 times the OBW 4. No. of sweep points > 2 x span / RBW 5. Detector = Peak 6. Trace mode = max hold 7. The trace was allowed to stabilize FCC ID: A3LSMB690V FCC Pt. 22 & 24 GSM / GPRS / EDGE / CDMA MEASUREMENT REPORT

(CERTIFICATION) Test Report S/N:

0Y1512072076.A3L 2016 PCTEST Engineering Laboratory, Inc. Test Dates:

12/3-1/5/2016 EUT Type:

Portable Handset Reviewed by:

Quality Manager Page 50 of 67 V 3.3 12/01/2015 Test Setup The EUT and measurement equipment were set up as shown in the diagram below. Figure 7-7. Test Instrument & Measurement Setup Test Notes 1) This device employs GSM, GPRS, and EDGE capabilities. The EUT was tested under all configurations and the highest power is reported in GPRS mode while transmitting with one slot active. 2) This device was tested under all RC and SO combinations and the worst case is reported with RC3/SO55 with "All Up" power control bits. 3) This unit was tested with its standard battery. 4) The EUT was tested in three orthogonal planes and in all possible test configurations and positioning. The worst case setup is reported in the tables below. 5) The spectrum is measured from 9kHz to the 10th harmonic of the fundamental frequency of the transmitter. The worst-case emissions are reported. 6) Emissions below 18GHz were measured at a 3 meter test distance while emissions above 18GHz were measured at a 1 meter test distance with the application of a distance correction factor. 7) The "-" shown in the following RSE tables are used to denote a noise floor measurement. FCC ID: A3LSMB690V FCC Pt. 22 & 24 GSM / GPRS / EDGE / CDMA MEASUREMENT REPORT

(CERTIFICATION) Test Report S/N:

0Y1512072076.A3L 2016 PCTEST Engineering Laboratory, Inc. Test Dates:

12/3-1/5/2016 EUT Type:

Portable Handset Reviewed by:

Quality Manager Page 51 of 67 V 3.3 12/01/2015 7.8 Radiated Spurious Emissions Measurements OPERATING FREQUENCY:

CHANNEL:

MEASURED OUTPUT POWER:

824.20 128 MHz 22.66 dBm =

0.184 W MODULATION SIGNAL: GPRS (GMSK) DISTANCE:

3 meters LIMIT: 43 + 10 log10 (W) =

35.66 dBc Frequency

[MHz]

Ant. Pol.

[H/V]

Antenna Height Turntable Azimuth

[degree]

Level at Antenna Substitute Spurious Antenna Gain Emission Level 1648.40 2472.60 3296.80 4121.00 H H H H Terminals [dBm]

[m]

1.01 1.01 1.01

[dBm]

-51.30

-42.45

-51.87

-48.85 Table 7-6. Radiated Spurious Data (Cellular GPRS Mode Ch. 128)

[dBd]

6.56 7.29 7.37 8.02

-57.85

-49.74

-59.24

-56.86 328 235 307

-

-

OPERATING FREQUENCY:

CHANNEL:

MEASURED OUTPUT POWER:

836.60 190 24.98 dBm =

MODULATION SIGNAL: GPRS (GMSK) DISTANCE:

3 meters LIMIT: 43 + 10 log10 (W) =

37.98 W MHz 0.315 dBc Frequency

[MHz]

Ant. Pol.

[H/V]

Antenna Height Turntable Azimuth

[degree]

Level at Antenna Substitute Spurious Antenna Gain Emission Level 1673.20 2509.80 3346.40 4183.00 H H H H Terminals [dBm]

[m]

1.01 1.01 1.01

[dBm]

-49.34

-44.64

-51.13

-48.38 Table 7-7. Radiated Spurious Data (Cellular GPRS Mode Ch. 190)

[dBd]

6.55 7.34 7.44 8.20

-55.89

-51.98

-58.57

-56.59 323 356 217

-

-

[dBc]

74.0 65.1 74.5 71.5

[dBc]

74.3 69.6 76.1 73.4 FCC ID: A3LSMB690V FCC Pt. 22 & 24 GSM / GPRS / EDGE / CDMA MEASUREMENT REPORT

(CERTIFICATION) Test Report S/N:

0Y1512072076.A3L 2016 PCTEST Engineering Laboratory, Inc. Test Dates:

12/3-1/5/2016 EUT Type:

Portable Handset Reviewed by:

Quality Manager Page 52 of 67 V 3.3 12/01/2015 OPERATING FREQUENCY:

CHANNEL:

MEASURED OUTPUT POWER:

848.80 251 26.43 dBm =

MODULATION SIGNAL: GPRS (GMSK) DISTANCE:

3 meters LIMIT: 43 + 10 log10 (W) =

39.43 W MHz 0.439 dBc Frequency

[MHz]

Ant. Pol.

[H/V]

Antenna Height Turntable Azimuth

[degree]

Level at Antenna Substitute Spurious Antenna Gain Emission Level 1697.60 2546.40 3395.20 4244.00 H H H H Terminals [dBm]

[m]

1.01 1.06 1.01

[dBm]

-48.95

-45.57

-50.36

-47.36 Table 7-8. Radiated Spurious Data (Cellular GPRS Mode Ch. 251)

[dBd]

6.55 7.36 7.51 8.40

-55.50

-52.94

-57.87

-55.76 320 259 346

-

-

OPERATING FREQUENCY:

CHANNEL:

MEASURED OUTPUT POWER:

MODULATION SIGNAL:

DISTANCE:

17.90 CDMA 3 824.70 1013 MHz dBm =

0.062 W meters LIMIT: 43 + 10 log10 (W) =

30.90 dBc Frequency

[MHz]

Ant. Pol.

[H/V]

Antenna Height Turntable Azimuth

[degree]

Level at Antenna Substitute Spurious Antenna Gain Emission Level 1649.40 2474.10 3298.80 4123.50 4948.20 H H H H H Terminals [dBm]

[m]

1.30 1.01 1.01 1.01

[dBm]

-56.41

-52.98

-51.78

-48.12

-48.38 Table 7-9. Radiated Spurious Data (Cellular CDMA Mode Ch. 1013)

[dBd]

6.56 7.30 7.37 8.02 8.74

-62.97

-60.28

-59.15

-56.14

-57.12 0 60 32 0

-

-

[dBc]

75.4 72.0 76.8 73.8

[dBc]

74.3 70.9 69.7 66.0 66.3 FCC ID: A3LSMB690V FCC Pt. 22 & 24 GSM / GPRS / EDGE / CDMA MEASUREMENT REPORT

(CERTIFICATION) Test Report S/N:

0Y1512072076.A3L 2016 PCTEST Engineering Laboratory, Inc. Test Dates:

12/3-1/5/2016 EUT Type:

Portable Handset Reviewed by:

Quality Manager Page 53 of 67 V 3.3 12/01/2015 OPERATING FREQUENCY:

CHANNEL:

MEASURED OUTPUT POWER:

MODULATION SIGNAL:

DISTANCE:

836.52 384 19.02 CDMA 3 dBm =

meters LIMIT: 43 + 10 log10 (W) =

32.02 MHz 0.080 dBc Frequency

[MHz]

Ant. Pol.

[H/V]

Antenna Height Turntable Azimuth

[degree]

Level at Antenna Substitute Spurious Antenna Gain Emission Level 1673.04 2509.56 3346.08 4182.60 H H H H Terminals [dBm]

[m]

1.00 1.01 1.01

[dBm]

-53.93

-53.21

-52.51

-46.99 Table 7-10. Radiated Spurious Data (Cellular CDMA Mode Ch. 384)

[dBd]

6.55 7.34 7.44 8.20

-60.48

-60.55

-59.95

-55.19 353 324 111

-

-

OPERATING FREQUENCY:

CHANNEL:

MEASURED OUTPUT POWER:

MODULATION SIGNAL:

DISTANCE:

848.31 777 20.52 CDMA 3 dBm =

meters LIMIT: 43 + 10 log10 (W) =

33.52 MHz 0.113 dBc Frequency

[MHz]

Ant. Pol.

[H/V]

Antenna Height Turntable Azimuth

[degree]

Level at Antenna Substitute Spurious Antenna Gain Emission Level 1696.62 2544.93 3393.24 H H H

[m]

1.01 1.11 Terminals [dBm]

[dBm]

-54.99

-52.59

-52.42 Table 7-11. Radiated Spurious Data (Cellular CDMA Mode Ch. 777)

[dBd]

6.55 7.36 7.51

-61.53

-59.95

-59.93 53 64

-

-

W W

[dBc]

73.0 72.2 71.5 66.0

[dBc]

75.5 73.1 72.9 FCC ID: A3LSMB690V FCC Pt. 22 & 24 GSM / GPRS / EDGE / CDMA MEASUREMENT REPORT

(CERTIFICATION) Test Report S/N:

0Y1512072076.A3L 2016 PCTEST Engineering Laboratory, Inc. Test Dates:

12/3-1/5/2016 EUT Type:

Portable Handset Reviewed by:

Quality Manager Page 54 of 67 V 3.3 12/01/2015 OPERATING FREQUENCY:

CHANNEL:

MEASURED OUTPUT POWER:

1850.20 512 MHz 27.00 dBm =

0.501 W MODULATION SIGNAL: GPRS (GMSK) DISTANCE:

3 meters LIMIT: 43 + 10 log10 (W) =

40.00 dBc Frequency

[MHz]

Ant. Pol.

[H/V]

3700.40 5550.60 7400.80 9251.00 11101.20 12951.40 H H H H H H Antenna Height Turntable Azimuth

[degree]

Level at Antenna Substitute Spurious Antenna Gain Emission Level Terminals [dBm]

[m]

1.00 1.01 1.01 1.01 1.01

[dBm]

-44.82

-38.84

-32.20

-33.30

-36.00

-35.35 Table 7-12. Radiated Spurious Data (PCS GPRS Mode Ch. 512)

[dBi]

9.44 10.78 10.69 11.58 12.79 13.19

-54.26

-49.63

-42.89

-44.88

-48.79

-48.54 263 306 322 0 339

-

-

OPERATING FREQUENCY:

CHANNEL:

MEASURED OUTPUT POWER:

1880.00 661 25.70 dBm =

MODULATION SIGNAL: GPRS (GMSK) DISTANCE:

3 meters LIMIT: 43 + 10 log10 (W) =

38.70 W MHz 0.371 dBc Frequency

[MHz]

Ant. Pol.

[H/V]

3760.00 5640.00 7520.00 9400.00 11280.00 13160.00 H H H H H H Antenna Height Turntable Azimuth

[degree]

Level at Antenna Substitute Spurious Antenna Gain Emission Level Terminals [dBm]

[m]

1.01 1.05 1.03 1.04 1.00

[dBm]

-42.84

-38.62

-33.03

-33.59

-37.39

-34.66 Table 7-13. Radiated Spurious Data (PCS GPRS Mode Ch. 661)

[dBi]

9.28 11.03 10.97 11.53 12.71 12.74

-52.12

-49.66

-44.00

-45.12

-50.10

-47.40 264 288 355 352 343

-

-

[dBc]

71.8 65.8 59.2 60.3 63.0 62.4

[dBc]

69.8 65.6 60.0 60.6 64.4 61.7 FCC ID: A3LSMB690V FCC Pt. 22 & 24 GSM / GPRS / EDGE / CDMA MEASUREMENT REPORT

(CERTIFICATION) Test Report S/N:

0Y1512072076.A3L 2016 PCTEST Engineering Laboratory, Inc. Test Dates:

12/3-1/5/2016 EUT Type:

Portable Handset Reviewed by:

Quality Manager Page 55 of 67 V 3.3 12/01/2015 OPERATING FREQUENCY:

CHANNEL:

MEASURED OUTPUT POWER:

1909.80 810 24.97 dBm =

MODULATION SIGNAL: GPRS (GMSK) DISTANCE:

3 meters LIMIT: 43 + 10 log10 (W) =

37.97 W MHz 0.314 dBc Frequency

[MHz]

Ant. Pol.

[H/V]

3819.60 5729.40 7639.20 9549.00 11458.80 13368.60 H H H H H H Antenna Height Turntable Azimuth

[degree]

Level at Antenna Substitute Spurious Antenna Gain Emission Level Terminals [dBm]

[m]

1.01 1.11 1.01 1.01 1.01

[dBm]

-40.79

-38.08

-29.63

-32.20

-36.55

-33.86 Table 7-14. Radiated Spurious Data (PCS GPRS Mode Ch. 810)

[dBi]

9.19 11.28 11.17 11.83 12.71 12.46

-49.98

-49.36

-40.81

-44.03

-49.26

-46.32 262 293 321 355 344

-

-

OPERATING FREQUENCY:

CHANNEL:

MEASURED OUTPUT POWER:

MODULATION SIGNAL:

DISTANCE:

18.59 CDMA 3 1851.25 25 MHz dBm =

0.072 W meters LIMIT: 43 + 10 log10 (W) =

31.59 dBc Substitute Spurious Antenna Gain Emission Level Frequency

[MHz]

Ant. Pol.

[H/V]

3702.50 5553.75 7405.00 9256.25 11107.50 12958.75 H H H H H H Antenna Height

[m]

1.19 1.20 1.20 1.13 1.13

-

Turntable Azimuth

[degree]

Level at Antenna Terminals [dBm]

222 129 277 117 351

-

-46.11

-55.12

-50.69

-45.40

-47.46

-47.64

[dBi]

9.43 10.79 10.70 11.58 12.79 13.17

[dBm]

-36.68

-44.33

-39.99

-33.82

-34.67

-34.46 Table 7-15. Radiated Spurious Data (PCS CDMA Mode Ch. 25)

[dBc]

67.8 65.1 56.6 59.2 63.6 60.9

[dBc]

55.3 62.9 58.6 52.4 53.3 53.1 FCC ID: A3LSMB690V FCC Pt. 22 & 24 GSM / GPRS / EDGE / CDMA MEASUREMENT REPORT

(CERTIFICATION) Test Report S/N:

0Y1512072076.A3L 2016 PCTEST Engineering Laboratory, Inc. Test Dates:

12/3-1/5/2016 EUT Type:

Portable Handset Reviewed by:

Quality Manager Page 56 of 67 V 3.3 12/01/2015 OPERATING FREQUENCY:

CHANNEL:

MEASURED OUTPUT POWER:

MODULATION SIGNAL:

DISTANCE:

1880.00 600 16.46 CDMA 3 dBm =

meters LIMIT: 43 + 10 log10 (W) =

29.46 MHz 0.044 dBc Frequency

[MHz]

Ant. Pol.

[H/V]

3760.00 5640.00 7520.00 9400.00 H H H H Antenna Height Turntable Azimuth

[degree]

Level at Antenna Substitute Spurious Antenna Gain Emission Level Terminals [dBm]

[m]

1.01 1.01 1.00

[dBm]

-33.33

-42.43

-41.79

-39.47 Table 7-16. Radiated Spurious Data (PCS CDMA Mode Ch. 600)

[dBi]

9.28 11.03 10.97 11.53

-42.61

-53.47

-52.76

-51.00 160 85 196

-

-

OPERATING FREQUENCY:

CHANNEL:

MEASURED OUTPUT POWER:

MODULATION SIGNAL:

DISTANCE:

1908.75 1175 15.38 CDMA 3 dBm =

meters LIMIT: 43 + 10 log10 (W) =

28.38 MHz 0.034 dBc Frequency

[MHz]

Ant. Pol.

[H/V]

Antenna Height Turntable Azimuth

[degree]

Level at Antenna Substitute Spurious Antenna Gain Emission Level Terminals [dBm]

[m]

1.01 1.01 1.01 1.01

[dBm]

-33.84

-40.16

-38.25

-37.60

-36.47 Table 7-17. Radiated Spurious Data (PCS CDMA Mode Ch. 1175)

[dBi]

9.19 11.28 11.17 11.82 12.71

-43.03

-51.44

-49.42

-49.41

-49.18 158 86 184 4

-

-

3817.50 5726.25 7635.00 9543.75 11452.50 H H H H H W W

[dBc]

51.9 61.0 60.4 58.1

[dBc]

52.4 58.8 56.8 56.2 55.1 FCC ID: A3LSMB690V FCC Pt. 22 & 24 GSM / GPRS / EDGE / CDMA MEASUREMENT REPORT

(CERTIFICATION) Test Report S/N:

0Y1512072076.A3L 2016 PCTEST Engineering Laboratory, Inc. Test Dates:

12/3-1/5/2016 EUT Type:

Portable Handset Reviewed by:

Quality Manager Page 57 of 67 V 3.3 12/01/2015 b.) Frequency Stability / Temperature Variation 7.9 2.1055 22.355 24.235 Test Overview and Limit Frequency stability testing is performed in accordance with the guidelines of ANSI/TIA-603-C-2004. The frequency stability of the transmitter is measured by:

a.) Temperature: The temperature is varied from -30C to +50C in 10C increments using an environmental chamber. Primary Supply Voltage: The primary supply voltage is varied from 85% to 115% of the nominal value for non hand-carried battery and AC powered equipment. For hand-carried, battery-powered equipment, primary supply voltage is reduced to the battery operating end point which shall be specified by the manufacturer. For Part 22, the frequency stability of the transmitter shall be maintained within 0.00025% (2.5 ppm) of the center frequency. For Part 24 the frequency stability shall be sufficient to ensure that the fundamental emission stays within the authorized frequency block. Test Procedure Used ANSI/TIA-603-C-2004 Test Settings 1. The carrier frequency of the transmitter is measured at room temperature (20C to provide a 2. The equipment is turned on in a standby condition for fifteen minutes before applying power to the transmitter. Measurement of the carrier frequency of the transmitter is made within one minute after applying power to the transmitter. 3. Frequency measurements are made at 10C intervals ranging from -30C to +50C. A period of at least one half-hour is provided to allow stabilization of the equipment at each temperature level. Test Setup The EUT was connected via an RF cable to a spectrum analyzer with the EUT placed inside an environmental chamber. Test Notes None reference). FCC ID: A3LSMB690V FCC Pt. 22 & 24 GSM / GPRS / EDGE / CDMA MEASUREMENT REPORT

(CERTIFICATION) Test Report S/N:

0Y1512072076.A3L 2016 PCTEST Engineering Laboratory, Inc. Test Dates:

12/3-1/5/2016 EUT Type:

Portable Handset Reviewed by:

Quality Manager Page 58 of 67 V 3.3 12/01/2015 Frequency Stability / Temperature Variation 2.1055 22.355 OPERATING FREQUENCY:

CHANNEL:

REFERENCE VOLTAGE:

836,600,000 Hz 190 3.70 VDC DEVIATION LIMIT: 0.00025 % or 2.5 ppm POWER VOLTAGE

(VDC) TEMP

(oC)

(Hz)

(%) FREQUENCY Freq. Dev. Deviation

(Hz)

(%) 100 %

100 %

100 %

100 %

100 %

100 %

100 %

100 %

100 %

100 %

3.70

+ 20 (Ref)

- 30

- 20

- 10 0

+ 10

+ 20

+ 30

+ 40

+ 50

+ 20 836,600,202 836,600,318 836,600,356 836,599,716 836,599,871 836,600,036 836,599,930 836,600,057 836,600,159 836,600,094 836,599,948 202 318 356

-284

-129 36

-70 57 159 94

-52 0.0000241 0.0000380 0.0000426

-0.0000339

-0.0000154 0.0000043

-0.0000084 0.0000068 0.0000190 0.0000112

-0.0000062 BATT. ENDPOINT 3.30 Table 7-18. Frequency Stability Data (Cellular GPRS Mode Ch. 190) FCC ID: A3LSMB690V FCC Pt. 22 & 24 GSM / GPRS / EDGE / CDMA MEASUREMENT REPORT

(CERTIFICATION) Test Report S/N:

0Y1512072076.A3L 2016 PCTEST Engineering Laboratory, Inc. Test Dates:

12/3-1/5/2016 EUT Type:

Portable Handset Reviewed by:

Quality Manager Page 59 of 67 V 3.3 12/01/2015 Frequency Stability / Temperature Variation 2.1055 22.355 Frequency Stability 3.5 2.5 1.5 0.5

-0.5

-1.5

-2.5

-3.5

) m p p

(

n o i t a v e D i Temperature (C) Figure 7-8. Frequency Stability Graph (Cellular GPRS Mode Ch. 190) FCC ID: A3LSMB690V FCC Pt. 22 & 24 GSM / GPRS / EDGE / CDMA MEASUREMENT REPORT

(CERTIFICATION) Test Report S/N:

0Y1512072076.A3L 2016 PCTEST Engineering Laboratory, Inc. Test Dates:

12/3-1/5/2016 EUT Type:

Portable Handset Reviewed by:

Quality Manager Page 60 of 67 V 3.3 12/01/2015 Frequency Stability / Temperature Variation 2.1055 22.355 OPERATING FREQUENCY:

CHANNEL:

REFERENCE VOLTAGE:

836,520,000 Hz 384 3.70 VDC DEVIATION LIMIT: 0.00025 % or 2.5 ppm POWER VOLTAGE

(VDC) TEMP

(oC)

(Hz)

(%) FREQUENCY Freq. Dev. Deviation

(Hz)

(%) 100 %

100 %

100 %

100 %

100 %

100 %

100 %

100 %

100 %

100 %

3.70

+ 20 (Ref)

- 30

- 20

- 10 0

+ 10

+ 20

+ 30

+ 40

+ 50

+ 20 836,519,849 836,520,168 836,520,163 836,520,296 836,519,999 836,519,866 836,520,156 836,519,973 836,519,879 836,520,183 836,520,073

-151 168 163 296

-1

-134 156

-27

-121 183 73

-0.0000181 0.0000201 0.0000195 0.0000354

-0.0000001

-0.0000160 0.0000186

-0.0000032

-0.0000145 0.0000219 0.0000087 BATT. ENDPOINT 3.30 Table 7-19. Frequency Stability Data (Cellular CDMA Mode Ch. 384) FCC ID: A3LSMB690V FCC Pt. 22 & 24 GSM / GPRS / EDGE / CDMA MEASUREMENT REPORT

(CERTIFICATION) Test Report S/N:

0Y1512072076.A3L 2016 PCTEST Engineering Laboratory, Inc. Test Dates:

12/3-1/5/2016 EUT Type:

Portable Handset Reviewed by:

Quality Manager Page 61 of 67 V 3.3 12/01/2015 Frequency Stability / Temperature Variation 2.1055 22.355 Frequency Stability 3.5 2.5 1.5 0.5

-0.5

-1.5

-2.5

-3.5

) m p p

(

n o i t a v e D i Temperature (C) Figure 7-9. Frequency Stability Graph (Cellular CDMA Mode Ch. 384) FCC ID: A3LSMB690V FCC Pt. 22 & 24 GSM / GPRS / EDGE / CDMA MEASUREMENT REPORT

(CERTIFICATION) Test Report S/N:

0Y1512072076.A3L 2016 PCTEST Engineering Laboratory, Inc. Test Dates:

12/3-1/5/2016 EUT Type:

Portable Handset Reviewed by:

Quality Manager Page 62 of 67 V 3.3 12/01/2015 Frequency Stability / Temperature Variation 2.1055 24.235 OPERATING FREQUENCY:

CHANNEL:

REFERENCE VOLTAGE:

1,880,000,000 Hz 661 3.70 VDC VOLTAGE POWER

(VDC) TEMP

(oC)

(Hz)

(%) FREQUENCY Freq. Dev. Deviation

(Hz)

(%) 100 %

100 %

100 %

100 %

100 %

100 %

100 %

100 %

100 %

100 %

3.70

+ 20 (Ref)

- 30

- 20

- 10 0

+ 10

+ 20

+ 30

+ 40

+ 50

+ 20 1,880,000,286 1,879,999,724 1,879,999,915 1,880,000,254 1,879,999,663 1,880,000,014 1,879,999,589 1,880,000,107 1,879,999,746 1,880,000,157 1,879,999,720 286

-276

-85 254

-337 14

-411 107

-254 157

-280 0.0000152

-0.0000147

-0.0000045 0.0000135

-0.0000179 0.0000007

-0.0000219 0.0000057

-0.0000135 0.0000084

-0.0000149 BATT. ENDPOINT 3.30 Table 7-20. Frequency Stability Data (PCS GPRS Mode Ch. 661) Note:

Based on the results of the frequency stability test at the center channel the frequency deviation results measured are very small. As such it is determined that the channels at the band edge would remain in-

band when the maximum measured frequency deviation noted during the frequency stability tests is applied. Therefore the device is determined to remain operating in band over the temperature and voltage range as tested. FCC ID: A3LSMB690V FCC Pt. 22 & 24 GSM / GPRS / EDGE / CDMA MEASUREMENT REPORT

(CERTIFICATION) Test Report S/N:

0Y1512072076.A3L 2016 PCTEST Engineering Laboratory, Inc. Test Dates:

12/3-1/5/2016 EUT Type:

Portable Handset Reviewed by:

Quality Manager Page 63 of 67 V 3.3 12/01/2015 Frequency Stability / Temperature Variation 2.1055 24.235 Frequency Stability 3.5 2.5 1.5 0.5

-0.5

-1.5

-2.5

-3.5

) m p p

(

n o i t a v e D i Temperature (C) Figure 7-10. Frequency Stability Graph (PCS GPRS Mode Ch. 661) FCC ID: A3LSMB690V FCC Pt. 22 & 24 GSM / GPRS / EDGE / CDMA MEASUREMENT REPORT

(CERTIFICATION) Test Report S/N:

0Y1512072076.A3L 2016 PCTEST Engineering Laboratory, Inc. Test Dates:

12/3-1/5/2016 EUT Type:

Portable Handset Reviewed by:

Quality Manager Page 64 of 67 V 3.3 12/01/2015 Frequency Stability / Temperature Variation 2.1055 24.235 OPERATING FREQUENCY:

CHANNEL:

REFERENCE VOLTAGE:

1,880,000,000 Hz 600 3.70 VDC POWER VOLTAGE

(VDC) TEMP

(oC)

(Hz)

(%) FREQUENCY Freq. Dev. Deviation

(Hz)

(%) 100 %

100 %

100 %

100 %

100 %

100 %

100 %

100 %

100 %

100 %

3.70

+ 20 (Ref)

- 30

- 20

- 10 0

+ 10

+ 20

+ 30

+ 40

+ 50

+ 20 1,879,999,972 1,879,999,936 1,879,999,885 1,880,000,378 1,879,999,853 1,880,000,152 1,880,000,089 1,879,999,837 1,880,000,154 1,879,999,911 1,880,000,183

-28

-64

-115 378

-147 152 89

-163 154

-89 183

-0.0000015

-0.0000034

-0.0000061 0.0000201

-0.0000078 0.0000081 0.0000047

-0.0000087 0.0000082

-0.0000047 0.0000097 BATT. ENDPOINT 3.30 Table 7-21. Frequency Stability Data (PCS CDMA Mode Ch. 600) Note:

Based on the results of the frequency stability test at the center channel the frequency deviation results measured are very small. As such it is determined that the channels at the band edge would remain in-

band when the maximum measured frequency deviation noted during the frequency stability tests is applied. Therefore the device is determined to remain operating in band over the temperature and voltage range as tested. FCC ID: A3LSMB690V FCC Pt. 22 & 24 GSM / GPRS / EDGE / CDMA MEASUREMENT REPORT

(CERTIFICATION) Test Report S/N:

0Y1512072076.A3L 2016 PCTEST Engineering Laboratory, Inc. Test Dates:

12/3-1/5/2016 EUT Type:

Portable Handset Reviewed by:

Quality Manager Page 65 of 67 V 3.3 12/01/2015 Frequency Stability / Temperature Variation 2.1055 24.235 Frequency Stability 3.5 2.5 1.5 0.5

-0.5

-1.5

-2.5

-3.5

) m p p

(

n o i t a v e D i Temperature (C) Figure 7-11. Frequency Stability Graph (PCS CDMA Mode Ch. 600) FCC ID: A3LSMB690V FCC Pt. 22 & 24 GSM / GPRS / EDGE / CDMA MEASUREMENT REPORT

(CERTIFICATION) Test Report S/N:

0Y1512072076.A3L 2016 PCTEST Engineering Laboratory, Inc. Test Dates:

12/3-1/5/2016 EUT Type:

Portable Handset Reviewed by:

Quality Manager Page 66 of 67 V 3.3 12/01/2015 8 . 0 C O N C L U S I O N The data collected relate only to the item(s) tested and show that the Samsung Portable Handset FCC ID: A3LSMB690V complies with all the requirements of Parts 22 & 24 of the FCC rules. FCC ID: A3LSMB690V FCC Pt. 22 & 24 GSM / GPRS / EDGE / CDMA MEASUREMENT REPORT

(CERTIFICATION) Test Report S/N:

0Y1512072076.A3L 2016 PCTEST Engineering Laboratory, Inc. Test Dates:

12/3-1/5/2016 EUT Type:

Portable Handset Reviewed by:

Quality Manager Page 67 of 67 V 3.3 12/01/2015

 

 

Date: January 12, 2016 Federal Communications Commission Equipment Approval Services 7435 Oakland Mills Road Columbia, MD 21046 SUBJECT:

SAMSUNG ELECTRONICS CO.,LTD. FCC ID: A3LSMB690V Part 20.19 Certification To Whom It May Concern:

The following are the model designations and their associated key features for this FCC ID, according to requirement in the KDB 285076 D01. We, Samsung Electronics, hereby declare the samples evaluated in this application are equivalent to production samples. This device features a HAC mode software setting which activates audio gains and shaping during HAC operation to improve audio performance for users with hearing loss. Held-to-ear modes do not include Bluetooth profiles. FCC ID:

Model(s):

Air Interfaces:

Radio Services:

Key Features:

A3LSMB690V SM-B690V CDMA 850/1900, GSM 850/1900 CDMA/EVDO, GSM/GPRS/EGPRS GPS SMS,MMS Bluetooth MP3 Player Should you have any questions or comments concerning the above, please contact the undersigned. Xili Mei Engineer Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd.

 

 

PCTEST ENGINEERING LABORATORY, INC. 7185 Oakland Mills Road, Columbia, MD 21046 USA Tel. 410.290.6652 / Fax 410.290.6654 http://www.pctestlab.com HEARING AID COMPATIBILITY Date of Testing:

11/30/2015 - 12/03/2015 Test Site/Location:

PCTEST Lab, Columbia, MD, USA Test Report Serial No.:

0Y1512072078.A3L A3LSMB690V SAMSUNG ELECTRONICS CO., LTD. Applicant Name:

Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. 129, Samsung-ro, Maetan dong, Yeongtong-gu, Suwon-si Gyeonggi-do 16677, Korea FCC ID:

APPLICANT:

Scope of Test:

Application Type:

FCC Rule Part(s):

HAC Standard:

RF Emissions Testing Certification CFR 20.19(b) ANSI C63.19-2011 CTIA Test Plan for Hearing Aid Compatibility Rev 3.0, November 2013 Portable Handset SM-B690V Pre-Production Sample [S/N: 01247]

EUT Type:

Model(s):

Test Device Serial No.:

C63.19-2011 HAC Category:

This wireless portable device has been shown to be hearing-aid compatible under the above rated category, specified in ANSI/IEEE Std. C63.19-2011 and has been tested in accordance with the specified measurement procedures. Hearing-Aid Compatibility is based on the assumption that all production units will be designed electrically identical to the device tested in this report. Test results reported herein relate only to the item(s) tested. I attest to the accuracy of data. All measurements reported herein were performed by me or were made under my supervision and are correct to the best of my knowledge and belief. I assume full responsibility for the completeness of these measurements and vouch for the qualifications of all persons taking them. M3 (RF EMISSIONS CATEGORY) FCC ID: A3LSMB690V HAC (RF EMISSIONS) TEST REPORT Filename:

0Y1512072078.A3L 2015 PCTEST Engineering Laboratory, Inc. REV 3.1.M 09/23/2015 2015 PCTEST Engineering Laboratory, Inc. All rights reserved. Unless otherwise specified, no part of this report may be reproduced or utilized in any part, form or by any means, electronic or mechanical, including photocopying and microfilm, without permission in writing from PCTEST Engineering Laboratory, Inc. If you have any questions about this international copyright or have an enquiry about obtaining additional rights to this report or assembly of contents thereof, please contact INFO@PCTESTLAB.COM. Test Dates:

11/30/2015 - 12/03/2015 EUT Type:

Portable Handset Page 1 of 61 Reviewed by:

Quality Manager T A B L E O F C O N T E N T S INTRODUCTION ............................................................................................................................. 3 TEST SITE LOCATION ................................................................................................................... 4 EUT DESCRIPTION ........................................................................................................................ 5 ANSI/IEEE C63.19 PERFORMANCE CATEGORIES .................................................................... 6 SYSTEM SPECIFICATIONS ........................................................................................................... 7 TEST PROCEDURE ..................................................................................................................... 12 SYSTEM CHECK .......................................................................................................................... 14 MODULATION INTERFERENCE FACTOR .................................................................................. 17 RF CONDUCTED POWER MEASUREMENTS ............................................................................ 19 JUSTIFICATION OF HELD TO EAR MODES TESTED ............................................................... 21 OVERALL MEASUREMENT SUMMARY ..................................................................................... 22 EQUIPMENT LIST ......................................................................................................................... 24 MEASUREMENT UNCERTAINTY ................................................................................................ 25 TEST DATA ................................................................................................................................... 26 CALIBRATION CERTIFICATES .................................................................................................... 33 CONCLUSION ............................................................................................................................... 56 REFERENCES .............................................................................................................................. 57 TEST PHOTOGRAPHS ................................................................................................................ 59 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. 13. 14. 15. 16. 17. 18. FCC ID: A3LSMB690V HAC (RF EMISSIONS) TEST REPORT Filename:

0Y1512072078.A3L 2015 PCTEST Engineering Laboratory, Inc. REV 3.1.M 09/23/2015 2015 PCTEST Engineering Laboratory, Inc. All rights reserved. Unless otherwise specified, no part of this report may be reproduced or utilized in any part, form or by any means, electronic or mechanical, including photocopying and microfilm, without permission in writing from PCTEST Engineering Laboratory, Inc. If you have any questions about this international copyright or have an enquiry about obtaining additional rights to this report or assembly of contents thereof, please contact INFO@PCTESTLAB.COM. Test Dates:

11/30/2015 - 12/03/2015 EUT Type:

Portable Handset Page 2 of 61 Reviewed by:

Quality Manager I N T R O D U C T I O N 1 . On July 10, 2003, the Federal Communications Commission (FCC) adopted new rules requiring wireless manufacturers and service providers to provide digital wireless phones that are compatible with hearing aids. The FCC has modified the exemption for wireless phones under the Hearing Aid Compatibility Act of 1998 (HAC Act) in WT Docket 01-309 RM-86581 to extend the benefits of wireless telecommunications to individuals with hearing disabilities. These benefits encompass business, social and emergency communications, which increase the value of the wireless network for everyone. An estimated more than 10% of the population in the United States show signs of hearing impairment and of that fraction, almost 80% use hearing aids. Approximately 500 million people worldwide suffer from hearing loss. Compatibility Tests Involved:

The standard calls for wireless communications devices to be measured for:

RF Electric-field emissions T-coil mode, magnetic-signal strength in the audio band T-coil mode, magnetic-signal frequency response through the audio band T-coil mode, magnetic-signal and noise articulation index The hearing aid must be measured for:

RF immunity in microphone mode RF immunity in T-coil mode In the following tests and results, this report includes the evaluation for a wireless communications device. Figure 1-1 Hearing Aid in-vitu 1 FCC Rule & Order, WT Docket 01-309 RM-8658 FCC ID: A3LSMB690V HAC (RF EMISSIONS) TEST REPORT Filename:

0Y1512072078.A3L 2015 PCTEST Engineering Laboratory, Inc. REV 3.1.M 09/23/2015 2015 PCTEST Engineering Laboratory, Inc. All rights reserved. Unless otherwise specified, no part of this report may be reproduced or utilized in any part, form or by any means, electronic or mechanical, including photocopying and microfilm, without permission in writing from PCTEST Engineering Laboratory, Inc. If you have any questions about this international copyright or have an enquiry about obtaining additional rights to this report or assembly of contents thereof, please contact INFO@PCTESTLAB.COM. Test Dates:

11/30/2015 - 12/03/2015 EUT Type:

Portable Handset Page 3 of 61 Reviewed by:

Quality Manager 2 . T E S T S I T E L O C A T I O N Introduction I. The map at the right shows the location of the PCTEST LABORATORY in Columbia, Maryland. It is in proximity to the FCC Laboratory, the Baltimore-Washington International (BWI) airport, the city of Baltimore and Washington, DC (See Figure 2-1). These measurement tests were conducted at the PCTEST Engineering Laboratory, Inc. facility in Stonewood Business Center, Guilford Industrial Park, Columbia, Maryland. The site address is 7185 Oakland Mills Road, Columbia, MD 21046. The test site is one of the highest points in the Columbia area with an elevation of 390 feet above mean sea level. The site coordinates are 39 10 24 N latitude and 76 49 50 W longitude. The facility is 0.4 miles North of the FCC laboratory, and the ambient signal and ambient signal strength are approximately equal to those of the FCC laboratory. Figure 2-1 Map of the Greater Baltimore and Metropolitan Washington, D.C. area FCC ID: A3LSMB690V HAC (RF EMISSIONS) TEST REPORT Filename:

0Y1512072078.A3L 2015 PCTEST Engineering Laboratory, Inc. REV 3.1.M 09/23/2015 2015 PCTEST Engineering Laboratory, Inc. All rights reserved. Unless otherwise specified, no part of this report may be reproduced or utilized in any part, form or by any means, electronic or mechanical, including photocopying and microfilm, without permission in writing from PCTEST Engineering Laboratory, Inc. If you have any questions about this international copyright or have an enquiry about obtaining additional rights to this report or assembly of contents thereof, please contact INFO@PCTESTLAB.COM. Test Dates:

11/30/2015 - 12/03/2015 EUT Type:

Portable Handset Page 4 of 61 Reviewed by:

Quality Manager 3 . E U T D E S C R I P T I O N FCC ID:

Manufacturer:

Model(s):

Serial Number:

Antenna Configurations:

HAC Test Configurations:

EUT Type:

A3LSMB690V Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. 129, Samsung-ro, Maetan dong, Yeongtong-gu, Suwon-si Gyeonggi-do 16677, Korea SM-B690V 01247 Internal Antenna Cell. CDMA, 1013, 384, 777, BT Off PCS CDMA, 25, 600, 1175, BT Off GSM 850, 128, 190, 251, BT Off GSM 1900, 512, 661, 810, BT Off Portable Handset AirInterface GSM CDMA BT Band

(MHz) 850 1900 GPRS/EDGE 835 1900 EVDO 2450 TypeTransport HACTested Simultaneous ButNotTested VoiceoverDigital Transport OTTCapability WIFILow Power AdditionalGSMPower Reduction VO DT VO DT DT Yes No Yes No No Yes:BT Yes:BT Yes:BT Yes:BT Yes:CDMAorGSM N/A Yes N/A Yes N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A No No N/A N/A N/A TypeTransport VO=VoiceOnly DT=DigitalDataNotintendedforCMRSService Table 3-1: A3LSMB690V HAC Air Interfaces FCC ID: A3LSMB690V HAC (RF EMISSIONS) TEST REPORT Filename:

0Y1512072078.A3L 2015 PCTEST Engineering Laboratory, Inc. REV 3.1.M 09/23/2015 2015 PCTEST Engineering Laboratory, Inc. All rights reserved. Unless otherwise specified, no part of this report may be reproduced or utilized in any part, form or by any means, electronic or mechanical, including photocopying and microfilm, without permission in writing from PCTEST Engineering Laboratory, Inc. If you have any questions about this international copyright or have an enquiry about obtaining additional rights to this report or assembly of contents thereof, please contact INFO@PCTESTLAB.COM. Test Dates:

11/30/2015 - 12/03/2015 EUT Type:

Portable Handset Page 5 of 61 Reviewed by:

Quality Manager A N S I / I E E E C 6 3 . 1 9 P E R F O R M A N C E C A T E G O R I E S 4 . I. RF EMISSIONS The ANSI Standard presents performance requirements for acceptable interoperability of hearing aids with wireless communications devices. When these parameters are met, a hearing aid operates acceptably in close proximity to a wireless communications device. Category Telephone RF Parameters Near field Category M1 M2 M3 M4 M1 M2 M3 M4 E-field emissions CW dB(V/m) f < 960 MHz f > 960 MHz 50 to 55 45 to 50 40 to 45

< 40 40 to 45 35 to 40 30 to 35

< 30 WD near-field categories as defined in ANSI C63.19-2011 Table 4-1 FCC ID: A3LSMB690V HAC (RF EMISSIONS) TEST REPORT Filename:

0Y1512072078.A3L 2015 PCTEST Engineering Laboratory, Inc. REV 3.1.M 09/23/2015 2015 PCTEST Engineering Laboratory, Inc. All rights reserved. Unless otherwise specified, no part of this report may be reproduced or utilized in any part, form or by any means, electronic or mechanical, including photocopying and microfilm, without permission in writing from PCTEST Engineering Laboratory, Inc. If you have any questions about this international copyright or have an enquiry about obtaining additional rights to this report or assembly of contents thereof, please contact INFO@PCTESTLAB.COM. Test Dates:

11/30/2015 - 12/03/2015 EUT Type:

Portable Handset Page 6 of 61 Reviewed by:

Quality Manager S Y S T E M S P E C I F I C A T I O N S 5 . ER3DV6 E-Field Probe Description Construction:

Calibration:

Frequency:

Directivity Dynamic Range Linearity:

Dimensions One dipole parallel, two dipoles normal to probe axis Built-in shielding against static charges In air from 100 MHz to 3.0 GHz

(absolute accuracy 6.0%, k=2) 100 MHz to > 6 GHz;

Linearity: 0.2 dB (100 MHz to 3 GHz) 0.2 dB in air (rotation around probe axis) 0.4 dB in air (rotation normal to probe axis) 2 V/m to > 1000 V/m

(M3 or better device readings fall well below diode compression point) 0.2 dB Overall length: 330 mm (Tip: 16 mm) Tip diameter: 8 mm (Body: 12 mm) Distance from probe tip to dipole centers: 2.5 mm Figure 5-1 E-field Free-space Probe Probe Tip Description HAC field measurements take place in the close near field with high gradients. Increasing the measuring distance from the source will generally decrease the measured field values (in case of the validation dipole approx. 10% per mm). The electric field probes have an irregular internal geometry because it is physically not possible to have the 3 orthogonal sensors situated with the same center. The effect of the different sensor centers is accounted for in the HAC uncertainty budget ("sensor displacement"). Their geometric center is at 2.5mm from the tip, and the element ends are 1.1mm closer to the tip. The antistatic shielding inside the probe is connected to the probe connector case. FCC ID: A3LSMB690V HAC (RF EMISSIONS) TEST REPORT Filename:

0Y1512072078.A3L 2015 PCTEST Engineering Laboratory, Inc. REV 3.1.M 09/23/2015 2015 PCTEST Engineering Laboratory, Inc. All rights reserved. Unless otherwise specified, no part of this report may be reproduced or utilized in any part, form or by any means, electronic or mechanical, including photocopying and microfilm, without permission in writing from PCTEST Engineering Laboratory, Inc. If you have any questions about this international copyright or have an enquiry about obtaining additional rights to this report or assembly of contents thereof, please contact INFO@PCTESTLAB.COM. Test Dates:

11/30/2015 - 12/03/2015 EUT Type:

Portable Handset Page 7 of 61 Reviewed by:

Quality Manager Instrumentation Chain Equation 1 Probe Response to Frequency The E-field sensors have inherently a very flat frequency response. They are calibrated with a number of frequencies resulting in a common calibration factor, with the frequency behavior documented in the calibration certificate (See also below). Figure 5-2 E-Field Probe Frequency Response FCC ID: A3LSMB690V HAC (RF EMISSIONS) TEST REPORT Filename:

0Y1512072078.A3L 2015 PCTEST Engineering Laboratory, Inc. REV 3.1.M 09/23/2015 2015 PCTEST Engineering Laboratory, Inc. All rights reserved. Unless otherwise specified, no part of this report may be reproduced or utilized in any part, form or by any means, electronic or mechanical, including photocopying and microfilm, without permission in writing from PCTEST Engineering Laboratory, Inc. If you have any questions about this international copyright or have an enquiry about obtaining additional rights to this report or assembly of contents thereof, please contact INFO@PCTESTLAB.COM. Test Dates:

11/30/2015 - 12/03/2015 EUT Type:

Portable Handset Page 8 of 61 Reviewed by:

Quality Manager SPEAG Robotic System E-field measurements are performed using the DASY5 automated dosimetric assessment system. The DASY5 is made by Schmid & Partner Engineering AG (SPEAG) in Zurich, Switzerland and consists of high precision robotics system (Staubli), robot controller, Intel CORE i7 computer, near-

field probe, probe alignment sensor, and the HAC phantom. The robot is a six-axis industrial robot performing precise movements to position the probe to the location (points) of maximum electromagnetic field (EMF). Figure 5-3 SPEAG Robotic System System Hardware A cell controller system contains the power supply, robot controller, teach pendant (Joystick), and a remote control used to drive the robot motors. The PC consists of the computer with operating system and RF Measurement Software DASY5 v52.8 (with HAC Extension), A/D interface card, monitor, mouse, and keyboard. The Staubli Robot is connected to the cell controller to allow software manipulation of the robot. A data acquisition electronic (DAE) circuit that performs the signal amplification, signal multiplexing, AD-conversion, offset measurements, mechanical surface detection, collision detection, etc. is connected to the Electro-optical coupler (EOC). The EOC performs the conversion from the optical into digital electric signal of the DAE and transfers data to the PC plug-in card. FCC ID: A3LSMB690V HAC (RF EMISSIONS) TEST REPORT Filename:

0Y1512072078.A3L 2015 PCTEST Engineering Laboratory, Inc. REV 3.1.M 09/23/2015 2015 PCTEST Engineering Laboratory, Inc. All rights reserved. Unless otherwise specified, no part of this report may be reproduced or utilized in any part, form or by any means, electronic or mechanical, including photocopying and microfilm, without permission in writing from PCTEST Engineering Laboratory, Inc. If you have any questions about this international copyright or have an enquiry about obtaining additional rights to this report or assembly of contents thereof, please contact INFO@PCTESTLAB.COM. Test Dates:

11/30/2015 - 12/03/2015 EUT Type:

Portable Handset Page 9 of 61 Reviewed by:

Quality Manager System Electronics The DAE consists of a highly sensitive electrometer-grade preamplifier with auto-zeroing, a channel and gain-switching multiplexer, a fast 16 bit AD-converter and a command decoder and control logic unit. Transmission to the PC-card is accomplished through an optical downlink for data and status information and an optical uplink for commands and clock lines. The mechanical probe mounting device includes two different sensor systems for frontal and sidewise probe contacts. They are also used for mechanical surface detection and probe collision detection. The robot uses its own controller with a built in VME-bus computer. Figure 5-4 SPEAG Robotic System Diagram DASY5 Instrumentation Chain The first step of the evaluation is a linearization of the filtered input signal to account for the compression characteristics of the detector diode. The compensation depends on the input signal, the diode type and the DC-transmission factor from the diode to the evaluation electronics. If the exciting field is pulsed, the crest factor of the signal must be known to correctly compensate for peak power. The formula for each channel can be given as:

FCC ID: A3LSMB690V HAC (RF EMISSIONS) TEST REPORT Reviewed by:

Quality Manager Filename:

0Y1512072078.A3L 2015 PCTEST Engineering Laboratory, Inc. REV 3.1.M 09/23/2015 2015 PCTEST Engineering Laboratory, Inc. All rights reserved. Unless otherwise specified, no part of this report may be reproduced or utilized in any part, form or by any means, electronic or mechanical, including photocopying and microfilm, without permission in writing from PCTEST Engineering Laboratory, Inc. If you have any questions about this international copyright or have an enquiry about obtaining additional rights to this report or assembly of contents thereof, please contact INFO@PCTESTLAB.COM. Test Dates:

11/30/2015 - 12/03/2015 EUT Type:

Portable Handset Page 10 of 61 The measurement/integration time per point, as specified by the system manufacturer is >500ms. The signal response time is evaluated as the time required by the system to reach 90% of the expected final value after an on/off switch of the power source with an integration time of 500ms and a probe response time of <5 ms. In the current implementation, DASY5 waits longer than 100ms after having reached the grid point before starting a measurement, i.e., the response time uncertainty is negligible. If the device under test does not emit a CW signal, the integration time applied to measure the electric field at a specific point may introduce additional uncertainties due to the discretization. The tolerances for the different systems had the worst-case of 2.6%. FCC ID: A3LSMB690V HAC (RF EMISSIONS) TEST REPORT Filename:

0Y1512072078.A3L 2015 PCTEST Engineering Laboratory, Inc. REV 3.1.M 09/23/2015 2015 PCTEST Engineering Laboratory, Inc. All rights reserved. Unless otherwise specified, no part of this report may be reproduced or utilized in any part, form or by any means, electronic or mechanical, including photocopying and microfilm, without permission in writing from PCTEST Engineering Laboratory, Inc. If you have any questions about this international copyright or have an enquiry about obtaining additional rights to this report or assembly of contents thereof, please contact INFO@PCTESTLAB.COM. Test Dates:

11/30/2015 - 12/03/2015 EUT Type:

Portable Handset Page 11 of 61 Reviewed by:

Quality Manager T E S T P R O C E D U R E 6 . I. RF EMISSIONS Per 5.5.1.2 (d-f) Per 5.5.1.2 (a-c) Per 5.5.1.2 (i-j) Per 5.5.1.2 (g-h) & 5.5.1.3 Figure 6-1 RF Emissions Flow Chart FCC ID: A3LSMB690V HAC (RF EMISSIONS) TEST REPORT Filename:

0Y1512072078.A3L 2015 PCTEST Engineering Laboratory, Inc. REV 3.1.M 09/23/2015 2015 PCTEST Engineering Laboratory, Inc. All rights reserved. Unless otherwise specified, no part of this report may be reproduced or utilized in any part, form or by any means, electronic or mechanical, including photocopying and microfilm, without permission in writing from PCTEST Engineering Laboratory, Inc. If you have any questions about this international copyright or have an enquiry about obtaining additional rights to this report or assembly of contents thereof, please contact INFO@PCTESTLAB.COM. Test Dates:

11/30/2015 - 12/03/2015 EUT Type:

Portable Handset Page 12 of 61 Reviewed by:

Quality Manager Test Setup Figure 6-3 HAC Phantom E-Field Emissions Test Setup Diagram (See Test Photographs for actual WD scan grid overlay) Figure 6-2 RF Emissions Test Procedure:

The following illustrate a typical RF emissions test scan over a wireless communications device:

1. Proper operation of the field probe, probe measurement system, other instrumentation, and the positioning system was confirmed. 2. WD is positioned in its intended test position, acoustic output point of the device perpendicular to the field probe. 3. The WD operation for maximum rated RF output power was configured and confirmed with the base station simulator, at the test channel and other normal operating parameters as intended for the test. The battery was ensured to be fully charged before each test. 4. The center sub-grid was centered over the center of the acoustic output (also audio band magnetic output, if applicable). The WD audio output was positioned tangent (as physically possible) to the measurement plane. 5. A surface calibration was performed before each setup change to ensure repeatable spacing and proper maintenance of the measurement plane using the HAC Phantom. 6. The measurement system measured the field strength at the reference location. 7. Measurements at 2mm or 5mm increments in the 5 x 5 cm region were performed at a distance 15 mm from the center point of the probe measurement element to the WD. A 360o rotation about the azimuth axis at the maximum interpolated position was measured. For the worst-case condition, the peak reading from this rotation was used in re-evaluating the HAC category. 8. The system performed a drift evaluation by measuring the field at the reference location. If the power drift deviated by more than 5%, the HAC test and drift measurements were repeated. FCC ID: A3LSMB690V HAC (RF EMISSIONS) TEST REPORT Filename:

0Y1512072078.A3L 2015 PCTEST Engineering Laboratory, Inc. REV 3.1.M 09/23/2015 2015 PCTEST Engineering Laboratory, Inc. All rights reserved. Unless otherwise specified, no part of this report may be reproduced or utilized in any part, form or by any means, electronic or mechanical, including photocopying and microfilm, without permission in writing from PCTEST Engineering Laboratory, Inc. If you have any questions about this international copyright or have an enquiry about obtaining additional rights to this report or assembly of contents thereof, please contact INFO@PCTESTLAB.COM. Test Dates:

11/30/2015 - 12/03/2015 EUT Type:

Portable Handset Page 13 of 61 Reviewed by:

Quality Manager S Y S T E M C H E C K 7 . I. System Check Parameters The input signal was an un-modulated continuous wave. The following points were taken into consideration in performing this check:

Average Input Power P = 100mW RMS (20dBm RMS) after adjustment for return loss The test fixture must meet the 2 wavelength separation criterion The proper measurement of the 15 mm probe to dipole separation, which is measured from top surface of the dipole to the calibration reference point of the sensor, defined by the probe manufacturer is shown in the following diagram:

E-field probe Housing Manufactures Probe Calibration Reference point 15 mm Dipole arm Figure 7-1 Top surface of dipole Center of dipole Separation Distance from Dipole to Field Probe RF power was recorded using both an average reading meter and a peak reading meter. Readings of the probe are provided by the measurement system. To assure proper operation of the near-field measurement probe the input power to the dipole shall be commensurate with the full rated output power of the wireless device [e.g. - for a cellular phone wireless device the average peak antenna input power will be on the order of 100mW (20dBm) RMS] after adjustment for any mismatch. II. Validation Procedure A dipole antenna meeting the requirements given in C63.19 was placed in the position normally occupied by the WD. The length of the dipole was scanned, and the average peak value was recorded. Measurement of CW Using the near-field measurement system, scan the antenna over the radiating dipole and record the greatest field reading observed. Due to the nature of E-fields about free-space dipoles, the two E-field peaks measured over the dipole are averaged to compensate for non-parallelity of the setup (see manufacturer method on dipole calibration certificates, page 2). Field strength measurements shall be made only when the probe is stationary. FCC ID: A3LSMB690V HAC (RF EMISSIONS) TEST REPORT Filename:

0Y1512072078.A3L 2015 PCTEST Engineering Laboratory, Inc. REV 3.1.M 09/23/2015 2015 PCTEST Engineering Laboratory, Inc. All rights reserved. Unless otherwise specified, no part of this report may be reproduced or utilized in any part, form or by any means, electronic or mechanical, including photocopying and microfilm, without permission in writing from PCTEST Engineering Laboratory, Inc. If you have any questions about this international copyright or have an enquiry about obtaining additional rights to this report or assembly of contents thereof, please contact INFO@PCTESTLAB.COM. Test Dates:

11/30/2015 - 12/03/2015 EUT Type:

Portable Handset Page 14 of 61 Reviewed by:

Quality Manager RF power was recorded using both an average and a peak power reading meter. Output Power Meter Output Power Meter Signal Generator Amplifier Directional Coupler Signal Generator Amplifier Directional Coupler Reference Dipole Power Meter Reference Figure 7-2 Setup for Desired Output Power to Dipole Reference Dipole Power Meter Reference Figure 7-3 Setup to Dipole Using this setup configuration, the signal generator was adjusted for the desired output power (100mW) at a specified frequency. The reference power from the coupled port of the directional coupler is recorded. Next, the output cable is connected to the reference dipole, as shown in Figure 7-3. The input signal level was adjusted until the reference power from the coupled port of the directional coupler was the same as previously recorded, to compensate for the impedance mismatch between the output cable and the reference dipole. To assure proper operation of the near-field measurement probe the input power to the reference dipole was verified to the full rated output power of the wireless device. The dipole was secured in a holder in a manner to meet the 20 dB reflection. The near-field measurement probe was positioned over the dipole. The antenna was scanned over the appropriate sized area to cover the dipole from end to end. SPEAG uses 2D interpolation algorithms between the measured points. Please see below two dimensional plots showing that the interpolated values interpolate smoothly between 5mm steps for a free-space RF dipole:

Figure 7-4 2-D Raw Data from scan along dipole axis 2-D Interpolated points from scan along dipole axis Figure 7-5 2-D Raw Data from scan along transverse axis Figure 7-6 2-D Interpolated points from scan along transverse axis Figure 7-7 FCC ID: A3LSMB690V HAC (RF EMISSIONS) TEST REPORT Filename:

0Y1512072078.A3L 2015 PCTEST Engineering Laboratory, Inc. REV 3.1.M 09/23/2015 2015 PCTEST Engineering Laboratory, Inc. All rights reserved. Unless otherwise specified, no part of this report may be reproduced or utilized in any part, form or by any means, electronic or mechanical, including photocopying and microfilm, without permission in writing from PCTEST Engineering Laboratory, Inc. If you have any questions about this international copyright or have an enquiry about obtaining additional rights to this report or assembly of contents thereof, please contact INFO@PCTESTLAB.COM. Test Dates:

11/30/2015 - 12/03/2015 EUT Type:

Portable Handset Page 15 of 61 Reviewed by:

Quality Manager III. System Check Results Validation Results Frequency

(MHz) Dipole S/N 835 1880 1003 1137 Input Power

(dBm) 20.0 20.0 E-field Result

(V/m) 104.6 90.1 Target Field

(V/m) 106.8 89.7

%

Deviation

-2.1%

0.5%

Figure 7-8 System Check Setup FCC ID: A3LSMB690V HAC (RF EMISSIONS) TEST REPORT Filename:

0Y1512072078.A3L 2015 PCTEST Engineering Laboratory, Inc. REV 3.1.M 09/23/2015 2015 PCTEST Engineering Laboratory, Inc. All rights reserved. Unless otherwise specified, no part of this report may be reproduced or utilized in any part, form or by any means, electronic or mechanical, including photocopying and microfilm, without permission in writing from PCTEST Engineering Laboratory, Inc. If you have any questions about this international copyright or have an enquiry about obtaining additional rights to this report or assembly of contents thereof, please contact INFO@PCTESTLAB.COM. Test Dates:

11/30/2015 - 12/03/2015 EUT Type:

Portable Handset Page 16 of 61 Reviewed by:

Quality Manager 8 . M O D U L A T I O N I N T E R F E R E N C E F A C T O R I. Measuring Modulation Interference Factors For any specific fixed and repeatable modulated signal, a modulation interference factor (MIF, expressed in dB) may be determined that relates its interference potential to its steady-state RMS signal level or average power level. This factor is a function only of the audio-frequency amplitude modulation characteristics of the signal and is the same for field-strength and conducted power measurements. The MIF is valid only for a specific repeatable audio-frequency amplitude modulation characteristic; any change in modulation characteristic requires determination and application of a new MIF. The MIF may be determined using a radiated RF field or a conducted RF signal:

a. Using RF illumination or conducted coupling, apply the specific modulated signal in question to the measurement system at a level within its confirmed operating dynamic range. b. Measure the steady-state RMS level at the output of the fast probe or sensor. c. Measure the steady-state average level at the weighting output. d. Without changing the square-law detector or weighting system, and using RF illumination or conducted coupling, substitute for the specific modulated signal a 1 kHz, 80% amplitude modulated carrier at the same frequency and adjust its strength until the level at the weighting output equals the step c) measurement. e. Without changing the carrier level from step d), remove the 1 kHz modulation and again measure the steady-state RMS level indicated at the output of the fast probe or sensor. f. The MIF for the specific modulation characteristic is provided by the ratio of the step e) measurement to the step b) measurement, expressed in dB (20 log[(step e)/(step b)]). The following procedure was used to measure the MIF using the SPEAG Audio Interference Analyzer

(AIA), Type No: SE UMS 170 CB, Serial No: 1010:

1. The device was placed into a simulated call using a base station simulator or set to transmit using test software for a given mode. 2. The device was then set to continuously transmit at maximum power. 3. Using a coupler if needed, the device output signal was connected to the RF In port of the AIA, which was connected to a desktop computer. Alternatively, a radiated RF signal may be used with the AIAs built-in antenna. 4. The MIF measurement procedure in the DASY software was run, and the resulting MIF value was recorded. 5. Steps 1-4 were repeated for all CMRS air interfaces, frequency bands, and modulations. The modulation interference factors obtained were applied to readings taken of the actual wireless device in order to obtain an accurate audio interference level reading using the formula:

Audio Interference Level [dB(V/m)] = 20 * log[Raw Field Value (V/m)] + MIF (dB) Because the MIF value is output power independent, MIF values for a given mode should be constant across all devices; however, per C63.19-2011 D.7, MIF values should be measured for each device being evaluated. The voice modes for this device have been investigated in this section of the report. FCC ID: A3LSMB690V HAC (RF EMISSIONS) TEST REPORT Filename:

0Y1512072078.A3L 2015 PCTEST Engineering Laboratory, Inc. REV 3.1.M 09/23/2015 2015 PCTEST Engineering Laboratory, Inc. All rights reserved. Unless otherwise specified, no part of this report may be reproduced or utilized in any part, form or by any means, electronic or mechanical, including photocopying and microfilm, without permission in writing from PCTEST Engineering Laboratory, Inc. If you have any questions about this international copyright or have an enquiry about obtaining additional rights to this report or assembly of contents thereof, please contact INFO@PCTESTLAB.COM. Test Dates:

11/30/2015 - 12/03/2015 EUT Type:

Portable Handset Page 17 of 61 Reviewed by:

Quality Manager II. MIF Measurement Block Diagrams Figure 8-1 MIF Measurement Setup using a Base Station Simulator III. Measured Modulation Interference Factors:

Mode RC1/SO3 1013 2.89 CDMA Cell 384 2.89 777 2.85 25 2.86 PCS 600 2.84 1175 2.84 RC1/SO55

-19.63

-19.56

-19.37

-19.66

-19.61

-19.60 Table 8-1 CDMA Modulation Interference Factors1 Mode GSM GSM850 190 3.49 128 3.47 251 3.49 512 3.42 GSM1900 661 3.44 810 3.39 Table 8-2 GSM Modulation Interference Factors1 1 Note: Measured MIF values may be lower than sample MIF values provided in ANSI C63.19-2011 Annex D.7 Table D.5 due to manufacturing variations for each device, however per Annex D.7, the sample MIF values of Table D.5 are not intended to substitute for measurements of actual devices under test and their respective operating modes. FCC ID: A3LSMB690V HAC (RF EMISSIONS) TEST REPORT Filename:

0Y1512072078.A3L 2015 PCTEST Engineering Laboratory, Inc. REV 3.1.M 09/23/2015 2015 PCTEST Engineering Laboratory, Inc. All rights reserved. Unless otherwise specified, no part of this report may be reproduced or utilized in any part, form or by any means, electronic or mechanical, including photocopying and microfilm, without permission in writing from PCTEST Engineering Laboratory, Inc. If you have any questions about this international copyright or have an enquiry about obtaining additional rights to this report or assembly of contents thereof, please contact INFO@PCTESTLAB.COM. Test Dates:

11/30/2015 - 12/03/2015 EUT Type:

Portable Handset Page 18 of 61 Reviewed by:

Quality Manager 9 . R F C O N D U C T E D P O W E R M E A S U R E M E N T S I. Procedures Used to Establish RF Signal for HAC Testing The handset was placed into a simulated call using a base station simulator in a shielded chamber. Such test signals offer a consistent means for testing HAC and are recommended for evaluating HAC. Measurements were taken with a fully charged battery. In order to verify that the device was tested and maintained at full power, this was configured with the base station simulator. II. HAC Measurement Conditions Output Power Verification Maximum output power is verified on the High, Middle and Low channels for all applicable air interfaces. See Table 9-1 for air interface specific settings of transmit power parameters. Air Interface:

CDMA GSM Parameter Name:

Power Control Bits PCL Table 9-1 Parameter Set To:

All Up GSM850: 5; GSM1900: 0 Power Control Parameters and Settings by Air Interface III. Setup Used to Measure RF Conducted Powers Power measurements were performed using a base station simulator under digital average power. Figure 9-1 Power Measurement Setup IV. CDMA Conducted Powers Band Channel Frequency F-RC 1013 384 777 25 600 Cellular PCS SO2

[dBm]

RC1 24.32 SO2

[dBm]

RC3 24.21 SO2

[dBm]

RC4 24.20 SO55

[dBm]

RC1 24.32 SO55

[dBm]

RC3 24.23 SO75

[dBm]

RC11 24.30 SO9

[dBm]

RC2 24.24 SO9

[dBm]

RC5 24.25 SO3

[dBm]

RC1 24.27 SO3

[dBm]

RC3 24.24 SO3

[dBm]

RC4 24.21 24.29 23.30 24.26 24.36 24.28 24.31 24.29 24.23 24.31 24.23 24.31 24.37 24.33 24.31 24.44 24.31 24.40 24.34 24.26 24.34 24.32 24.33 MHz 824.7 836.52 848.31 1851.25 24.48 24.40 24.46 24.47 24.53 24.23 24.49 24.45 24.46 24.47 24.40 1880 24.80 24.82 24.83 24.81 24.67 24.61 24.85 24.49 24.51 24.74 24.76 1175 1908.75 24.51 24.56 24.45 24.62 24.98 24.43 24.53 24.42 24.75 24.55 24.54 FCC ID: A3LSMB690V HAC (RF EMISSIONS) TEST REPORT Filename:

0Y1512072078.A3L 2015 PCTEST Engineering Laboratory, Inc. REV 3.1.M 09/23/2015 2015 PCTEST Engineering Laboratory, Inc. All rights reserved. Unless otherwise specified, no part of this report may be reproduced or utilized in any part, form or by any means, electronic or mechanical, including photocopying and microfilm, without permission in writing from PCTEST Engineering Laboratory, Inc. If you have any questions about this international copyright or have an enquiry about obtaining additional rights to this report or assembly of contents thereof, please contact INFO@PCTESTLAB.COM. Test Dates:

11/30/2015 - 12/03/2015 EUT Type:

Portable Handset Page 19 of 61 Reviewed by:

Quality Manager V. GSM Conducted Powers GSM

[dBm]

CS

(1 Slot) 32.10 32.05 32.40 30.31 30.40 30.33 Band Channel GSM 850 GSM 1900 128 190 251 512 661 810 FCC ID: A3LSMB690V HAC (RF EMISSIONS) TEST REPORT Filename:

0Y1512072078.A3L 2015 PCTEST Engineering Laboratory, Inc. REV 3.1.M 09/23/2015 2015 PCTEST Engineering Laboratory, Inc. All rights reserved. Unless otherwise specified, no part of this report may be reproduced or utilized in any part, form or by any means, electronic or mechanical, including photocopying and microfilm, without permission in writing from PCTEST Engineering Laboratory, Inc. If you have any questions about this international copyright or have an enquiry about obtaining additional rights to this report or assembly of contents thereof, please contact INFO@PCTESTLAB.COM. Test Dates:

11/30/2015 - 12/03/2015 EUT Type:

Portable Handset Page 20 of 61 Reviewed by:

Quality Manager 1 0 . J U S T I F I C A T I O N O F H E L D T O E A R M O D E S T E S T E D I. Analysis of RF Air Interface Technologies a. According to the April 2013 TCB workshop slides, OTT data services are outside the current definition of a managed CMRS service and are currently not required to be evaluated. b. An analysis was performed, following the guidance of 4.3 and 4.4 of the ANSI standard, of the RF air interface technologies being evaluated. The factors that will affect the RF interference potential were evaluated, and the worst case operating modes were identified and used in the evaluation. A WDs interference potential is a function both of the WDs average near-field field strength and of the signals audio-frequency amplitude modulation characteristics. Per 4.4, RF air interface technologies that have low power have been found to produce sufficiently low RF interference potential, so it is possible to exempt them from the product testing specified in Clause 5 of the ANSI standard. An RF air interface technology of a device is exempt from testing when its average antenna input power plus its MIF is 17dBm for all of its operating modes. The worst case MIF plus the worst case average antenna input power for all modes are investigated below to determine the testing requirements for this device. II. Individual Mode Evaluations Air Interface CDMA - Full Frame Rate (RC1/SO55) CDMA - 1/8th Frame Rate (RC1/SO3) GSM850 GSM1900 Maximum Average Power

(dBm) Worst Case MIF

(dB) Total

(Power +

MIF, dB) C63.19 Testing Required 24.81 15.72*

23.37*

21.37*

-19.37 2.89 3.49 3.44 5.44 18.61 26.86 24.81 No Yes Yes Yes Table 10-1 Max Power + MIF calculations for Low Power Exemptions

* Note: C63.19 Footnote 20 (pg.13) indicates the use of a long averaging time for measuring the antenna input power when using this method of exclusion. Therefore, the frame averaged power was calculated for these modes in this investigation. III. Low-Power Exemption Conclusions Per ANSI C63.19-2011, RF Emissions testing for this device is required only for GSM voice modes and CDMA 1/8th Frame Rate. All other air interfaces are exempt. FCC ID: A3LSMB690V HAC (RF EMISSIONS) TEST REPORT Filename:

0Y1512072078.A3L 2015 PCTEST Engineering Laboratory, Inc. REV 3.1.M 09/23/2015 2015 PCTEST Engineering Laboratory, Inc. All rights reserved. Unless otherwise specified, no part of this report may be reproduced or utilized in any part, form or by any means, electronic or mechanical, including photocopying and microfilm, without permission in writing from PCTEST Engineering Laboratory, Inc. If you have any questions about this international copyright or have an enquiry about obtaining additional rights to this report or assembly of contents thereof, please contact INFO@PCTESTLAB.COM. Test Dates:

11/30/2015 - 12/03/2015 EUT Type:

Portable Handset Page 21 of 61 Reviewed by:

Quality Manager 1 1 . O V E R A L L M E A S U R E M E N T S U M M A R Y FCC ID:

Model:

S/N:

I. E-FIELD EMISSIONS:

A3LSMB690V SM-B690V 01247 Mode Channel RC/SO Scan Center E-field Emissions Cell. CDMA Cell. CDMA Cell. CDMA 1013 384 777 RC1/SO3 RC1/SO3 RC1/SO3 Acoustic Acoustic Acoustic PCS CDMA PCS CDMA PCS CDMA 25 600 1175 RC1/SO3 RC1/SO3 RC1/SO3 Acoustic Acoustic Acoustic Table 11-1 HAC Data Summary for CDMA E-field Audio Conducted Power at BS Time Avg. Interference Field Time Avg. Field (V/m) MIF

(dB)

(dBm)

[dB(V/m)]

Level

[dB(V/m)]

FCC Limit

(dBV/m) FCC MARGIN

(dB) RESULT 24.27 24.31 24.34 24.46 24.51 24.75 12.13 14.53 19.34 10.19 10.45 10.23 21.68 23.25 25.73 20.16 20.38 20.20 2.89 2.89 2.85 2.86 2.84 2.84 24.57 26.14 28.58 23.02 23.22 23.04 45.00 45.00 45.00 35.00 35.00 35.00

-20.43

-18.86

-16.42

-11.98

-11.78

-11.96 M4 M4 M4 M4 M4 M4 Table 11-2 HAC Data Summary for GSM E-field Mode Channel Scan Center Conducted Power at BS

(dBm) Time Avg. Field (V/m) Time Avg. Field

[dB(V/m)]

E-field Emissions GSM850 GSM850 GSM850 GSM1900 GSM1900 GSM1900 GSM1900 128 190 251 512 661 810 512 Acoustic Acoustic Acoustic Acoustic Acoustic Acoustic T-coil 32.10 32.05 32.40 30.31 30.40 30.33 30.31 18.47 23.74 25.03 21.87 18.05 16.73 21.87 25.33 27.51 27.97 26.80 25.13 24.47 26.80 II. Worst-case Configuration Evaluation Audio Interference Level

[dB(V/m)]

FCC Limit

(dBV/m) FCC MARGIN

(dB) RESULT 28.80 31.00 31.46 30.22 28.57 27.86 30.22 45.00 45.00 45.00 35.00 35.00 35.00 35.00

-16.20

-14.00

-13.54

-4.78

-6.43

-7.14

-4.78 M4 M4 M4 M3 M4 M4 M3 MIF

(dB) 3.47 3.49 3.49 3.42 3.44 3.39 3.42 Peak Reading 360o Probe Rotation at Azimuth axis Table 11-3 Mode Channel Scan Center Time Avg. Field (V/m) Time Avg. Field

[dB(V/m)]

MIF

(dB) Audio Interference Level

[dB(V/m)]

FCC Limit

(dBV/m) FCC MARGIN

(dB) RESULT Probe Rotation at Worst-Case GSM1900 512 Acoustic 21.30 26.57 3.42 29.99 35.00

-5.01 M4 FCC ID: A3LSMB690V HAC (RF EMISSIONS) TEST REPORT Filename:

0Y1512072078.A3L 2015 PCTEST Engineering Laboratory, Inc. REV 3.1.M 09/23/2015 2015 PCTEST Engineering Laboratory, Inc. All rights reserved. Unless otherwise specified, no part of this report may be reproduced or utilized in any part, form or by any means, electronic or mechanical, including photocopying and microfilm, without permission in writing from PCTEST Engineering Laboratory, Inc. If you have any questions about this international copyright or have an enquiry about obtaining additional rights to this report or assembly of contents thereof, please contact INFO@PCTESTLAB.COM. Test Dates:

11/30/2015 - 12/03/2015 EUT Type:

Portable Handset Page 22 of 61 Reviewed by:

Quality Manager Excl Blocks per 5.5 none none none none none none Excl Blocks per 5.5 none none none none none none none Figure 11-1 Sample E-field Scan Overlay

(See Test Setup Photographs for actual WD overlay) Worst-Case Probe Rotation about Azimuth axis Figure 11-2

* Note: Locations of probe rotation (with and without exclusions) are shown in Figure 11-1 denoted by the green square markers. FCC ID: A3LSMB690V HAC (RF EMISSIONS) TEST REPORT Filename:

0Y1512072078.A3L 2015 PCTEST Engineering Laboratory, Inc. REV 3.1.M 09/23/2015 2015 PCTEST Engineering Laboratory, Inc. All rights reserved. Unless otherwise specified, no part of this report may be reproduced or utilized in any part, form or by any means, electronic or mechanical, including photocopying and microfilm, without permission in writing from PCTEST Engineering Laboratory, Inc. If you have any questions about this international copyright or have an enquiry about obtaining additional rights to this report or assembly of contents thereof, please contact INFO@PCTESTLAB.COM. Test Dates:

11/30/2015 - 12/03/2015 EUT Type:

Portable Handset Page 23 of 61 Reviewed by:

Quality Manager 1 2 . E Q U I P M E N T L I S T Manufacturer Model Description Cal Date Cal Interval Cal Due Serial Number Agilent Agilent Agilent Agilent AmplifierResearch Anritsu Anritsu MiniCircuits MiniCircuits MiniCircuits Pasternack Pasternack Rohde&Schwarz Seekonk Seekonk SPEAG SPEAG SPEAG SPEAG SPEAG E4432B N5182A N5182A E4438C 15S1G6 MA24106A MA24106A NLP1200+

BWN20W5 NLP2950+

PE223720 NC100 CMW500 NC100 NC100 ER3DV6 AIA CD835V3 CD1880V3 DAE4 ESGDSeriesSignalGenerator MXGVectorSignalGenerator MXGVectorSignalGenerator ESGVectorSignalGenerator Amplifier USBPowerSensor USBPowerSensor LowPassFilterDCto1000MHz PowerAttenuator LowPassFilterDCto2700MHz BidirectionalCoupler TorqueWrench RadioCommunicationtester TorqueWrench TorqueWrench FreespaceEfieldProbe AudioInterferenceAnalzyer Freespace835MHzDipole Freespace1880MHzDipole DasyDataAcquisitionElectronics Table 12-1 Equipment List 3/16/2015 3/16/2015 3/16/2015 4/1/2014 N/A 5/29/2015 3/3/2015 N/A N/A N/A N/A 5/21/2015 5/5/2015 3/18/2014 3/18/2014 1/21/2015 N/A 2/18/2015 2/17/2015 12/16/2014 Annual Annual Annual Biennial CBT*

Annual Annual CBT*

CBT*

CBT*

CBT*

Biennial Annual Biennial Biennial Annual CBT*

Biennial Biennial Annual 3/16/2016 US40053896 3/16/2016 MY47420651 3/16/2016 MY47420800 4/1/2016 MY47270002 N/A 5/29/2016 3/3/2016 N/A N/A N/A N/A 5/21/2017 5/5/2016 3/18/2016 3/18/2016 1/21/2016 N/A 2/18/2017 2/17/2017 12/16/2015 433978 1248508 1349501 N/A 1226 N/A N/A N/A 140144 N/A N/A 2353 1010 1003 1137 1466 Calibration traceable to the National Institute of Standards and Technology (NIST).

*Note: CBT (Calibrated Before Testing). Prior to testing, the measurement paths containing a cable, attenuator, coupler or filter were connected to a calibrated source (i.e. a signal generator) to determine the losses of the measurement path. The power meter offset was then adjusted to compensate for the measurement system losses. This level offset is stored within the power meter before measurements are made. This calibration verification procedure applies to the system verification and output power measurements. The calibrated reading is then taken directly from the power meter after compensation of the losses for all final power measurements. FCC ID: A3LSMB690V HAC (RF EMISSIONS) TEST REPORT Filename:

0Y1512072078.A3L 2015 PCTEST Engineering Laboratory, Inc. REV 3.1.M 09/23/2015 2015 PCTEST Engineering Laboratory, Inc. All rights reserved. Unless otherwise specified, no part of this report may be reproduced or utilized in any part, form or by any means, electronic or mechanical, including photocopying and microfilm, without permission in writing from PCTEST Engineering Laboratory, Inc. If you have any questions about this international copyright or have an enquiry about obtaining additional rights to this report or assembly of contents thereof, please contact INFO@PCTESTLAB.COM. Test Dates:

11/30/2015 - 12/03/2015 EUT Type:

Portable Handset Page 24 of 61 Reviewed by:

Quality Manager 1 3 . M E A S U R E M E N T U N C E R T A I N T Y Table 13-1 Uncertainty Estimation Table Notes:

1. 2. Test equipments are calibrated according to techniques outlined in NIS81, NIS3003 and NIST Tech Note 1297. All equipments have traceability according to NIST. Measurement Uncertainties are defined in further detail in NIS 81 and NIST Tech Note 1297 and UKAS M3003.

* Uncertainty specifications from Schmidt & Partner Engineering AG (not site specific) Measurement uncertainty reflects the quality and accuracy of a measured result as compared to the true value. Such statements are generally required when stating results of measurements so that it is clear to the intended audience that the results may differ when reproduced by different facilities. Measurement results vary due to the measurement uncertainty of the instrumentation, measurement technique, and test engineer. Most uncertainties are calculated using the tolerances of the instrumentation used in the measurement, the measurement setup variability, and the technique used in performing the test. While not generally included, the variability of the equipment under test also figures into the overall measurement uncertainty. Another component of the overall uncertainty is based on the variability of repeated measurements (so-called Type A uncertainty). This may mean that the Hearing Aid immunity tests may have to be repeated by taking down the test setup and resetting it up so that there are a statistically significant number of repeat measurements to identify the measurement uncertainty. By combining the repeat measurement results with that of the instrumentation chain using the technique contained in NIS 81 and NIS 3003, the overall measurement uncertainty was estimated. FCC ID: A3LSMB690V HAC (RF EMISSIONS) TEST REPORT Filename:

0Y1512072078.A3L 2015 PCTEST Engineering Laboratory, Inc. REV 3.1.M 09/23/2015 2015 PCTEST Engineering Laboratory, Inc. All rights reserved. Unless otherwise specified, no part of this report may be reproduced or utilized in any part, form or by any means, electronic or mechanical, including photocopying and microfilm, without permission in writing from PCTEST Engineering Laboratory, Inc. If you have any questions about this international copyright or have an enquiry about obtaining additional rights to this report or assembly of contents thereof, please contact INFO@PCTESTLAB.COM. Test Dates:

11/30/2015 - 12/03/2015 EUT Type:

Portable Handset Page 25 of 61 Reviewed by:

Quality Manager 1 4 . T E S T D A T A See following Attached Pages for Test Data. FCC ID: A3LSMB690V HAC (RF EMISSIONS) TEST REPORT Filename:

0Y1512072078.A3L 2015 PCTEST Engineering Laboratory, Inc. REV 3.1.M 09/23/2015 2015 PCTEST Engineering Laboratory, Inc. All rights reserved. Unless otherwise specified, no part of this report may be reproduced or utilized in any part, form or by any means, electronic or mechanical, including photocopying and microfilm, without permission in writing from PCTEST Engineering Laboratory, Inc. If you have any questions about this international copyright or have an enquiry about obtaining additional rights to this report or assembly of contents thereof, please contact INFO@PCTESTLAB.COM. Test Dates:

11/30/2015 - 12/03/2015 EUT Type:

Portable Handset Page 26 of 61 Reviewed by:

Quality Manager FCC ID: A3LSMB690V HAC (RF EMISSIONS) TEST REPORT Filename:

0Y1512072078.A3L 2015 PCTEST Engineering Laboratory, Inc. REV 3.1.M 09/23/2015 2015 PCTEST Engineering Laboratory, Inc. All rights reserved. Unless otherwise specified, no part of this report may be reproduced or utilized in any part, form or by any means, electronic or mechanical, including photocopying and microfilm, without permission in writing from PCTEST Engineering Laboratory, Inc. If you have any questions about this international copyright or have an enquiry about obtaining additional rights to this report or assembly of contents thereof, please contact INFO@PCTESTLAB.COM. Test Dates:

11/30/2015 - 12/03/2015 EUT Type:

Portable Handset Page 27 of 61 Reviewed by:

Quality Manager FCC ID: A3LSMB690V HAC (RF EMISSIONS) TEST REPORT Filename:

0Y1512072078.A3L 2015 PCTEST Engineering Laboratory, Inc. REV 3.1.M 09/23/2015 2015 PCTEST Engineering Laboratory, Inc. All rights reserved. Unless otherwise specified, no part of this report may be reproduced or utilized in any part, form or by any means, electronic or mechanical, including photocopying and microfilm, without permission in writing from PCTEST Engineering Laboratory, Inc. If you have any questions about this international copyright or have an enquiry about obtaining additional rights to this report or assembly of contents thereof, please contact INFO@PCTESTLAB.COM. Test Dates:

11/30/2015 - 12/03/2015 EUT Type:

Portable Handset Page 28 of 61 Reviewed by:

Quality Manager FCC ID: A3LSMB690V HAC (RF EMISSIONS) TEST REPORT Filename:

0Y1512072078.A3L 2015 PCTEST Engineering Laboratory, Inc. REV 3.1.M 09/23/2015 2015 PCTEST Engineering Laboratory, Inc. All rights reserved. Unless otherwise specified, no part of this report may be reproduced or utilized in any part, form or by any means, electronic or mechanical, including photocopying and microfilm, without permission in writing from PCTEST Engineering Laboratory, Inc. If you have any questions about this international copyright or have an enquiry about obtaining additional rights to this report or assembly of contents thereof, please contact INFO@PCTESTLAB.COM. Test Dates:

11/30/2015 - 12/03/2015 EUT Type:

Portable Handset Page 29 of 61 Reviewed by:

Quality Manager FCC ID: A3LSMB690V HAC (RF EMISSIONS) TEST REPORT Filename:

0Y1512072078.A3L 2015 PCTEST Engineering Laboratory, Inc. REV 3.1.M 09/23/2015 2015 PCTEST Engineering Laboratory, Inc. All rights reserved. Unless otherwise specified, no part of this report may be reproduced or utilized in any part, form or by any means, electronic or mechanical, including photocopying and microfilm, without permission in writing from PCTEST Engineering Laboratory, Inc. If you have any questions about this international copyright or have an enquiry about obtaining additional rights to this report or assembly of contents thereof, please contact INFO@PCTESTLAB.COM. Test Dates:

11/30/2015 - 12/03/2015 EUT Type:

Portable Handset Page 30 of 61 Reviewed by:

Quality Manager FCC ID: A3LSMB690V HAC (RF EMISSIONS) TEST REPORT Filename:

0Y1512072078.A3L 2015 PCTEST Engineering Laboratory, Inc. REV 3.1.M 09/23/2015 2015 PCTEST Engineering Laboratory, Inc. All rights reserved. Unless otherwise specified, no part of this report may be reproduced or utilized in any part, form or by any means, electronic or mechanical, including photocopying and microfilm, without permission in writing from PCTEST Engineering Laboratory, Inc. If you have any questions about this international copyright or have an enquiry about obtaining additional rights to this report or assembly of contents thereof, please contact INFO@PCTESTLAB.COM. Test Dates:

11/30/2015 - 12/03/2015 EUT Type:

Portable Handset Page 31 of 61 Reviewed by:

Quality Manager FCC ID: A3LSMB690V HAC (RF EMISSIONS) TEST REPORT Filename:

0Y1512072078.A3L 2015 PCTEST Engineering Laboratory, Inc. REV 3.1.M 09/23/2015 2015 PCTEST Engineering Laboratory, Inc. All rights reserved. Unless otherwise specified, no part of this report may be reproduced or utilized in any part, form or by any means, electronic or mechanical, including photocopying and microfilm, without permission in writing from PCTEST Engineering Laboratory, Inc. If you have any questions about this international copyright or have an enquiry about obtaining additional rights to this report or assembly of contents thereof, please contact INFO@PCTESTLAB.COM. Test Dates:

11/30/2015 - 12/03/2015 EUT Type:

Portable Handset Page 32 of 61 Reviewed by:

Quality Manager 1 5 . C A L I B R A T I O N C E R T I F I C A T E S The following pages include the probe calibration used to evaluate HAC for the DUT. FCC ID: A3LSMB690V HAC (RF EMISSIONS) TEST REPORT Filename:

0Y1512072078.A3L 2015 PCTEST Engineering Laboratory, Inc. REV 3.1.M 09/23/2015 2015 PCTEST Engineering Laboratory, Inc. All rights reserved. Unless otherwise specified, no part of this report may be reproduced or utilized in any part, form or by any means, electronic or mechanical, including photocopying and microfilm, without permission in writing from PCTEST Engineering Laboratory, Inc. If you have any questions about this international copyright or have an enquiry about obtaining additional rights to this report or assembly of contents thereof, please contact INFO@PCTESTLAB.COM. Test Dates:

11/30/2015 - 12/03/2015 EUT Type:

Portable Handset Page 33 of 61 Reviewed by:

Quality Manager FCC ID: A3LSMB690V HAC (RF EMISSIONS) TEST REPORT Filename:

0Y1512072078.A3L 2015 PCTEST Engineering Laboratory, Inc. REV 3.1.M 09/23/2015 2015 PCTEST Engineering Laboratory, Inc. All rights reserved. Unless otherwise specified, no part of this report may be reproduced or utilized in any part, form or by any means, electronic or mechanical, including photocopying and microfilm, without permission in writing from PCTEST Engineering Laboratory, Inc. If you have any questions about this international copyright or have an enquiry about obtaining additional rights to this report or assembly of contents thereof, please contact INFO@PCTESTLAB.COM. Test Dates:

11/30/2015 - 12/03/2015 EUT Type:

Portable Handset Page 34 of 61 Reviewed by:

Quality Manager FCC ID: A3LSMB690V HAC (RF EMISSIONS) TEST REPORT Filename:

0Y1512072078.A3L 2015 PCTEST Engineering Laboratory, Inc. REV 3.1.M 09/23/2015 2015 PCTEST Engineering Laboratory, Inc. All rights reserved. Unless otherwise specified, no part of this report may be reproduced or utilized in any part, form or by any means, electronic or mechanical, including photocopying and microfilm, without permission in writing from PCTEST Engineering Laboratory, Inc. If you have any questions about this international copyright or have an enquiry about obtaining additional rights to this report or assembly of contents thereof, please contact INFO@PCTESTLAB.COM. Test Dates:

11/30/2015 - 12/03/2015 EUT Type:

Portable Handset Page 35 of 61 Reviewed by:

Quality Manager FCC ID: A3LSMB690V HAC (RF EMISSIONS) TEST REPORT Filename:

0Y1512072078.A3L 2015 PCTEST Engineering Laboratory, Inc. REV 3.1.M 09/23/2015 2015 PCTEST Engineering Laboratory, Inc. All rights reserved. Unless otherwise specified, no part of this report may be reproduced or utilized in any part, form or by any means, electronic or mechanical, including photocopying and microfilm, without permission in writing from PCTEST Engineering Laboratory, Inc. If you have any questions about this international copyright or have an enquiry about obtaining additional rights to this report or assembly of contents thereof, please contact INFO@PCTESTLAB.COM. Test Dates:

11/30/2015 - 12/03/2015 EUT Type:

Portable Handset Page 36 of 61 Reviewed by:

Quality Manager FCC ID: A3LSMB690V HAC (RF EMISSIONS) TEST REPORT Filename:

0Y1512072078.A3L 2015 PCTEST Engineering Laboratory, Inc. REV 3.1.M 09/23/2015 2015 PCTEST Engineering Laboratory, Inc. All rights reserved. Unless otherwise specified, no part of this report may be reproduced or utilized in any part, form or by any means, electronic or mechanical, including photocopying and microfilm, without permission in writing from PCTEST Engineering Laboratory, Inc. If you have any questions about this international copyright or have an enquiry about obtaining additional rights to this report or assembly of contents thereof, please contact INFO@PCTESTLAB.COM. Test Dates:

11/30/2015 - 12/03/2015 EUT Type:

Portable Handset Page 37 of 61 Reviewed by:

Quality Manager FCC ID: A3LSMB690V HAC (RF EMISSIONS) TEST REPORT Filename:

0Y1512072078.A3L 2015 PCTEST Engineering Laboratory, Inc. REV 3.1.M 09/23/2015 2015 PCTEST Engineering Laboratory, Inc. All rights reserved. Unless otherwise specified, no part of this report may be reproduced or utilized in any part, form or by any means, electronic or mechanical, including photocopying and microfilm, without permission in writing from PCTEST Engineering Laboratory, Inc. If you have any questions about this international copyright or have an enquiry about obtaining additional rights to this report or assembly of contents thereof, please contact INFO@PCTESTLAB.COM. Test Dates:

11/30/2015 - 12/03/2015 EUT Type:

Portable Handset Page 38 of 61 Reviewed by:

Quality Manager FCC ID: A3LSMB690V HAC (RF EMISSIONS) TEST REPORT Filename:

0Y1512072078.A3L 2015 PCTEST Engineering Laboratory, Inc. REV 3.1.M 09/23/2015 2015 PCTEST Engineering Laboratory, Inc. All rights reserved. Unless otherwise specified, no part of this report may be reproduced or utilized in any part, form or by any means, electronic or mechanical, including photocopying and microfilm, without permission in writing from PCTEST Engineering Laboratory, Inc. If you have any questions about this international copyright or have an enquiry about obtaining additional rights to this report or assembly of contents thereof, please contact INFO@PCTESTLAB.COM. Test Dates:

11/30/2015 - 12/03/2015 EUT Type:

Portable Handset Page 39 of 61 Reviewed by:

Quality Manager FCC ID: A3LSMB690V HAC (RF EMISSIONS) TEST REPORT Filename:

0Y1512072078.A3L 2015 PCTEST Engineering Laboratory, Inc. REV 3.1.M 09/23/2015 2015 PCTEST Engineering Laboratory, Inc. All rights reserved. Unless otherwise specified, no part of this report may be reproduced or utilized in any part, form or by any means, electronic or mechanical, including photocopying and microfilm, without permission in writing from PCTEST Engineering Laboratory, Inc. If you have any questions about this international copyright or have an enquiry about obtaining additional rights to this report or assembly of contents thereof, please contact INFO@PCTESTLAB.COM. Test Dates:

11/30/2015 - 12/03/2015 EUT Type:

Portable Handset Page 40 of 61 Reviewed by:

Quality Manager FCC ID: A3LSMB690V HAC (RF EMISSIONS) TEST REPORT Filename:

0Y1512072078.A3L 2015 PCTEST Engineering Laboratory, Inc. REV 3.1.M 09/23/2015 2015 PCTEST Engineering Laboratory, Inc. All rights reserved. Unless otherwise specified, no part of this report may be reproduced or utilized in any part, form or by any means, electronic or mechanical, including photocopying and microfilm, without permission in writing from PCTEST Engineering Laboratory, Inc. If you have any questions about this international copyright or have an enquiry about obtaining additional rights to this report or assembly of contents thereof, please contact INFO@PCTESTLAB.COM. Test Dates:

11/30/2015 - 12/03/2015 EUT Type:

Portable Handset Page 41 of 61 Reviewed by:

Quality Manager FCC ID: A3LSMB690V HAC (RF EMISSIONS) TEST REPORT Filename:

0Y1512072078.A3L 2015 PCTEST Engineering Laboratory, Inc. REV 3.1.M 09/23/2015 2015 PCTEST Engineering Laboratory, Inc. All rights reserved. Unless otherwise specified, no part of this report may be reproduced or utilized in any part, form or by any means, electronic or mechanical, including photocopying and microfilm, without permission in writing from PCTEST Engineering Laboratory, Inc. If you have any questions about this international copyright or have an enquiry about obtaining additional rights to this report or assembly of contents thereof, please contact INFO@PCTESTLAB.COM. Test Dates:

11/30/2015 - 12/03/2015 EUT Type:

Portable Handset Page 42 of 61 Reviewed by:

Quality Manager FCC ID: A3LSMB690V HAC (RF EMISSIONS) TEST REPORT Filename:

0Y1512072078.A3L 2015 PCTEST Engineering Laboratory, Inc. REV 3.1.M 09/23/2015 2015 PCTEST Engineering Laboratory, Inc. All rights reserved. Unless otherwise specified, no part of this report may be reproduced or utilized in any part, form or by any means, electronic or mechanical, including photocopying and microfilm, without permission in writing from PCTEST Engineering Laboratory, Inc. If you have any questions about this international copyright or have an enquiry about obtaining additional rights to this report or assembly of contents thereof, please contact INFO@PCTESTLAB.COM. Test Dates:

11/30/2015 - 12/03/2015 EUT Type:

Portable Handset Page 43 of 61 Reviewed by:

Quality Manager FCC ID: A3LSMB690V HAC (RF EMISSIONS) TEST REPORT Filename:

0Y1512072078.A3L 2015 PCTEST Engineering Laboratory, Inc. REV 3.1.M 09/23/2015 2015 PCTEST Engineering Laboratory, Inc. All rights reserved. Unless otherwise specified, no part of this report may be reproduced or utilized in any part, form or by any means, electronic or mechanical, including photocopying and microfilm, without permission in writing from PCTEST Engineering Laboratory, Inc. If you have any questions about this international copyright or have an enquiry about obtaining additional rights to this report or assembly of contents thereof, please contact INFO@PCTESTLAB.COM. Test Dates:

11/30/2015 - 12/03/2015 EUT Type:

Portable Handset Page 44 of 61 Reviewed by:

Quality Manager FCC ID: A3LSMB690V HAC (RF EMISSIONS) TEST REPORT Filename:

0Y1512072078.A3L 2015 PCTEST Engineering Laboratory, Inc. REV 3.1.M 09/23/2015 2015 PCTEST Engineering Laboratory, Inc. All rights reserved. Unless otherwise specified, no part of this report may be reproduced or utilized in any part, form or by any means, electronic or mechanical, including photocopying and microfilm, without permission in writing from PCTEST Engineering Laboratory, Inc. If you have any questions about this international copyright or have an enquiry about obtaining additional rights to this report or assembly of contents thereof, please contact INFO@PCTESTLAB.COM. Test Dates:

11/30/2015 - 12/03/2015 EUT Type:

Portable Handset Page 45 of 61 Reviewed by:

Quality Manager FCC ID: A3LSMB690V HAC (RF EMISSIONS) TEST REPORT Filename:

0Y1512072078.A3L 2015 PCTEST Engineering Laboratory, Inc. REV 3.1.M 09/23/2015 2015 PCTEST Engineering Laboratory, Inc. All rights reserved. Unless otherwise specified, no part of this report may be reproduced or utilized in any part, form or by any means, electronic or mechanical, including photocopying and microfilm, without permission in writing from PCTEST Engineering Laboratory, Inc. If you have any questions about this international copyright or have an enquiry about obtaining additional rights to this report or assembly of contents thereof, please contact INFO@PCTESTLAB.COM. Test Dates:

11/30/2015 - 12/03/2015 EUT Type:

Portable Handset Page 46 of 61 Reviewed by:

Quality Manager FCC ID: A3LSMB690V HAC (RF EMISSIONS) TEST REPORT Filename:

0Y1512072078.A3L 2015 PCTEST Engineering Laboratory, Inc. REV 3.1.M 09/23/2015 2015 PCTEST Engineering Laboratory, Inc. All rights reserved. Unless otherwise specified, no part of this report may be reproduced or utilized in any part, form or by any means, electronic or mechanical, including photocopying and microfilm, without permission in writing from PCTEST Engineering Laboratory, Inc. If you have any questions about this international copyright or have an enquiry about obtaining additional rights to this report or assembly of contents thereof, please contact INFO@PCTESTLAB.COM. Test Dates:

11/30/2015 - 12/03/2015 EUT Type:

Portable Handset Page 47 of 61 Reviewed by:

Quality Manager FCC ID: A3LSMB690V HAC (RF EMISSIONS) TEST REPORT Filename:

0Y1512072078.A3L 2015 PCTEST Engineering Laboratory, Inc. REV 3.1.M 09/23/2015 2015 PCTEST Engineering Laboratory, Inc. All rights reserved. Unless otherwise specified, no part of this report may be reproduced or utilized in any part, form or by any means, electronic or mechanical, including photocopying and microfilm, without permission in writing from PCTEST Engineering Laboratory, Inc. If you have any questions about this international copyright or have an enquiry about obtaining additional rights to this report or assembly of contents thereof, please contact INFO@PCTESTLAB.COM. Test Dates:

11/30/2015 - 12/03/2015 EUT Type:

Portable Handset Page 48 of 61 Reviewed by:

Quality Manager FCC ID: A3LSMB690V HAC (RF EMISSIONS) TEST REPORT Filename:

0Y1512072078.A3L 2015 PCTEST Engineering Laboratory, Inc. REV 3.1.M 09/23/2015 2015 PCTEST Engineering Laboratory, Inc. All rights reserved. Unless otherwise specified, no part of this report may be reproduced or utilized in any part, form or by any means, electronic or mechanical, including photocopying and microfilm, without permission in writing from PCTEST Engineering Laboratory, Inc. If you have any questions about this international copyright or have an enquiry about obtaining additional rights to this report or assembly of contents thereof, please contact INFO@PCTESTLAB.COM. Test Dates:

11/30/2015 - 12/03/2015 EUT Type:

Portable Handset Page 49 of 61 Reviewed by:

Quality Manager FCC ID: A3LSMB690V HAC (RF EMISSIONS) TEST REPORT Filename:

0Y1512072078.A3L 2015 PCTEST Engineering Laboratory, Inc. REV 3.1.M 09/23/2015 2015 PCTEST Engineering Laboratory, Inc. All rights reserved. Unless otherwise specified, no part of this report may be reproduced or utilized in any part, form or by any means, electronic or mechanical, including photocopying and microfilm, without permission in writing from PCTEST Engineering Laboratory, Inc. If you have any questions about this international copyright or have an enquiry about obtaining additional rights to this report or assembly of contents thereof, please contact INFO@PCTESTLAB.COM. Test Dates:

11/30/2015 - 12/03/2015 EUT Type:

Portable Handset Page 50 of 61 Reviewed by:

Quality Manager FCC ID: A3LSMB690V HAC (RF EMISSIONS) TEST REPORT Filename:

0Y1512072078.A3L 2015 PCTEST Engineering Laboratory, Inc. REV 3.1.M 09/23/2015 2015 PCTEST Engineering Laboratory, Inc. All rights reserved. Unless otherwise specified, no part of this report may be reproduced or utilized in any part, form or by any means, electronic or mechanical, including photocopying and microfilm, without permission in writing from PCTEST Engineering Laboratory, Inc. If you have any questions about this international copyright or have an enquiry about obtaining additional rights to this report or assembly of contents thereof, please contact INFO@PCTESTLAB.COM. Test Dates:

11/30/2015 - 12/03/2015 EUT Type:

Portable Handset Page 51 of 61 Reviewed by:

Quality Manager FCC ID: A3LSMB690V HAC (RF EMISSIONS) TEST REPORT Filename:

0Y1512072078.A3L 2015 PCTEST Engineering Laboratory, Inc. REV 3.1.M 09/23/2015 2015 PCTEST Engineering Laboratory, Inc. All rights reserved. Unless otherwise specified, no part of this report may be reproduced or utilized in any part, form or by any means, electronic or mechanical, including photocopying and microfilm, without permission in writing from PCTEST Engineering Laboratory, Inc. If you have any questions about this international copyright or have an enquiry about obtaining additional rights to this report or assembly of contents thereof, please contact INFO@PCTESTLAB.COM. Test Dates:

11/30/2015 - 12/03/2015 EUT Type:

Portable Handset Page 52 of 61 Reviewed by:

Quality Manager FCC ID: A3LSMB690V HAC (RF EMISSIONS) TEST REPORT Filename:

0Y1512072078.A3L 2015 PCTEST Engineering Laboratory, Inc. REV 3.1.M 09/23/2015 2015 PCTEST Engineering Laboratory, Inc. All rights reserved. Unless otherwise specified, no part of this report may be reproduced or utilized in any part, form or by any means, electronic or mechanical, including photocopying and microfilm, without permission in writing from PCTEST Engineering Laboratory, Inc. If you have any questions about this international copyright or have an enquiry about obtaining additional rights to this report or assembly of contents thereof, please contact INFO@PCTESTLAB.COM. Test Dates:

11/30/2015 - 12/03/2015 EUT Type:

Portable Handset Page 53 of 61 Reviewed by:

Quality Manager FCC ID: A3LSMB690V HAC (RF EMISSIONS) TEST REPORT Filename:

0Y1512072078.A3L 2015 PCTEST Engineering Laboratory, Inc. REV 3.1.M 09/23/2015 2015 PCTEST Engineering Laboratory, Inc. All rights reserved. Unless otherwise specified, no part of this report may be reproduced or utilized in any part, form or by any means, electronic or mechanical, including photocopying and microfilm, without permission in writing from PCTEST Engineering Laboratory, Inc. If you have any questions about this international copyright or have an enquiry about obtaining additional rights to this report or assembly of contents thereof, please contact INFO@PCTESTLAB.COM. Test Dates:

11/30/2015 - 12/03/2015 EUT Type:

Portable Handset Page 54 of 61 Reviewed by:

Quality Manager FCC ID: A3LSMB690V HAC (RF EMISSIONS) TEST REPORT Filename:

0Y1512072078.A3L 2015 PCTEST Engineering Laboratory, Inc. REV 3.1.M 09/23/2015 2015 PCTEST Engineering Laboratory, Inc. All rights reserved. Unless otherwise specified, no part of this report may be reproduced or utilized in any part, form or by any means, electronic or mechanical, including photocopying and microfilm, without permission in writing from PCTEST Engineering Laboratory, Inc. If you have any questions about this international copyright or have an enquiry about obtaining additional rights to this report or assembly of contents thereof, please contact INFO@PCTESTLAB.COM. Test Dates:

11/30/2015 - 12/03/2015 EUT Type:

Portable Handset Page 55 of 61 Reviewed by:

Quality Manager 1 6 . C O N C L U S I O N The measurements taken in accordance with the procedures provided in the CTIA Test Plan for Hearing Aid Compatibility Rev 3.0, November 2013, indicate that the wireless communications device complies with the HAC limits specified in the ANSI C63.19 Standard and FCC WT Docket No. 01-309 RM-8658. Precise laboratory measures were taken to assure repeatability of the tests. The tested device complies with the requirements in respect to all parameters specific to the test. The test results and statements relate only to the item(s) tested. Please note that the M-rating for this equipment only represents the field interference possible against a hypothetical and typical hearing aid. The measurement system and techniques presented in this evaluation are proposed in the ANSI standard as a means of best approximating wireless device compatibility with a hearing-aid. The literature is under continual re-construction. FCC ID: A3LSMB690V HAC (RF EMISSIONS) TEST REPORT Filename:

0Y1512072078.A3L 2015 PCTEST Engineering Laboratory, Inc. REV 3.1.M 09/23/2015 2015 PCTEST Engineering Laboratory, Inc. All rights reserved. Unless otherwise specified, no part of this report may be reproduced or utilized in any part, form or by any means, electronic or mechanical, including photocopying and microfilm, without permission in writing from PCTEST Engineering Laboratory, Inc. If you have any questions about this international copyright or have an enquiry about obtaining additional rights to this report or assembly of contents thereof, please contact INFO@PCTESTLAB.COM. Test Dates:

11/30/2015 - 12/03/2015 EUT Type:

Portable Handset Page 56 of 61 Reviewed by:

Quality Manager 1 7 . R E F E R E N C E S 1. ANSI/IEEE C63.19-2011, American National Standard for Methods of Measurement of Compatibility between Wireless Communication Devices and Hearing Aids., New York, NY, IEEE, May 2011 2. FCC Office of Engineering and Technology KDB, 285076 D01 HAC Guidance v04, October 31, 2013 3. FCC Office of Engineering and Technology KDB, 285076 D02 T-Coil Testing for CMRS IP v01r01, October 31, 2013 4. FCC Public Notice DA 06-1215, Wireless Telecommunications Bureau and Office of Engineering and Technology Clarify Use of Revised Wireless Phone Hearing Aid Compatibility Standard, June 6, 2006 5. FCC 3G Review Guidance, Laboratory Division OET FCC, May/June 2006 6. Berger, H. S., Compatibility Between Hearing Aids and Wireless Devices, Electronic Industries Forum, Boston, MA, May, 1997 7. Berger, H. S., Hearing Aid and Cellular Phone Compatibility: Working Toward Solutions, Wireless Telephones and Hearing Aids: New Challenges for Audiology, Gallaudet University, Washington, D.C., May, 1997 (To be reprinted in the American Journal of Audiology). 8. Berger, H. S., Hearing Aid Compatibility with Wireless Communications Devices, IEEE International Symposium on Electromagnetic Compatibility, Austin, TX, August, 1997. 9. Bronaugh, E. L., Simplifying EMI Immunity (Susceptibility) Tests in TEM Cells, in the 1990 IEEE International Symposium on Electromagnetic Compatibility Symposium Record, Washington, D.C., August 1990, pp. 488-491 10. Byme, D. and Dillon, H., The National Acoustics Laboratory (NAL) New Procedure for Selecting the Gain and Frequency Response of a Hearing Aid, Ear and Hearing 7:257-265, 1986. 11. Crawford, M. L., Measurement of Electromagnetic Radiation from Electronic Equipment using TEM Transmission Cells, U.S. Department of Commerce, National Bureau of Standards, NBSIR 73-306, Feb. 1973. 12. Crawford, M. L., and Workman, J. L., Using a TEM Cell for EMC Measurements of Electronic Equipment, U.S. Department of Commerce, National Bureau of Standards. Technical Note 1013, July 1981. 13. Decker, W. F., Crawford, M. L., and Wilson, W. A., Construction of a Large Transverse Electromagnetic Cell, U.S. Department of Commerce, National Bureau of Standards, Technical Note 1011, Feb. 1979. 14. EHIMA GSM Project, Development phase, Project Report (1st part) Revision A. Technical-

Audiological Laboratory and Telecom Denmark, October 1993. FCC ID: A3LSMB690V HAC (RF EMISSIONS) TEST REPORT Filename:

0Y1512072078.A3L 2015 PCTEST Engineering Laboratory, Inc. REV 3.1.M 09/23/2015 2015 PCTEST Engineering Laboratory, Inc. All rights reserved. Unless otherwise specified, no part of this report may be reproduced or utilized in any part, form or by any means, electronic or mechanical, including photocopying and microfilm, without permission in writing from PCTEST Engineering Laboratory, Inc. If you have any questions about this international copyright or have an enquiry about obtaining additional rights to this report or assembly of contents thereof, please contact INFO@PCTESTLAB.COM. Test Dates:

11/30/2015 - 12/03/2015 EUT Type:

Portable Handset Page 57 of 61 Reviewed by:

Quality Manager 15. EHIMA GSM Project, Development phase, Part II Project Report. Technical-Audiological Laboratory and Telecom Denmark, June 1994. 16. EHIMA GSM Project Final Report, Hearing Aids and GSM Mobile Telephones: Interference Problems, Methods of Measurement and Levels of Immunity. Technical-Audiological Laboratory and Telecom Denmark, 1995. 17. HAMPIS Report, Comparison of Mobile phone electromagnetic near field with an upscaled electromagnetic far field, using hearing aid as reference, 21 October 1999. 18. Hearing Aids/GSM, Report from OTWIDAM, Technical-Audiological Laboratory and Telecom Denmark, April 1993. 19. IEEE 100, The Authoritative Dictionary of IEEE Standards Terms, Seventh Edition. 20. Joyner, K. H, et. al., Interference to Hearing Aids by the New Digital Mobile Telephone System, Global System for Mobile (GSM) Communication Standard, National Acoustic Laboratory, Australian Hearing Series, Sydney 1993. 21. Joyner, K. H., et. al., Interference to Hearing Aids by the Digital Mobile Telephone System, Global System for Mobile Communications (GSM), NAL Report #131, National Acoustic Laboratory, Australian Hearing Series, Sydney, 1995. 22. Konigstein, D., and Hansen, D., A New Family of TEM Cells with enlarged bandwidth and Optimized working Volume, in the Proceedings of the 7th International Symposium on EMC, Zurich, Switzerland, March 1987; 50:9, pp. 127-132. 23. Kuk, F., and Hjorstgaard, N. K., Factors affecting interference from digital cellular telephones, Hearing Journal, 1997; 50:9, pp 32-34. 24. Ma, M. A., and Kanda, M., Electromagnetic Compatibility and Interference Metrology, U.S. Department of Commerce, National Bureau of Standards, Technical Note 1099, July 1986, pp. 17-43. 25. Ma, M. A., Sreenivashiah, I. , and Chang, D. C., A Method of Determining the Emission and Susceptibility Levels of Electrically Small Objects Using a TEM Cell, U.S. Department of Commerce, National Bureau of Standards, Technial Note 1040, July 1981. 26. McCandless, G. A., and Lyregaard, P. E., Prescription of Gain/Output (POGO) for Hearing Aids, Hearing Instruments 1:16-21, 1983 27. Skopec, M., Hearing Aid Electromagnetic Interference from Digital Wireless Telephones, IEEE Transactions on Rehabilitation Engineering, vol. 6, no. 2, pp. 235-239, June 1998. 28. Technical Report, GSM 05.90, GSM EMC Considerations, European Telecommunications Standards Institute, January 1993. 29. Victorian, T. A., Digital Cellular Telephone Interference and Hearing Aid Compatibilityan Update, Hearing Journal 1998; 51:10, pp. 53-60 30. Wong, G. S. K., and Embleton, T. F. W., eds., AIP Handbook of Condenser Microphones: Theory, Calibration and Measurements, AIP Press. FCC ID: A3LSMB690V HAC (RF EMISSIONS) TEST REPORT Filename:

0Y1512072078.A3L 2015 PCTEST Engineering Laboratory, Inc. REV 3.1.M 09/23/2015 2015 PCTEST Engineering Laboratory, Inc. All rights reserved. Unless otherwise specified, no part of this report may be reproduced or utilized in any part, form or by any means, electronic or mechanical, including photocopying and microfilm, without permission in writing from PCTEST Engineering Laboratory, Inc. If you have any questions about this international copyright or have an enquiry about obtaining additional rights to this report or assembly of contents thereof, please contact INFO@PCTESTLAB.COM. Test Dates:

11/30/2015 - 12/03/2015 EUT Type:

Portable Handset Page 58 of 61 Reviewed by:

Quality Manager

 

 

1 8 . T E S T P H O T O G R A P H S See following Attached Pages for setup photographs. FCC ID: A3LSMB690V HAC (RF EMISSIONS) TEST REPORT Filename:

0Y1512072078.A3L 2015 PCTEST Engineering Laboratory, Inc. REV 3.1.M 09/23/2015 2015 PCTEST Engineering Laboratory, Inc. All rights reserved. Unless otherwise specified, no part of this report may be reproduced or utilized in any part, form or by any means, electronic or mechanical, including photocopying and microfilm, without permission in writing from PCTEST Engineering Laboratory, Inc. If you have any questions about this international copyright or have an enquiry about obtaining additional rights to this report or assembly of contents thereof, please contact INFO@PCTESTLAB.COM. Test Dates:

11/30/2015 - 12/03/2015 EUT Type:

Portable Handset Page 59 of 61 Reviewed by:

Quality Manager Ear Reference Point HAC Phantom Alignment Figure 18-1 Figure 18-2 HAC Phantom Plane Alignment FCC ID: A3LSMB690V HAC (RF EMISSIONS) TEST REPORT Reviewed by:

Quality Manager Filename:

0Y1512072078.A3L 2015 PCTEST Engineering Laboratory, Inc. REV 3.1.M 09/23/2015 2015 PCTEST Engineering Laboratory, Inc. All rights reserved. Unless otherwise specified, no part of this report may be reproduced or utilized in any part, form or by any means, electronic or mechanical, including photocopying and microfilm, without permission in writing from PCTEST Engineering Laboratory, Inc. If you have any questions about this international copyright or have an enquiry about obtaining additional rights to this report or assembly of contents thereof, please contact INFO@PCTESTLAB.COM. Test Dates:

11/30/2015 - 12/03/2015 EUT Type:

Portable Handset Page 60 of 61 Figure 18-3 5x5 Scan grid above WD Figure 18-4 E-Field WD Scan overlay FCC ID: A3LSMB690V HAC (RF EMISSIONS) TEST REPORT Reviewed by:

Quality Manager Filename:

0Y1512072078.A3L 2015 PCTEST Engineering Laboratory, Inc. REV 3.1.M 09/23/2015 2015 PCTEST Engineering Laboratory, Inc. All rights reserved. Unless otherwise specified, no part of this report may be reproduced or utilized in any part, form or by any means, electronic or mechanical, including photocopying and microfilm, without permission in writing from PCTEST Engineering Laboratory, Inc. If you have any questions about this international copyright or have an enquiry about obtaining additional rights to this report or assembly of contents thereof, please contact INFO@PCTESTLAB.COM. Test Dates:

11/30/2015 - 12/03/2015 EUT Type:

Portable Handset Page 61 of 61

 

 

14. T E S T S E T U P P H O T O G R A P H S FCC ID: A3LSMB690V HAC (T-COIL) TEST REPORT Reviewed by:

Quality Manager Test Dates:

12/03/2015 Filename:

0Y1512072079.A3L REV 2.1.M 2015 PCTEST Engineering Laboratory, Inc. 12/9/2015 2015 PCTEST Engineering Laboratory, Inc. All rights reserved. Unless otherwise specified, no part of this report may be reproduced or utilized in any part, form or by any means, electronic or mechanical, including photocopying and microfilm, without permission in writing from PCTEST Engineering Laboratory, Inc. If you have any questions about this international copyright or have an enquiry about obtaining additional rights to this report or assembly of contents thereof, please contact INFO@PCTESTLAB.COM. EUT Type:

Portable Handset Page 48 of 50 Figure 14-1 Test Setup for Wireless Device Figure 14-2 Test Setup for Wireless Device FCC ID: A3LSMB690V HAC (T-COIL) TEST REPORT Reviewed by:

Quality Manager Test Dates:

12/03/2015 Filename:

0Y1512072079.A3L REV 2.1.M 2015 PCTEST Engineering Laboratory, Inc. 12/9/2015 2015 PCTEST Engineering Laboratory, Inc. All rights reserved. Unless otherwise specified, no part of this report may be reproduced or utilized in any part, form or by any means, electronic or mechanical, including photocopying and microfilm, without permission in writing from PCTEST Engineering Laboratory, Inc. If you have any questions about this international copyright or have an enquiry about obtaining additional rights to this report or assembly of contents thereof, please contact INFO@PCTESTLAB.COM. EUT Type:

Portable Handset Page 49 of 50 Axial Radial (Transverse) Figure 14-3 T-Coil Scan Overlay Magnetic Field Distributions Note: Final measurement locations are indicated by a cursor on the contour plots. FCC ID: A3LSMB690V HAC (T-COIL) TEST REPORT Reviewed by:

Quality Manager Test Dates:

12/03/2015 Filename:

0Y1512072079.A3L REV 2.1.M 2015 PCTEST Engineering Laboratory, Inc. 12/9/2015 2015 PCTEST Engineering Laboratory, Inc. All rights reserved. Unless otherwise specified, no part of this report may be reproduced or utilized in any part, form or by any means, electronic or mechanical, including photocopying and microfilm, without permission in writing from PCTEST Engineering Laboratory, Inc. If you have any questions about this international copyright or have an enquiry about obtaining additional rights to this report or assembly of contents thereof, please contact INFO@PCTESTLAB.COM. EUT Type:

Portable Handset Page 50 of 50